Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Specifications
3 / 9- occ o CLEAN WATER SERVICES TIGARD, OREGON BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the construction of the PHASE 5A1 — ACCESS ROAD IMPROVEMENTS at the DURHAM FACILITY * * ** , gyp+ 7 51461 C ;+ 15,146 (/ OREGON so C ClritVG DPIRATION DATE: 2 /3 , fo EXPIRES: / i- 0/ 1 City of Tigard Approved Plans CH2M HILL By td f,R tyJ Date 7. 31 -Of Corvallis, Oregon May 2009 OFFICE COPY CO CH2M HILL 2009. All rights reserved. This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of CH2M HILL and is not to be used in whole or part, for any other project without the written authorization of CH2M HILL. Project No. 383498 Copy No. DURHAM PHASE 5A1 CLEAN WATER SERVICES DURHAM 5A1 - ACCESS ROAD IMPROVEMENTS BID DOCUMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SECTION TITLE NO. 00080 ADVERTISEMENT TO BID 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00300 BID FORMS 00500 AGREEMENT 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND 00620 PAYMENT BOND 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 OREGON PREVAILING WAGE RATES DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION TITLE NO. 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK 01116 PROJECT MANUAL LANGUAGE 01140 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01292 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01324 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01350 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 01352 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES CVO/383498A TABLE OF CONTENTS MAY 1, 2009 00060 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 01410 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01424 ABBREVIATIONS 01450 QUALITY CONTROL 01455 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01505 MOBILIZATION 01530 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01532 SITE CONDITIONS SURVEYS 01550 SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE 01560 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS 01570 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01614 WIND DESIGN CRITERIA 01640 MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES SUPPLEMENT: OUTLINE OF TRAINING SESSION 01732 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01738 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01756 TESTING, TRAINING, AND FACILITY START -UP SUPPLEMENT: STARTUP AND PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FORM SUPPLEMENT: EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION SUPPLEMENT: CWS ELECTRICAL, INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL STARTUP STANDARD PROCEDURES 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01782 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SUPPLEMENT: EQUIPMENT DATA SHEET SUPPLEMENT: SAMPLE EQUIPMENT DATA SHEET CVO/383498A TABLE OF CONTENTS MAY 1, 2009 00060 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION SECTION TITLE NO. 02200 SITE CLEARING 02240 DEWATERING 02315 EXCAVATION 02316 FILL AND BACKFILL 02319 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 02320 TRENCH BACKFILL 02533 MANHOLES 02631 CATCH BASINS 02632 STORM DRAIN AND DRAINAGE PIPING 02632 -03 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) DATA SHEET 02632 -05 REINFORCED CONCRETE DATA SHEET 02710 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES 02761 PAVEMENT MARKINGS 02771 CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS 02772 ASPHALT PAVING 02821 FENCES AND GATES DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE SECTION NO. TITLE 03210 REINFORCING STEEL 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION NO. TITLE 16005 ELECTRICAL END OF SECTION CVO/383498A TABLE OF CONTENTS MAY 1, 2009 00060 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 00080 ADVERTISEMENT TO BID RECEIPT OF BIDS: Sealed Bids will be received by Randy Naef, Project Manager, at the office of Clean Water Services (Owner) located at the Durham Advanced Wastewater Treatment Facility, 16060 S.W. 85th Avenue, Tigard, Oregon 97224 (Owner's office), until 2:00 p.m. local time, on June 4, 2009, for the Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements Project No. 6112 (Project). Any Bids received after the specified time and date will not be considered. No electronic submissions will be accepted. First -Tier Subcontractor Disclosure Forms must be delivered to the same location at or before 4:00 p.m. local time on the same day in a separate envelope from the Bid. OPENING OF BIDS: The Bids will be publicly opened and read at 4:00 p.m. local time on June 4, 2009, at Owner's office. COMPLETION OF WORK: The Work must be substantially complete by October 1, 2009. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The Work is a public works project subject to ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870 or 40 U.S.C. Section 3141, et seq. The Work under this Contract will consist of, but is not limited to the following: Furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the reconstruction of the North and South Entrances to the Durham Advanced Wastewater Treatment Facility, including new and relocated gates and operators, fencing, roadways, lights, site work and entrance sign. Barriers at the surge basin are also included as are other appurtenances, all indicated in the technical specifications and on the Drawings. The Work includes demolition of roadways, gates, landscaping, signage and electrical elements in the general area of construction. The Work also includes furnishing and installing related equipment, storm sewers, conduits, electrical, site work and other appurtenances necessary to complete the Work and to provide a complete and functional system constructed in accordance with the Bidding Documents. SITE OF WORK: The site of the Work is located at the Durham Advanced Wastewater Treatment Facility, 16060 and 16580 S.W. 85th Avenue, Tigard, Oregon 97224 (Site). ESTIMATED CONSTRUCTION COST: The estimated construction cost of the Work is $650,000 to $750,000. OBTAINING BIDDING DOCUMENTS: The Bidding Documents are entitled "Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements Project No. 6112 ". CVO/383498A ADVERTISEMENT TO BID MAY 1, 2009 00080 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 The following plan room services have received sets of Bidding Documents for the Work: Oregon Contractor Plan Center Daily Journal of Commerce P.O. Box 477 Portland Plan Center 14625 S.E. 82 Drive 2840 N.W. 35 Avenue Clackamas, Oregon 97015 Portland, Oregon 97210 -0127 Telephone: 503/650 -0148 Telephone: 503/274 -0624 Fax: 503 /650 -8273 Fax: 503/274 -2616 McGraw Hill Construction Plan Center McGraw Hill Construction 3461 N.W. Yeon Avenue Portland Plan Center Portland, Oregon 97210 -1535 1200 N.W. Naito Pkwy, #180 Telephone: 503/223 -3012 Portland, Oregon 97209 Fax: 503/223 -3094 Telephone: 503/225 -0200 Fax: 503/274 -4416 Bidding Documents may be examined at the Engineer's office, CH2M HILL, 2020 S.W. 4th Avenue, 3rd Floor, Portland, Oregon 97201 (Engineer). Copies of Bidding Documents may be purchased from Ford Graphics in Portland, Oregon. All contact should be made with Ford Graphics Bid Services Department at Telephone 503/227 -3424 or email: planwellpdx(iifordgraphics.com. Bidders may pick up documents at Ford Graphics. Half -size drawings and specs are $75.00 per set and full -size drawings are $50.00 per set. Return of the documents is not required, and the amount paid for the documents is nonrefundable. BID SECURITY: Each Bid shall be accompanied by a certified or cashier's check or Bid Bond in the amount of 10 percent of the Lump Sum Price payable to Owner as a guarantee that the Bidder, if its Bid is accepted, will promptly execute the Agreement. A Bid shall not be considered unless one of the forms of Bidder's security is enclosed with it. Each Bid must contain a statement as to whether a Bidder is a Resident Bidder as defined by ORS 279A.120. BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN: The Bidder shall guarantee the Lump Sum Price for a period of 60 calendar days from the date of Bid opening. MANDATORY PREBID CONFERENCE AND VISIT TO SITE: Prospective bidders are required to attend a prebid conference and site visit that will begin at 9:00 a.m. and last until approximately 11:00 a.m. local time on May 26, 2009. The conference will be held at the Owner's Office, and will be followed by the Site visit. The purpose of the conference and Site visit is to discuss the scope of the Project and bidding requirements and to acquaint Bidders with Site conditions. Detailed technical questions may be submitted in writing but they will be answered, if warranted, by addenda later. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. CVO/383498A ADVERTISEMENT TO BID MAY 1, 2009 00080 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 ADMINISTRATIVE AND TECHNICAL ISSUES: To view and obtain Bidding Documents and the plan holders list, contact Ford Graphics. To obtain Bid results, and fulfill other administrative issues and address technical issues, contact the Engineer: CH2M HILL Ms. Lynne Chicoine, P.E. 2020 S.W. 4th Avenue — 3rd Floor Portland, OR 97201 Telephone: 503- 235 -5000 lynne.chicoine @ch2m.com BIDDER LICENSING: Prior to submission of its Bid, Bidder shall be licensed with the Oregon Construction Contractors Board as required by ORS 701.055, and thereafter comply with the requirements of ORS 701.035 to 701.137. Bidders need not be licensed under ORS 468A.720 (regarding licensing of contractors on projects involving asbestos abatement). BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS: Bidders shall be qualified in accordance with the applicable parts of ORS 279C in order to submit a Bid for public work in Oregon. OWNER'S RIGHTS RESERVED: Owner reserves the right to cancel this solicitation or reject any or all Bids not in compliance with all prescribed public bidding procedures and requirements or when Owner finds the Bidder is not responsible as that term is used in any applicable Owner's Purchasing Rules and ORS 279A.010(1)(r). Owner may reject any Bid upon a finding by Owner that it is in the public interest to do so. Dated this day of , 2009 CLEAN WATER SERVICES END OF SECTION CVO/383498A ADVERTISEMENT TO BID MAY 1, 2009 00080 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. DEFINED TERMS. Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders and the Advertisement to Bid which are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Certain additional terms used in the Bidding Documents have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1.1. Bidder —One who submits a Bid directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub - bidder, who submits a price or quote to a Bidder. 1.2. Successful Bidder — Lowest, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. 2. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS. 2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids. Neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.2. Full -size Drawings may be obtained from Owner at cost of reproduction and handling, plus postage for mailing (if mailing is requested). Drawings will only be made available to firms on the Bidding Document Holders List having complete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3. Bidding Documents made available on the above terms are only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS. 3.1. To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, the apparent Successful Bidder and other Bidders as determined by Owner, must be prepared to submit within 7 days after Owner's written request, evidence such as financial data, previous experience, present commitments, and other such data as may be called for in the Bidding Documents. 3.2. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to Contract award. 3.3. Bidders for public Work in Oregon shall be qualified in conformance with ORS Chapter 279C. CVO /383498A INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS MAY 1, 2009 00100 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.4. Nothing indicated herein will prejudice Owner's right to seek additional pertinent information as is provided in Article 14 — Evaluation of Bids of this Section. 3.5. Bidders and every subcontractor performing Work on the Project must have filed with the Construction Contractors Board a public works bond in the amount of $30,000 with a corporate surety authorized to do business in the State of Oregon before starting work on the Project unless exempt under ORS 279C.836(4), (7), (8), or (9). 4. LICENSING REQUIREMENTS. 4.1. A person, partnership, corporation, or joint venture shall have a current, valid license issued by the Oregon Construction Contractors Board, as required by ORS 701.055, prior to submitting a Bid to do Work as a contractor or subcontractor. 5. ENVIRONMENTAL AND NATURAL RESOURCES LAWS AND REGULATIONS. 5.1. Bidder's attention is directed to the General Requirements and Supplementary Conditions for ordinances and regulations dealing with the prevention of pollution and preservation of natural resources which may affect the performance of the Work. Bidder shall take such ordinances and regulations into consideration in preparation and submission of its Bid. 6. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA. 6.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Questions shall be submitted in writing only (i.e., mail, fax or e- mail). Additions, deletions, or revisions to the Bidding Documents considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the Owner as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than 10 days prior to the date of Bids may not be answered. Only answers to such questions issued by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6.2. Addenda may also be issued to make other additions, deletions, or revisions to the Bidding Documents. Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda on the Bid Form in the appropriate space. 6.3. Bidders shall make no special interpretation or inference of intent from differing formats in the Technical Specifications. CVO/383498A INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS MAY 1, 2009 00100 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 7. BIDDER'S EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SITE. 7.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid: 7.1.1. To examine thoroughly the Bidding Documents and other related data identified in the Bidding Documents; 7.1.2. To visit the Site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work; 7.1.3. To consider federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work; 7.1.4. To study and carefully correlate the Bidder's observations with the Bidding Documents; and 7.1.5. To promptly notify the Engineer of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in or between the Bidding Documents and such other related data. 7.2. Copies of reports and drawings utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Bidding Documents will be made available by the Owner to any Bidder on request at cost of reproduction and handling, plus postage for mailing (if mailing is requested), if the reports and drawings are not bound herein. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Bidding Documents, but the technical data contained therein upon which the Bidder is entitled to reasonably rely, as provided in Paragraph SC -4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions, are incorporated herein by reference. 7.3. Information and data reflected in the Bidding Documents with respect to underground facilities at or contiguous to the Site are based upon information and data furnished to the Owner and Engineer by the owners of such underground facilities or others, and the Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless it is expressly provided otherwise in the Supplementary Conditions. 7.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, underground facilities, and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing conditions appear in Paragraphs 4.02 through 4.04 of the General Conditions. 7.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface, and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the Site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work and which the CVO/383498A INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS MAY 1, 2009 00100 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid for performing the Work in accordance with the time, price, and other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. 7.6. On request, a minimum of 2 days in advance, the Owner will provide each Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Location of any excavation or boring shall be subject to prior approval of Owner and applicable agencies. Bidder shall fill all holes, restore all pavement to match existing structural section, and shall clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 7.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way, and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Bidding Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the Owner unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 7 and the following: 7.8.1. The Bid is premised upon performing the Work required by the Bidding Documents without exception and such means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (if any) as may be required by the Bidding Documents; 7.8.2. Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies in the Bidding Documents and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to the Bidder; and 7.8.3. The Bidding Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance of the Work. 8. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS. 8.1. ORS 279C.370 requires Bidders for Public Improvement Projects exceeding $100,000 to submit a disclosure form identifying first -tier Subcontractors that will furnish labor or labor and materials equal to 5 percent of the total Contract Price, but at least $15,000; or $350,000, regardless of percentage of the total Contract Price. If no Subcontractors are subject to the disclosure requirements, "NONE" shall be indicated on the form to be provided. Subcontractor disclosure forms not submitted with the Bid shall be submitted within 2 working hours of Bid closing. If Bidder fails CVO/383498A INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS MAY 1, 2009 00100 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 to submit a disclosure form with the information required by the stated deadline, the Bid will be rejected. 8.2. The definition of a Subcontractor does not include Suppliers who provide materials only. 8.3. If the Successful Bidder declines to make a substitution of Subcontractor, Supplier, person, or organization acceptable to Owner, as required by Paragraph 6.06.B of the General Conditions, Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person, or organization listed and to whom Owner or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to Owner or Engineer subject to revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in General Conditions Paragraph 6.06.B. 9. WAGE RATES /BOLI FEE. 9.1. The Work under these Bidding Documents is to be paid for by public funds. The minimum prevailing wage rates contained in the publication January 1, 2009 Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works Contracts in Oregon dated January 1, 2009, as amended by the April 1, 2009 Amendment (see links at http://www.oregon.gov/boli/whd/pwr/pwr_state.shtml), and are hereby incorporated herein as of the date these Bidding Documents were first advertised. 9.2. ORS 279C.365(1)(g) requires that all Bids for public work, including those public work projects financed by federal funds and subject to the Davis Bacon Act, shall include a statement by the Bidder that it will comply with the provisions of ORS 279C.838, 279C.840 or 40 U.S.C. Section 3141 et seq. When the Bid Form in the Bidding Documents contains a statement of Bidder's declaration of compliance with ORS 279C.838, 279C.840 or 40 U.S.C. Section 3141 et seq, the Bidder's signing of the Bid constitutes compliance with this Oregon Statute. 9.3. Owner shall be responsible for paying the fee required by ORS 279C.825(1) to the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries. 10. BID FORMS. 10.1. The Bid shall be submitted on the Bid Forms provided herein. All blanks on the Bid Forms shall be completed by typing or printed in ink. All price information shall be shown in both words and figures where required. All names must be printed below the signatures. The Bid shall be submitted in a sealed envelope which shall be plainly marked in the upper left hand corner with the name and address of the Bidder and shall bear the words "BID FOR" followed by the title of the Bidding Documents for the Work, the name of Owner, the address where Bids are to be delivered or CVO/383498A INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS MAY 1, 2009 00100 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A 1 mailed to, and the date and hour of opening of Bids. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 10.2. First -Tier Subcontractor Disclosure Forms must be delivered to the same location for delivery of the Bids within two hours of the specified time for receipt of Bids. 10.3. Bidder's state contractor license number for the State of Oregon shall be shown on the Bid Form. 10.4. Each Bid must identify whether the Bidder is a resident bidder, as defined by ORS 279A.120, by completing and submitting the Resident/Nonresident Bidder Status Form. 10.5. Bidder shall complete the Noncollusion Affidavit and submit it with its Bid. 11. BID CERTIFICATES. 11.1. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president, a vice - president, or other corporate officer. The Bid shall be accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and shall be attested by the secretary or assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must appear below the signature. 11.2. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and be signed by a managing partner, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his /her title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must appear below the signature. 11.3. Bids by joint ventures must be executed in the joint venture name and be signed by a joint venture managing partner, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his /her title must appear under the signature and the official address of the joint venture must appear below the signature. 12. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. More than one Bid from an individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or association under the same or different names will not be considered. If Owner believes that any Bidder is interested in more than one Bid for the Work contemplated, all Bids in which such Bidder is interested will be rejected. If Owner believes that collusion exists among the Bidders, all Bids will be rejected. A party who has quoted prices to a Bidder is not hereby disqualified from quoting prices to other Bidders, or from submitting a Bid directly for the Work. 13. QUANTITIES OF WORK (Not Applicable). CVO/383498A INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS MAY 1, 2009 00100 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 14. EVALUATION OF BIDS. 14.1. Owner will evaluate Bids to determine which responsible Bidder has made the lowest responsive Bid. Owner will make this evaluation in accordance with the Bidding Documents and applicable law. Owner may reject a Bid when it is in the public interest to do so, or when Owner finds the Bidder is not responsible, as that term is used in any applicable Owner's Purchasing Rule and ORS 279A.Ol0(1)(r). Owner may also reject Bids from Bidders declared ineligible under ORS 279C.860, from Bidders listed as not qualified by the State of Oregon Construction Contractors Board, from Bidders that have not met the requirements of ORS 279A.105(1), (2) or (3), and for other circumstances that indicate acceptance of the Bid may impair the integrity of the selection process. 14.2. Owner reserves its right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the right to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids, and to reject the Bid of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by Owner. Owner reserves the right to reject all Bids and rebid the Project if in the best interest of the Owner in accordance with ORS 279C.395. Owner also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price, time, or changes in the Work. 14.3. In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider the qualifications of Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices, and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. Owner shall have the right to accept alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents. 14.4. Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity was required. Owner also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data, and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data are required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 14.5. Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in Bid evaluation and to establish responsibility, qualifications, and fmancial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations to execute Work in accordance with the Bidding Documents to Owner's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 14.6. In determining the lowest responsible Bidder, Owner will for the purpose of awarding the Contract, add a percent increase on the Bid of a nonresident Bidder CVO/383498A INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS MAY 1, 2009 00100 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 equal to the percent, if any, of the preference given to that Bidder in the state in which the Bidder resides. 14.7. If, at the time this Contract is to be awarded, the total of the lowest acceptable Bid exceeds the funds then estimated by Owner as available, Owner may reject all Bids or take such other action as best serves Owner's interests. 14.8. In the event of failure of the Successful Bidder to sign the Agreement and provide acceptable Performance and Payment Bond(s), insurance certificate(s), and other required documents, Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest responsive, responsible Bidder. 15. SUBMISSION OF BIDS. The Bid shall be delivered by the time and to the place stipulated in the Advertisement to Bid. It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to see that its Bid is received in proper time and at the proper place. 16. BID SECURITY, BONDS, AND INSURANCE. Each Bid shall be accompanied by a certified or cashier's check or approved Bid Bond in the amount stated in the Advertisement to Bid. The check or bond shall be made payable to Owner and shall be given as a guarantee that the Bidder, if awarded the Work, will enter into an Agreement with Owner, and will furnish the necessary insurance certificates, Payment Bond, and Performance Bond; each of the bonds to be in the amount stated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and copies of Public Works Bonds. In case of refusal or failure to enter into the Agreement, the check or Bid Bond, as the case may be, shall be forfeited to Owner. If the Bidder elects to furnish a Bid Bond as its Bid security, the Bidder shall use the Bid Bond form bound herein, or one conforming substantially to it in form. Bid Bonds shall comply with the requirements applicable to payment and performance bonds in the General Conditions. 17. DISCREPANCIES IN BIDS. In the event there is more than one Bid item in a Bid Schedule, the Bidder shall furnish a price for all Bid items in the Schedule, and failure to do so will render the Bid non - responsive and may cause its rejection. In the event there are unit price Bid items in a Bidding Schedule and the amount indicated for a unit price Bid item does not equal the product of the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall govern and the amount will be corrected accordingly, and the Bidder shall be bound by the correction. In the event there is more than one Bid item in a Bid Schedule and the total indicated for the Schedule does not agree with the sum of the prices bid on the individual items, the prices bid on the individual items shall govern and the total for the Schedule will be corrected accordingly, and the Bidder shall be bound by the correction. In the case of discrepancies between figures and written words, words shall govern. 18. MODIFICATIONS AND UNAUTHORIZED ALTERNATIVE BIDS. Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisos attached to the Bid shall render it informal and CVO/383498A INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS MAY 1, 2009 00100 - 8 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 may cause its rejection as being non - responsive. The Bid Forms shall be completed without interlineations, alterations, or erasures in the printed text. Alternative Bids will not be considered unless called for. Oral, telegraphic, telephonic or electronic Bids or modifications will not be considered. 19. WITHDRAWAL OF BID. 19.1. The Bid may be withdrawn by the Bidder by means of a written request, signed by the Bidder or its properly authorized representative. Such written request must be delivered to the place stipulated in the Advertisement To Bid for receipt of Bids prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of Bids. 19.2. If within 24 hours after Bids are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid as determined by Oregon law and any applicable Owner's Purchasing Rule, Bidder may withdraw its Bid and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, Bidder will be disqualified from further consideration on the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents. 20. AWARD OF CONTRACT. Award of the Contract, if awarded, will be made to the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder whose Bid complies with the requirements of the Bidding Documents. Unless otherwise specified, any such award will be made within the period stated in the Advertisement to Bid that the Bids are to remain open. Unless otherwise indicated, a single award will be made for all the Bid items in an individual Bid Schedule. In the event the Work is contained in more than one Bid Schedule, Owner will award all Schedules. 21. RETURN OF BID SECURITY. Within 14 days after award of the Contract, Owner will return the Bid securities accompanying such Bids that are not being considered in making the award. All other Bid securities will be held until the Agreement has been finally executed. They will then be returned to the respective Bidders whose Bids they accompany. 22. EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT. 22.1. The Bidder to whom award is made shall execute a written Agreement with Owner on the form of agreement provided, shall secure all insurance, and shall furnish all certificates and bonds required by the Bidding Documents within 10 calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award from Owner. Failure or refusal to enter into an Agreement as herein provided or to conform to any of the stipulated requirements in connection therewith shall be just cause for annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bid security. If the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder refuses or fails to execute the Agreement, Owner may award the Contract to the second lowest responsive, responsible Bidder. If the second lowest responsive, responsible Bidder refuses or fails to execute the Agreement, Owner may award the Contract to CVO/383498A INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS MAY 1, 2009 00100 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 the third lowest responsive, responsible Bidder. On the failure or refusal of such second or third lowest Bidder to execute the Agreement, each such Bidder's Bid securities shall be likewise forfeited to Owner. 22.2. Within 10 Calendar days of Owner receiving properly executed Agreements and acceptable certificates and bonds, Owner will provide one fully executed Agreement to Contractor. 23. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 24. RETAINAGE. Provisions concerning retainage and Contractor's rights to deposit securities in lieu of retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 25. PROTEST PROCEDURE. Owner has adopted its own Public Contracting Rules and is not subject to the Attorney General's Model Public Contracting Rules. Owner's procurement rules have opportunities for Bidders to protest at various stages in the procurement process. This section only contains a brief summary of the deadlines for filing protests. It does not identify the conditions required to file a protest or the information required to be included in the protest. Copies of Owner's rules containing the protest process may be obtained by contacting Owner's representative. Specification Protest Process A Bidder must deliver a protest of specifications to the Owner in writing no later than seven (7) calendar days prior to the due date for Bids. Solicitation Protest Under Owner's rules, prospective Bidders have the opportunity to protest the procurement process or this Invitation to Bid by submitting a written protest to Owner not less than seven (7) days prior to the due date for Bids. Award Protest Adversely affected Bidders will also have an opportunity to protest Owner's Notice of Intent to Award, but a written protest must be delivered to Owner within seven (7) days after issuance of the Notice of Intent to Award. The award by the Owner's Board of Directors of the Contract shall constitute a final decision of the Owner to award the Contract if no written protest of the award is filed. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS MAY 1, 2009 00100 - 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 00300 BID FORMS BID TO: Clean Water Services 1. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform the Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements, Project No. 6112. 2. Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents and Contract Documents, including without limitation those in the Advertisement to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, dealing with the disposition of the Bid security. 3. This Bid will remain open for 60 days unless otherwise required by law. Bidder will enter into an Agreement within the time and in the manner required in the Advertisement to Bid and the Instructions to Bidders, and will furnish the insurance certificates, Payment Bond, Performance Bond, and copies of Public Works Bonds required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bidder agrees that as Contractor, it will comply with ORS 279C.838, 279C.840, or 40 U.S.C. Section 3141 et seq. 5. Bidder certifies that Bidder has not discriminated and will not discriminate, in violation of ORS 279A.110(1), against minority, women or emerging small business enterprises in obtaining any required subcontracts. 6. Bidder certifies that it has in place or will implement before performance of the Work for this Project begins a mandatory employee drug- testing program. Bidder further certifies that it will demonstrate that the employee drug- testing program is in place. 7. Bidder has examined copies of all the Contract Documents including the following addenda (receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged): Number Date Failure to acknowledge addenda shall render the Bid non - responsive and may be cause for its rejection. CVO/383498A BID FORMS MAY 1, 2009 00300 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 8. Bidder has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, Site, locality where the Work is to be performed, the legal requirements (federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations), and the conditions affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work and has made such independent investigations as Bidder deems necessary. To all the foregoing, and including all Bid Forms contained in this Bid, the Bidder further agrees to complete the Work required under the Contract Documents within the Contract Time stipulated in the Contract Documents, and to accept in full payment therefore the Contract Price based on the Lump Sum Price(s) named in the Bid Forms. Dated: Bidder: By: Name (Signature) Name (Type or Print) Title: CVO/383498A BID FORMS MAY 1, 2009 00300 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A 1 BID SCHEDULE Schedule of Bid Prices for Durham Facility Phase'SAl Access Road Improvements, Project No 6112 • Lump Sum Price: Bidder agrees to accept as full payment for the Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements, Project No.:' 6112 proposed within the Bidding Documents, based upon the undersigned's own estimate of quantities and costs and including sales, consumer, use, and other taxes, except as provided below, and overhead and profit, the following bid amount of: (figures) (words) amount in words takes precedence.) • • • CVO/383498A • BID FORMS MAY 1, 2009 00300 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 • BID CERTIFICATE (if Corporation) STATE OF ) ) ss: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the a corporation existing under the laws of the State of , was held on , 2009, and the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that as of this Corporation, be • and is hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated , 2009 to Clean Water Services by this Corporation and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of this Corporation shall be the official act and deed of this Corporation." I further certify that the resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of _ , 2009. • (Signature) (Title) Secretary (Address) CVO/383498A BID FORMS MAY 1, 2009 00300 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 BID CERTIFICATE (if Partnership) STATE OF ) ) ss: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Partners of the a partnership existing under the laws of the State of , was held on , 2009, and the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Partnership, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated , 2009 to Clean Water Services by this Partnership and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the General Partner shall be the official act and deed of this Partnership." I further certify that the resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of , 2009. (Signature) (Title) (Address) CVO/383498A BID FORMS MAY 1, 2009 00300 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 BID CERTIFICATE (if Joint Venture) STATE OF ) ) ss: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Principals of the a joint venture existing under the laws of the State of , was held on , 2009, and the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Joint Venture, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated , 2009 to Clean Water Services by this Joint Venture and that his /her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Joint Venture." I further certify that the resolution is now in full force and effect. N WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of , 2009. Managing Partner (Address) CVO/383498A BID FORMS MAY 1, 2009 00300 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 BID BOND KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, That as Principal, and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Clean Water Services, hereinafter called " Owner," in the sum of dollars, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a Bid to Owner to perform the Work required under the Bid Forms of Owner's Contract Documents entitled Durham Facility Access Road Improvements, Project No. 6112. NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal is awarded a contract by Owner and, within the time and in the manner required in the "Advertisement To Bid" and the "Instructions To Bidders" enters into a written Agreement on the form of agreement bound with the Contract Documents, furnishes the required certificates of insurance, and furnishes the required Performance Bond and Payment Bond, and performs in all other respects the agreement created by this Bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety stipulates and agrees that the obligation of the Surety shall in no way be impaired or affected by an extension of the time within which Owner may accept such Bid and the Surety further waives notice of any such extension. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by Owner and Owner prevails, the Principal and the Surety shall pay all costs incurred by Owner in such suit, including reasonable attorney's fees and costs to be fixed by the court. SIGNED, this day of , 2009. (Principal) (Surety) By: By: (Signature) (Signature) (NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY) CVO/383498A BID FORMS MAY 1, 2009 00300 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT FOR Durham Facility Access Road Improvements, Project No. 6112 State of ) ss. County of ) I state that I am (Title) of (Name of Firm) and being first duly sworn, depose and say that I am authorized to make this Affidavit on behalf of this firm and its owners, directors, and officers. I state that: (1) The price(s) and amount of this Bid have been arrived at independently and without consultation, communication or agreement with any other contractor, Bidder or potential Bidder, except as disclosed on the attached appendix; (2) Neither the price(s) nor other information included in this Bid have been disclosed to any other firm or person who is a Bidder or potential Bidder, and that they will not be disclosed prior to the award of the Contract(s); (3) No attempt has been made or will be made to induce any firm or person to refrain from submitting a Bid, or to submit a Bid containing less competitive terms than those contained in this Bid; (4) The Bid of this firm is made in good faith and not pursuant to any agreement or discussion with, or inducement from, any firm or person to submit a complementary or other noncompetitive proposal; and (5) (Name of this Firm), its affiliates, subsidiaries, officers, directors and employees are not currently under investigation by any governmental agency and have not in the last four years been convicted of or found liable for any act prohibited by State or Federal law in any jurisdiction, involving conspiracy or collusion with respect to proposing on any public contract, except as described on the attached appendix. CVO/383498A BID FORMS MAY 1, 2009 00300 - 8 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 I state that (Name of this Firm) understands and acknowledges that the above representations are material and important, and will be relied on by Clean Water Services in awarding the contract(s) for which this Bid is submitted. I understand and this firm understands that any misstatement in this Affidavit is and shall be treated as fraudulent concealment from Clean Water Services of the true facts relating to the submission of Bids for this Contract. Name of Company Signature /Position Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 2009, by Notary Public for This Commission Expires: CVO/383498A BID FORMS MAY 1, 2009 00300 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 RESIDENT/NONRESIDENT BIDDER STATUS FORM Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements, Project No. 6112 Oregon law (ORS 279A.120) requires Owner, in determining the lowest responsible bidder, to add a percent increase on the bid of a nonresident bidder equal to the percent, if any, of the preference given to bidders in the state in which that bidder resides. Consequently, each bidder must indicate whether it is a resident or nonresident bidder. A resident bidder is a bidder who has paid unemployment taxes or income taxes in Oregon during the 12 calendar months immediately preceding submission of this bid, and has a business address in Oregon, and has stated in its bid whether the bidder is a "resident bidder." A "nonresident bidder" is a bidder who is not a resident bidder. The undersigned bidder states that it is: (check one) 1. A resident bidder 2. A nonresident bidder Indicate state in which bidder resides: CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR'S LICENSING Oregon law requires all contractors to be licensed with the Construction Contractors Board in order to submit a Bid to do work and to do work as a contractor. The undersigned Bidder states it is now licensed with the Oregon Construction Contractors Board. Indicate Bidder's Construction Contractors Board License No. Signature of Bidder CVO/383498A BID FORMS MAY 1, 2009 00300 - 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 FIRST -TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM FOR Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements, Project No. 6112 Bid Closing: Disclosure Submittal Deadline: This form must be submitted at the location specified in the Advertisement To Bid on the advertised bid closing date and within two working hours after the advertised bid closing time. List below the names of each subcontractor that will be furnishing labor or furnishing labor and materials and that is required to be disclosed, the category of work that the subcontractor will be performing and the dollar value of the subcontract. Enter `NONE' if there are no subcontractors that need to be disclosed (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS IF NEEDED). Subcontractor Name Dollar Value Category of Work Failure to submit this form by the disclosure deadline will result in a nonresponsive bid. A nonresponsive bid will not be considered for award. Form Submitted by (Bidder Name): Contact Name: Phone No.: Signature By: Title: Date: END OF SECTION CVO/383498A BID FORMS MAY 1, 2009 00300 - 11 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of , 2009 by and between Clean Water Services (Owner) and (Contractor). Owner and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK. Contractor shall complete the Work as specified or indicated in Owner's Contract Documents entitled Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements, Project No. 6112. The Work under this Contract will consist of, but is not limited to the following: furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to reconstruct the north and south entrances to the Durham Advanced Wastewater Treatment Facility (AWTF), including new and relocated gates, roadways, controls, entrance sign, lighting, Site Work and appurtenances and barriers at the surge basins as indicated in the technical specifications and on the Drawings. The Work includes demolition of roadway, gates, landscaping, signage and electrical elements in the general area of construction. The Work also includes furnishing and installing related equipment, storm sewers, conduits, electrical, instrumentation and control, Site Work, and other appurtenances necessary to complete the Work and to provide a complete and functional system constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER. CH2M HILL, Inc. (Engineer) is to act as Owner's representative, assume duties and responsibilities, and have the rights and authority assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES. Milestone, Substantial Completion and Final Completion of the Work shall be completed within the following days from the commencement date in the Notice to Proceed (NTP) or by the dates identified below: CVO/383498A AGREEMENT MAY 1, 2009 00500 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5Al Milestone 1) Substantial Completion October 1, 2009 2) Final Completion November 2, 2009 ARTICLE 4. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Owner and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the time(s) specified in Article 3 herein, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in determining in a legal or other dispute resolution proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) Contractor shall pay Owner the following amounts for each day that expires after the time specified in Article 3 herein: Milestone Liquidated Damages per Day 1) Substantial Completion $500 2) Final Completion $500 In addition, Contractor shall pay damages of impacts to other contractors /suppliers affected by Contractor delays. Owner shall recover such liquidated damages by deducting the amount owed by change order or from the final payment or any retainage held by Owner. Owner will not assess liquidated damage amounts cumulatively for failure to meet multiple Milestone dates. ARTICLE 5. CONTRACT PRICE. Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds the amount(s) set forth in the conformed Bid Forms, which are included as an attachment to this Agreement. ARTICLE 6. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 7. RETAINAGE. Prior to Final Completion, Owner shall retain from progress payments 5 percent of the value of Work completed. CVO/383498A AGREEMENT MAY 1, 2009 00500 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 In lieu of retainage, and at Contractor's option, provisions may be made as provided in ORS 279C.560 for either depositing with Owner or in a bank or trust company, bonds or securities of value equal to the retainage, to be held for the benefit of Owner. Interest on such bonds or securities shall accrue to Contractor. Costs incurred by Owner as a result of this option will be deducted from Contractor's final payment. In lieu of retainage, Contractor may elect to have accumulated funds deposited by Owner, as provided in ORS 279C.560, in an interest- bearing account. Interest on such an account would accrue to Contractor. Costs incurred by Owner as a result of this option will be deducted from Contractor's final payment. In lieu of retainage Contractor, with the approval of Owner, may deposit a surety bond for all or any portion of the retainage in a form acceptable to Owner. Such bond and any proceeds therefrom shall be made subject to all claims and liens as provided for in ORS 279C.550 to 279C.620. ARTICLE 8. PREVAILING WAGE RATES /BOLI FEE /PUBLIC WORKS BOND REQUIRED. Contractor agrees that the provisions required by ORS 279C.830 pertaining to Contractor's payment of prevailing wage rates shall be included as part of this Agreement. Contractor shall pay workers at not less than the specific minimum hourly rate of wages in accordance with ORS 279C.838 and 279C.840 and shall require its subcontractors to pay at such rates. The applicable Oregon prevailing wage rates for such workers are incorporated by reference in Section 00810, Oregon Prevailing Wage Rates. Contractors shall include in every subcontract a provision requiring subcontractors to pay their workers at such rates. Owner will be responsible for paying the fee required by ORS 279C.825 to the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries. Before starting any Work on the Project, Contractor shall have a public works bond filed with the Construction Contractors Board, unless exempt under ORS 279C.836(4), (7), (8), or (9). Contractor shall also include in every subcontract a provision requiring the Subcontractor to have a public works bond filed with the Construction Contractors Board before starting work on the Project unless exempt under ORS 279C.836(4), (7), (8), or (9). ARTICLE 9. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor concerning Work are: • Agreement • Permits from outside agencies • Addenda numbers to , inclusive CVO/383498A AGREEMENT MAY 1, 2009 00500 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 • Conformed Bid Forms • Contract Specifications: Divisions 00 and 01 (Except Section 00080, Advertisement to Bid, and Section 00100, Instructions to Bidders); Divisions 02 through 17 • Contract Drawings • Executed Performance and Payment Bonds • Copies of Public Works Bonds from Contractor and every subcontractor on the Project There are no Contract Documents other than those listed in this Article 9. The Contract Documents may only be amended by Change Order as provided in Article 10 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10. ASSIGNMENT. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation monies that may become due and monies that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 11. PAYROLL AND CERTIFIED STATEMENT FILING AND ADDITIONAL RETAINAGE. Contractor or Contractor's surety, and every subcontractor or subcontractor's surety, shall file with Owner written payroll and certified statements (Certified Payrolls) that accurately and completely contain the payroll records for each week during which the Contractor or subcontractor employs a worker on a public works project. The Certified Payrolls shall contain the information required and conform to the requirements set forth in ORS 279C.845 and Oregon Administrative Rule 839 - 025 -0010. Contractor shall file the Certified Payrolls with Owner once a month by the fifth business day of the following month. Owner shall retain 25 percent of any amount earned by Contractor, in addition to other retainage, on the Work until Contractor has filed with Owner the required Certified Payrolls. Owner shall pay Contractor the amount retained under this section within 14 days after the Contractor files the required Certified Payrolls required by this article regardless of whether a subcontractor has failed to file Certified Payrolls. Owner is not required to verify the truth of the contents of the Certified Payrolls filed by Contractor. CVO/383498A AGREEMENT MAY 1, 2009 00500 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Contractor shall retain 25 percent of any amount earned by a first -tier subcontractor on the Work until the subcontractor has filed with Owner the required Certified Payrolls. Contractor shall verify that the first -tier subcontractor has filed the Certified Payrolls before the Contractor may pay the subcontractor any amount retained under this article Contractor shall pay the first -tier subcontractor the amount retained under this article within 14 days after the subcontractor files the Certified Payrolls required by this article. Neither Owner nor Contractor is required to verify the truth of the contents of the Certified Payrolls filed by the first -tier subcontractor. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written. OWNER CONTRACTOR CLEAN WATER SERVICES By By General Manager or Designee Title Address for giving notices Address for giving notices Approved as to Form License No. District Counsel CVO/383498A AGREEMENT MAY 1, 2009 00500 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Corporation) STATE OF ) ) ss: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the a corporation existing under the laws of the State of , was held on , 2009, and the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as President of the Corporation, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement for Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements, Project 6112 by and between this Corporation and Clean Water Services and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of the Corporation, shall be the official act and deed of this Corporation." I further certify that the resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of 2009. President Secretary CVO/383498A AGREEMENT MAY 1, 2009 00500 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Partnership) STATE OF ) ) ss: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Partners of the a partnership existing under the laws of the State of , was held on , 2009, and the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Partnership, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement for Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements, Project 6112 by and between this Partnership and Clean Water Services and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Partnership." I further certify that the resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of 2009. Partner CVO/383498A AGREEMENT MAY 1, 2009 00500 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Joint Venture) STATE OF ) ) ss: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Principals of the a joint venture existing under the laws of the State of , was held on , 2009, and the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Joint Venture, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement for Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements, Project 6112 by and between this Joint Venture and Clean Water Services and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Joint Venture." I further certify that the resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of 2009. Managing Partner END OF SECTION CVO/383498A AGREEMENT MAY 1, 2009 00500 - 8 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND FOR Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements, Project No. 6112 Bond No. Amount: $ KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that as Contractor, and a Corporation, duly authorized to do a general surety business in the State of Oregon, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and bound unto Clean Water Services, hereinafter referred to as the Obligee, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, and firmly by these presents. This bond is executed under the authority of ORS Chapters 279A, 279B, and 279C, of the State of Oregon, the provisions of which are hereby incorporated into this bond and made a part thereof. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT: WHEREAS, the Contractor has been conditionally awarded a contract for Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements, Project No. 6112 the Obligee, which contract, including all Contract Documents, is by this reference expressly incorporated herein. NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this bond is such that if the Contractor shall faithfully perform all the provisions of such Contract for the duration thereof, including the one -year correction period described in Contract Documents, and indemnify and save harmless the Obligee from any claim for damages of every kind and description or injury to property or persons arising or alleged to have arisen by reason of the work; and shall, in the time and manner, and under the terms and conditions prescribed, faithfully do, perform, and furnish all matters and things as by them in the Contract undertaken, and as by law, local, state, and federal, prescribed, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. CVO/383498A PERFORMANCE BOND MAY 1, 2009 00610 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PROVIDED, HOWEVER: In no event shall the Surety be liable for a greater sum than the amount of this bond. The Surety for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the term of the Contract Documents, or to the work to be performed thereunder, or the Specifications accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work, or to the Contract Documents. Signed this day of , 2009. Address Contractor By: Phone Number Title: Surety By: Attorney -in -Fact Address of Surety's Resident Agent Approved as to Form District Counsel END OF SECTION CVO/383498A PERFORMANCE BOND MAY 1, 2009 00610 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 00620 PAYMENT BOND FOR Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements, Project No. 6112 Bond No. Amount: $ KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that as Contractor, and a Corporation, duly authorized to do a general surety business in the State of Oregon, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and bound unto Clean Water Services, hereinafter referred to as the Obligee, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, and firmly by these presents. This bond is executed under the authority of ORS Chapters 279A, 279B, and 279C, of the State of Oregon, the provisions of which are hereby incorporated into this bond and made a part thereof. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT: WHEREAS, the Contractor has been conditionally awarded a contract for Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Access Road Improvements, Project No. 6112 by the Obligee, which contract, including all Contract Documents, is by this reference expressly incorporated herein. NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this bond is such that if the Contractor shall faithfully and promptly pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, materialmen, and all persons who supply such work and services, and indemnify and save harmless the Obligee from any claim for damages of every kind and description or injury to property or persons arising or alleged to have arisen by reason of the work; and shall, in the time and manner, and under the terms and conditions prescribed, faithfully do, perform, and furnish all matters and things as by them in the Contract undertaken, and as by law, local, state, and federal, prescribed, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. CVO/383498A PAYMENT BOND MAY 1, 2009 00620 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PROVIDED, HOWEVER: In no event shall the SURETY be liable for a greater sum than the amount of this bond. The Surety for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the term of the Contract Documents, or to the work to be performed thereunder, or the Specifications accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work, or to the Contract Documents. Signed this day of , 2009. Address Contractor By: Phone Number Title: Surety By: Attorney -in -Fact • Address of Surety's Resident Agent Approved as to Form District Counsel END OF SECTION CVO/383498A PAYMENT BOND MAY 1, 2009 00620 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS CVO/383498A GENERAL CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00700 -1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL Engineers Joint Documents Committee License: Design and Construction Related Documents You have a limited nonexclusive license to: Instructions and License Agreement 1. Use EJCDC Design and Construction Related Documents on any number of machines owned, Instructions leased or rented by your company or organization. Before you use any EJCDC document: 2. Use EJCDC Design and Construction Related 1. Read the License Agreement. You agree to it and are Documents in printed form for bona fide contract bound by its terms when you use the EJCDC documents. document. • 3. Copy EJCDC Design and Construction Related 2. Make sure that you have the correct version for your Documents into any machine readable or printed word processing software. form for backup or modification purposes in support of your use of EJCDC Design and Construction How to Use: Related Documents. 1. While EJCDC has expended considerable effort to make the software translations exact, it can be that a You agree that you will: few document controls (e.g., bold, underline) did not 1. Reproduce and include EJCDC's copyright notice on carry over. any printed or machine - readable copy, modification, or portion merged into another document or program. 2. Similarly, your software may change the font All proprietary rights in EJCDC Design and specification if the font is not available in your Construction Related Documents are and shall system. It will choose a font that is close in remain the property of EJCDC. appearance. In this event, the pagination may not match the control set. 2. Not represent that any of the contract documents you generate from EJCDC Design and Construction 3. if you modify the document, you must follow the Related Documents are EJCDC documents unless instructions in the License Agreement about (i) the document text is used without alteration or (ii) notification. all additions and changes to, and deletions from, the text are clearly shown. 4. Also note the instruction in the License Agreement about the EJCDC copyright. You may not use, copy, modify, or transfer EJCDC Design and Construction Related Documents, or any copy, modification or merged portion, in whole or in License Agreement part, except as expressly provided for in this license. Reproduction of EJCDC Design and Construction You should carefully read the following terms and Related Documents in printed or machine- readable conditions before using this document, format for resale or educational purposes is expressly Commencement of use of this document indicates your prohibited. acceptance of these terms and conditions. If you do not agree to them, you should promptly return the If you transfer possession of any copy, modification or materials to the vendor, and your money will be merged portion of EJCDC Design and Construction refunded. Related Documents to another party, your license is automatically terminated. The Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee ( "EJCDC ") provides EJCDC Design and Construction Term: Related Documents and licenses their use worldwide. The license is effective until terminated. You may You assume sole responsibility for the selection of terminate it at any time by destroying EJCDC Design specific documents or portions thereof to achieve your and Construction Related Documents altogether with intended results, and for the installation, use, and results all copies, modifications and merged portions in any obtained from EJCDC Design and Construction form. It will also terminate upon conditions set forth Related Documents. elsewhere in this Agreement or if you fail to comply with any term or condition of this Agreement. You agree upon You acknowledge that you understand that the text of the such termination to destroy EJCDC Design and contract documents of EJCDC Design and Construction Construction Related Documents along with all copies, Related Documents has important legal consequences modifications and merged portions in any form. and that consultation with an attorney is recommended with respect to use or modification of the text. You Limited Warranty: further acknowledge that EJCDC documents are protected EJCDC warrants the CDs and diskettes on which EJCDC by the copyright laws of the United States. Design and Construction Related Documents is furnished to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of ninety Related Documents even if EJCDC has been advised of (90) days from the date of delivery to you as evidenced by the possibility of such damages, or for any claim by any a copy of your receipt. other party. There is no other warranty of any kind, either Some states do not allow the limitation or exclusion of expressed or implied, including, but not limited to the liability for incidental or consequential damages, so the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. particular purpose. Some states do not allow the exclusion of implied warranties, so the above exclusion General: may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific You may not sublicense, assign, or transfer this license legal rights and you may also have other rights which except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Any vary from state to state. attempt otherwise to sublicense, assign, or transfer any of the rights, duties, or obligations hereunder is void. EJCDC does not warrant that the functions contained in EJCDC Design and Construction Related Documents This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State will meet your requirements or that the operation of of Virginia. Should you have any questions concerning EJCDC Design and Construction Related Documents this Agreement, you may contact EJCDC by writing to: will be uninterrupted or error free. Arthur Schwartz, Esq. Limitations of Remedies: General Counsel EJCDC's entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall National Society of Professional Engineers be: 1420 King Street 1. the replacement of any document not meeting Alexandria, VA 22314 EJCDC's "Limited Warranty" which is returned to EJCDC's selling agent with a copy of your receipt, or Phone: (703) 684 -2845 Fax: (703) 836 -4875 2. if EJCDC's selling agent is unable to deliver a e -mail: aschwartz @nspe.org replacement CD or diskette which is free of defects in materials and workmanship, you may terminate this You acknowledge that you have read this agreement, Agreement by returning EJCDC Document and your understand it and agree to be bound by its terms and money will be refunded. conditions. You further agree that it is the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement between us which In no event will EJCDC be liable to you for any damages, supersedes any proposal or prior agreement, oral or including any lost profits, lost savings or other incidental written, and any other communications between us or consequential damages arising out of the use or relating to the subject matter of this agreement. inability to use EJCDC Design and Construction • This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By ~ National Society of AC EC = Professional Enginee►sn w, ....„ x . ,, , .cE--, c—r.•.,, Professional Engineers In Private Practice Are;trFsau Saeisty at CFrid fagsctttS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by r ir• Or r r =:tug 0.„.... The Associated General Contractors of America 'vvv and rrig n9 the Butt Ewe:lantern Construction Specifications Institute EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -1 Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191 -4400 These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Nos. C -520 or C -525 (2002 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC Construction Documents, General and Instructions (No. C -001) (2002 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. C -800) (2002 Edition). EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 6 1.01 Defined Terms 6 1.02 Terminology 8 ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance 9 2.02 Copies ofDocuments 9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed 9 2.04 Starting the Work 9 2.05 Before Starting Construction 9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference 9 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules 9 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 10 3.01 Intent 10 3.02 Reference Standards 10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 10 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents 11 3.05 Reuse of Documents 11 3.06 Electronic Data 11 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 11 4.01 Availability of Lands 11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 12 4.03 Deering Subsurface or Physical Conditions 12 4.04 Underground Facilities 13 4.05 Reference Points 13 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site 13 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 14 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds 14 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers 15 5.03 Certificates of Insurance 15 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance 15 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance 16 5.06 Property Insurance 16 5.07 Waiver of Rights 17 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds 17 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace 17 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer 18 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 18 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence 18 6.02 Labor; Working Hours 18 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment 18 6.04 Progress Schedule 18 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" 19 6,06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 20 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties 21 6.08 Permits 21 6.09 Laws and Regulations 21 6.10 Taxes 22 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas 22 6.12 Record Documents 22 6.13 Safety and Protection 22 6.14 Safety Representative 23 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs 23 EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 3 6.16 Emergencies 23 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples 23 6.18 Continuing the Work 24 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee 24 6.20 Indemnification 24 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services 25 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 25 7.01 Related Work at Site 25 7.02 Coordination 26 7.03 Legal Relationships 26 ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 26 8.01 Communications to Contractor 26 8.02 Replacement of Engineer 26 8.03 Furnish Data 26 8.04 Pay When Due 26 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests 26 8.06 Insurance 26 • 8.07 Change Orders 26 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals 26 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities 27 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition 27 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements 27 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 27 9.01 Owner's Representative 27 9.02 Visits to Site 27 9.03 Project Representative �7 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work 27 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work 27 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments 28 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work 28 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work 28 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities 28 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS • 28 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work 28 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work 29 10.03 Execution of Change Orders 29 10.04 Notification to Surety 29 10.05 Claims 29 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 30 11.01 Cost of the Work 30 11.02 Allowances 31 11.03 Unit Price Work 31 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 32 12.01 Change of Contract Price 32 12.02 Change of Contract Times 33 12.03 Delays 33 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.01 Notice of Defects 33 13.02 Access to Work 33 13.03 Tests and Inspections 33 13.04 Uncovering Work 34 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work 34 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work 34 13.07 Correction Period 34 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work 35 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work 35 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 36 14.01 Schedule of Values 36 14.02 Progress Payments 36 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title 37 14.04 Substantial Completion 37 EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 4 14.05 Partial Utilization 38 14.06 Final Inspection 38 14.07 Final Payment 38 14.08 Final Completion Delayed 39 14.09 Waiver of Claims 39 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 39 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work 39 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause 39 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience 40 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate 40 ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 41 16.01 Methods and Procedures 41 ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 41 17.01 Giving Notice 41 17.02 Computation of Times 41 17.03 Cumulative Remedies 41 17.04 Survival of Obligations 41 17.05 Controlling Law 41 17.06 Headings 41 • EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 5 GENERAL CONDITIONS 9. Change Order - -A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the 1.01 Defined Terms Agreement. A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements 10. Claim - -A demand or assertion by Owner or or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the indicated which are applicable to both the singular and terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, a third party is not a Claim. terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and 11. Contract - -The entire and integrated written paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, 1. Addenda -- Written or graphic instruments representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed 12. Contract Documents- - Those items so Contract Documents. designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract 2. Agreement - -The written instrument which is Documents. Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor's evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface covering the Work. and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 3. Application for Payment- -The form acceptable 13. Contract Price- -The moneys payable by to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in course of the Work in requesting progress or final accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the payments and which is to be accompanied by such Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 supporting documentation as is required by the Contract in the case of Unit Price Work). Documents. 14. Contract Times- -The number of days or the 4. Asbestos - -Any material that contains more dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing any, (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels complete the Work so that it is ready for fmal payment as established by the United States Occupational Safety and evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of fmal Health Administration. payment. 5. Bid- -The offer or proposal of a Bidder 15. Contractor - -The individual or entity with submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. for the Work to be performed. 16. Cost of the Work- -See Paragraph 11.01.A for 6. Bidder - -The individual or entity who submits definition. a Bid directly to Owner. 17. Drawings - -That part of the Contract 7. Bidding Documents- -The Bidding Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the (including all Addenda). Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so 8. Bidding Requirements- -The Advertisement or defined. Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any 18. Effective Date of the Agreement - -The date supplements. indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. Engineer - -The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. AU rights reserved. 00700 - 6 20. Field Order - -A written order issued by 31. Petroleum -- Petroleum, including crude oil or Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and the Contract Times. 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, 21. General Requirements -- Sections of Division kerosene, and oil mixed with other non - Hazardous Waste 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain and crude oils. to all sections of the Specifications. 32. Progress Schedule - -A schedule, prepared and 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition- -The maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in 33. Project - -The total construction of which the connection with the Work. Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part. 23. Hazardous Waste- -The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of 34. Project Manual - -The bound documentary the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as information prepared for bidding and constructing the amended from time to time. Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is 24. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations- contained in the table(s) of contents. -Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental • 35. Radioactive Material -- Source, special bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic jurisdiction. Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 25. Liens -- Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or 36. Related Entity -- An officer, director, partner, personal property. employee, agent, consultant, or subcontractor. 26. Milestone - -A principal event specified in the 37 Resident Project Representative - -The Contract Documents relating to an intermediate authorized representative of Engineer who may be completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion assigned to the Site or any part thereof. of all the Work. 38. Samples -- Physical examples of materials, 27. Notice of Award- -The written notice by equipment, or workmanship that are representative of Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely some portion of the Work and which establish the compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions standards by which such portion of the Work will be precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the judged. Agreement. 39. Schedule of Submittals - -A schedule, prepared 28. Notice to Proceed - -A written notice given by and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the the time requirements to support scheduled performance Contract Times will commence to run and on which of related construction activities. Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 40. Schedule of values - -A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the 29. Owner- -The individual or entity with whom Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for the Work is to be performed. Payment. 30. PCBs -- Polychlorinated biphenyls. 41. Shop Drawings - -All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 42. Site - -Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way and EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 7 easements for access thereto, and such other lands 52. Work Change Directive - -A written statement furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contractor. Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the 43. Specifications- -That part of the Contract Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface Documents consisting of written requirements for or physical conditions under which the Work is to be materials, equipment, systems, standards and performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times administrative requirements and procedural matters but is evidence that the parties expect that the change applicable thereto. ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order 44. Subcontractor - -An individual or entity following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 1.02 Terminology 45. Substantial Completion- -The time at which A. The following words or terms are not defined the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or Documents, have the following meaning. a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all allowed," "as approved," "as ordered ", "as directed" or or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of thereof. professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," 46. Successfid Bidder- -The Bidder submitting a "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise 47. Supplementary Conditions- -That part of the of professional judgment, action or determination will be Contract Documents which amends or supplements these solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance General Conditions. with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of 48. Supplier - -A manufacturer, fabricator, the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor. effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any 49. Underground Facilities - -All underground duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and the Contract Documents. any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid C. Day petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other 1. The word "day" means a calendar day liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 50. Unit Price Work - -Work to be paid for on the D. Defective basis of unit prices. 1. The word "defective," when modifying the 51. Work- -The entire construction or the various word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, separately identifiable parts thereof required to be faulty, or deficient in that it: provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, a. does not conform to the Contract Documents, services, and documentation necessary to produce such or construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as b. does not meet the requirements of any required by the Contract Documents. applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright O 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 8 approval referred to in the Contract Documents, A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten or printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's at the cost of reproduction. recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in Proceed accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). A. The Contract Times will commence to run on E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day or installation and in usable or operable condition. of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put 2.04 Starting the Work into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall the Contract Times commence to run. mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 2.05 Before Starting Construction 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after "provide" is not used in connection with services, the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall obligation of Contractor, "provide" is implied. submit to Engineer for timely review: F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule; indicating Documents, words or phrases which have a well -known the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and technical or construction industry or trade meaning are completing the various stages of the Work, including any used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; • recognized meaning. 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which • when added together equal the Contract Price and 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during A. When Contractor delivers the executed performance of the Work. Such prices will include an counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be each item of Work. required to furnish. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference B. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor and Owner shall each A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of others as appropriate will be held to establish a working insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either understanding among the parties as to the Work and to of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.05.A, which Contractor and Owner respectively are required to procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.02 Copies of Documents EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 9 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules 1. Reference to standards, specifications, A. At least 10 days before submission of the first manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, Application for Payment a conference attended by or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or below the schedules submitted in accordance with Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on Paragraph 2.05.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be the Contract Documents. made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve Owner, or Engineer, or any of, their Related Entities, any Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable Contract Documents. arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be A. Reporting Discrepancies acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents component parts of the Work. Before Starting Work Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, figures therein and all applicable field measurements. AMENDING, REUSE Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written 3.01 Intent interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents to be constructed in accordance with the Contract or between the Contract Documents and any provision of Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor or trade usage as being required to produce the intended shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor result will be provided whether or not specifically called shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except for at no additional cost to Owner. in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents C. Clarifications and interpretations of the has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as Paragraph 3.04. provided in Article 9. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or 3.02 Reference Standards Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known Regulations thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright CO 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -10 Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any 3.06 Electronic Data conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: A. Copies of data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor or Contractor to Owner or a. the provisions of any standard, specification, Engineer that may be relied upon are limited to the manual, code, or instruction (whether or not printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in specifically incorporated by reference in the electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other Contract Documents); or types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's applicable to the performance of the Work sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic (unless such an interpretation of the provisions files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the Documents party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which • A. The Contract Documents may be amended to the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60- or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a day acceptance period will be corrected by the Change Order or a Work Change Directive. transferring party. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents C. When transferring documents in electronic may be supplemented, and minor variations and media format, the transferring party makes no deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or of the following ways: readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or 1. A Field Order; computer hardware differing from those used by the • data's creator. 2. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; (Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D.3); or ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; 3. Engineer's written interpretation or HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; clarification. REFERENCE POINTS 3.05 Reuse of Documents 4.01 Availability of Lands A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing all A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not Contractor, shall not: of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other for easements for permanent structures or permanent documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are bearing the seal of Engineer or Engineer's consultants, unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or including electronic media editions; or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in 2. reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, Owner's furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph Project or any other project without written consent of 10.05. Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaption by Engineer. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal B. The prohibition of this Paragraph 3.05 will title and legal description of the lands upon which the survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Work is to be performed and Owner's interest therein as EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -11 necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the construction lien against such lands in accordance with Contract Documents; or applicable Laws and Regulations. 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated C. Contractor shall provide for all additional in the Contract Documents; or lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially and equipment. from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or Conditions identify: performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify 1. those reports of explorations and tests of Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents; perform any Work in connection therewith (except as and aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or Documents. tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer's findings and B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical conclusions. Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or existence of such differing subsurface or physical make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's their Related Entities with respect to: cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, a. such condition must meet any one or more of any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed and by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs information contained in such reports or shown or 9.07 and 11.03. indicated in such drawings; or 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the contract; or Site that is uncovered or revealed either: b. the existence of such condition could 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as result of any examination, investigation, provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -12 conducted by or for Contractor prior to required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Contractor's making such fmal commitment; or Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as promptly review the Underground Facility and determine required by Paragraph 4.03.A. the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the 3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree consequences of the existence or location of the on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of Underground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, be responsible for the safety and protection of such or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Underground Facility. Paragraph 10.05. However, Owner and Engineer, and any of their Related Entities shall not be liable to Contractor 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but Contract Documents is required, a Work Change not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and attorneys, and other professionals and all court or document such consequences. An equitable adjustment arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or Contractor on or in connection with any other project or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the anticipated project. existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated 4.04 Underground Facilities with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on respect to existing Underground Facilities at or entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any contiguous to the Site is based on information and data such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. provided in Paragraph 10.05. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.05 Reference Points 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to for the accuracy or completeness of any such information establish reference points for construction which in or data; and Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible 2. the cost of all of the following will be for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have established reference points and property monuments, and full responsibility for: shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to a. reviewing and checking all such information Engineer whenever any reference point or property and data, monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or indicated in the Contract Documents, relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site during construction, and A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to d. the safety and protection of all such the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of Underground Facilities and repairing any those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous damage thereto resulting from the Work. Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of B. Not Shown or Indicated the Contract Documents. 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -13 make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the their Related Entities with respect to: area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party and procedures of construction to be employed by may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work thereto; or performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and indicated in such drawings; or Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them interpretations, opinions or information. from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Environmental Condition created with any materials Contract Documents to be included within the scope of brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in responsible. this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous consequences of that individual's or entity's own Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for negligence. whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold Work in connection with such condition and in any area harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by partners, employees, agents, consultants, and Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer subcontractors of each and any of them from and against (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to attorneys, and other professionals and all court or evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition E. Contractor shall not be required to resume created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor Work in connection with such condition or in any affected is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.H shall area until after Owner has obtained any required permits obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity related thereto and delivered to Contractor written notice: from and against the consequences of that individual's or (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is entity's own negligence. or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and Work may be resumed safely. if Owner and Contractor 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on A. Contractor shall furnish performance and a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the resume such Work under such special conditions, then Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -14 payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such due or until completion of the correction period specified liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided Work being performed and as will provide protection otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract from claims set forth below which may arise out of or Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other result from Contractor's performance of the Work and bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies liable: Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring 1. claims under workers' compensation, Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, acts; U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, agent's authority to act. occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or . 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, its right to do business is terminated in any state where sickness or disease, or death of any person other than any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the Contractor's employees; requirements of Paragraph 5.01.B, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably days after the event giving rise to such notification, available personal injury liability coverage which are provide another bond and surety, both of which shall sustained: comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02. a. by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers person by Contractor, or A. All bonds and insurance required by the b. by any other person for any other reason; Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue property wherever located, including loss of use resulting bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages therefrom; and so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance B. The policies of insurance required by this A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies Paragraph 5.04 shall: to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence 1. with respect to insurance required by of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion maintain. regarding professional liability) Owner and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the B. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary additional insureds, and include coverage for the Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, of insurance requested by Contractor or any other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these and maintain. additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -15 2. include at least the specific coverages and be and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, written for not less than the limits of liability provided in consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and Regulations, whichever is greater; shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 3. include completed operations insurance; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all -risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall 4. include contractual liability insurance at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20; and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor Regulations, water damage, (other than caused by flood) and to each other additional insured identified in the and such other perils or causes of loss as may be Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 6. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by accordance with Paragraph 13.07; and Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in 7. with respect to completed operations an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two years 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by after final payment. Owner; a. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other 6. include testing and startup; and additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate 7. be maintained in effect until fmal payment is of insurance has been issued, evidence made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, satisfactory to Owner and any such additional Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days written notice to insured of continuation of such insurance at fmal each other additional insured to whom a certificate of payment and one year thereafter. insurance has been issued. 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property A. In addition to the insurance required to be insurance as may be required by the Supplementary provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified Owner against claims which may arise from operations in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, under the Contract Documents. directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is 5.06 Property Insurance deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and C. All the policies of insurance (and the maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to purchased and maintained in accordance with Paragraph such deductible amounts as may be provided in the 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially Regulations). This insurance shall: changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor 1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, provisions in accordance with Paragraph 5.07. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -16 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing or other consequential loss extending beyond direct and maintaining any property insurance specified in this physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work Paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of Contractor, caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any perils whether or not insured by Owner; and deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or identified deductible amount will be borne by Contractor, part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any any of them wishes property insurance coverage within property insurance maintained on the completed Project the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment E. If Contractor requests in writing that other pursuant to Paragraph 14.07. special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. to in Paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no other insurance has been procured by Owner. rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, 5.07 Waiver of Rights agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the A. Any insured loss under the policies of Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or insurance required by Paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the and any of them) in such policies and will provide requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by Paragraph 5.08.B. Owner shall deposit in a separate the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such account any money so received and shall distribute it in policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys additional insureds thereunder. Owner and Contractor so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and waive all rights against each other and their respective the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order . officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days by such policies and any other property insurance after the occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary rights against Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) insurers and, if required in writing by any party in under such policies for losses and damages so caused. interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that performance of such duties. any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and htsurance; Option to payable under any policy so issued. Replace B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, A. If either Owner or Contractor has any Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions partners, employees, agents, consultants and of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and subcontractors of each and any of them for: maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non - conformance with the Contract EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -17 Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other received from the superintendent shall be binding on party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the Contractor. certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.01.B. Owner and Contractor shall each 6.02 Labor; Working Hours provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the perform construction as required by the Contract Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the discipline and order at the Site. start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the party's interests at the expense of the party who was Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order performed during regular working hours. Contractor will shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given Insurer after prior written notice to Engineer. A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, Paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in transportation, construction equipment and machinery, writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct quality of materials and equipment. the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions responsible for the means, methods, techniques, of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor provided in the Contract Documents. shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific 6.04 Progress Schedule means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress required by the Contract Documents. Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided B. At all times during the progress of the Work, below. Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to or EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 18 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) 2) it will conform substantially to the proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will detailed requirements of the item named in the not result in changing the Contract Times. Such Contract Documents. adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Substitute Items 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress a. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be material or equipment proposed by Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article does not qualify as an "or- equal" item under 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a a Change Order. proposed substitute item. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or- Equals" b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is determine that the item of material or equipment specified or described in the Contract Documents by proposed is essentially equivalent to that named using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests particular Supplier, the specification or description is for review of proposed substitute items of intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and material or equipment will not be accepted by quality required. Unless the specification or description Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or- equal" item or no substitution is c. The requirements for review by Engineer will permitted, other items of material or equipment or be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as material or equipment of other Suppliers may be supplemented in the General Requirements and submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the described below. circumstances. 1. "Or-Equal" Items: If in Engineer's sole d. Contractor shall make written application to discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item Contractor is functionally equal to that named and of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will furnish or use. The application: be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an "or- equal" item, in which case review and approval of the 1) shall certify that the proposed proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion, be substitute item will: accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. a) perform adequately the functions and For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed achieve the results called for by the item of material or equipment will be considered general design, functionally equal to an item so named if: b) be similar in substance to that a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment specified, and Engineer determines that: c) be suited to the same use as that 1) it is at least equal in materials of specified; construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) will state: 2) it will reliably perform at least a) the extent, if any, to which the use of equally well the function and achieve the results the proposed substitute item will imposed by the design concept of the completed prejudice Contractor's achievement of Project as a functioning whole, Substantial Completion on time; 3) it has a proven record of performance b) whether or not use of the proposed and availability of responsive service; and substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and Documents (or in the provisions of any incorporated into the Work: other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the 1) there will be no increase in cost to design to the proposed substitute item; the Owner or increase in Contract Times, and and EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 -19 charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract c) whether or not incorporation or use Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct of the proposed substitute item in contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of connection with the Work is subject to each proposed substitute. payment of any license fee or royalty; F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall 3) will identify: provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or- equal" at Contractor's expense. a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified , and 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement A. Contractor shall not employ any services; Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in 4) and shall contain an itemized Paragraph 6.06.B), whether initially or as a replacement, estimate of all costs or credits that will result against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. directly or indirectly from use of such substitute Contractor shall not be required to employ any item, including costs of redesign and claims of Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to other contractors affected by any resulting furnish or perform any of the Work against whom change, Contractor has reasonable objection. B. Substitute Construction Methods or B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if sequence, or procedure of construction approved by Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information the Supplementary Conditions, Owner's acceptance to allow Engineer, in Engineer's sole discretion, to (either in writing or by failing to make written objection determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor C. Engineer's Evaluation: Engineer will be shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and • proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the and 6.05.B. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate additional data about the proposed substitute item. Change Order will be issued . No acceptance by Owner of Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No - "or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall until Engineer's review is complete, which will be constitute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an reject defective Work. approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner determination. and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: substitute. 1. shall create for the benefit of any such E. Engineer's Cost Reimbursement: Engineer Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B Whether or not Engineer entity, nor approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the 2. shall anything in the Contract Documents charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 20 Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations. Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, d D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for partners, employees, agents, consultants and scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, subcontractors of each and any of them from and against Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, contract with Contractor. attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, or relating to any infringement of patent rights or Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of with Engineer through Contractor. any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings 6.08 Permits shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be A. Unless otherwise provided in the performed by any specific trade. Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall G. All Work performed for Contractor by a assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all appropriate agreement between Contractor and the governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is charges of utility owners for connections for providing with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an permanent service to the Work. additional insured on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor 6.09 Laws and Regulations and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights A. Contractor shall give all notices required by against Owner, Contractor, and Engineer, and all other and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, any Laws or Regulations. relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees the same. and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's primary A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's of any invention, design, process, product, or device obligations under Paragraph 3.03. which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of in the performance of the Work and if to the actual the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to the cost or time of performance of the Work shall be the patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any Documents. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 21 such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as original condition all property not designated for provided in Paragraph 10.05. alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.10 Taxes D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.12 Record Documents 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in 1. Contractor shall confine construction good order and annotated to show changes made during equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and construction. These record documents together with all the operations of workers to the Site and other areas approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any Engineer for Owner. damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, . or of any adjacent land or areas 6.13 Safety and Protection resulting from the performance of the Work. A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety or occupant because of the performance of the Work, precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. prevent damage, injury or loss to: 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold by the Work; harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to subcontractors of each and any of them from and against be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not Site; and limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the the course of construction. extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the property, or to the protection of persons or property from Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris Underground Facilities and other utility owners when shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of relocation, and replacement of their property. the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the C. All damage, injury, or loss to any property completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 22 perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of a. Submit number of copies specified in the them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor General Requirements. (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be Owner or Engineer or , or anyone employed by any of complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be specified performance and design criteria, liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole materials, and similar data to show Engineer the or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any services, materials, and equipment Contractor Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to directly or indirectly employed by any of them). review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. D. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until 2. Samples: Contractor shall also submit such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has Samples to Engineer for review and approval in issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop with Paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable Drawings and Sample submittals. (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications. 6.14 Safety Representative b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties the use for which intended and other data as and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents Engineer may require to enable Engineer to and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions review the submittal for the limited purposes and programs. required by Paragraph 6.17.D. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, A. Contractor shall be responsible for any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole or other hazard communication information required to be expense and responsibility of Contractor. made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or C. Submittal Procedures Regulations. 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or 6.16 Emergencies Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: A. In emergencies affecting the safety or a. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site specified performance and design criteria, or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to installation requirements, materials, catalog prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor numbers, and similar information with respect shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor . thereto; believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused b. the suitability of all materials with respect to thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, determines that a change in the Contract Documents is storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to required because of the action taken by Contractor in the performance of the Work; response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. c. all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable Schedule of Submittals d. shall also have reviewed and coordinated each (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop identified as Engineer may require. Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract 1. Shop Drawings Documents. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright CO 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 23 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific 6.18 Continuing the Work written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or submittal. disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee written communication separate from the Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal; and, in addition, by a specific A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its such variation. Related Entities shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. D. Engineer's Review B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance and approval will be only to determine if the items or operation by persons other than Contractor, covered by the submittals will, after installation or Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract 2. Engineer's review and approval will not Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance procedures of construction (except where a particular with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents: Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate 1. observations by Engineer; item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto Contractor has complied with the requirements of by Owner; Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the thereof by Owner; Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; E. Resubmittal Procedures 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of 7. any correction of defective Work by Owner. corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. 6.20 Indemnification Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and on previous submittals. Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 24 subcontractors of each and any of them from and against Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, such services or certifications to be provided by a attorneys, and other professionals and all court or properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or submittals related to the Work designed or certified by destruction of tangible property (other than the Work such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but professional's written approval when submitted to only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission Engineer. of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the acts any of them may be liable . services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have B. In any and all claims against Owner or specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, that such services must satisfy. officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer's such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any review and approval of design calculations and design Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or for conformance with performance and design criteria anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the given and the design concept expressed in the Contract indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or in Paragraph 6.17.D.1. other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the acts. adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's officers, directors, partners, ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 7.01 Related Work at Site 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, A. Owner may perform other work related to the surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or Project at the Site with Owner's employees, or via other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or Contract Documents, then: damage. 1. written notice thereof will be given to 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and A. Contractor will not be required to provide 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree professional design services unless such services are on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of specifically required by the Contract Documents for a any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times portion of the Work or unless such services are required that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. 10.05. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner B. If professional design services or and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with certifications by a design professional related to systems, Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, a materials or equipment are specifically required of reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and materials and equipment and the execution of such other EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. MI rights reserved. 00700 - 25 work, and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the result of Contractor's action or inactions. Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the 8.01 Communications to Contractor others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for A. Except as otherwise provided in these General the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the Contractor through Engineer. benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. 8.02 Replacement of Engineer C. If the proper execution or results of any part A. In case of termination of the employment of of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that Engineer. render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's 8.03 Furnish Data failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data Contractor's Work except for latent defects and required of Owner under the Contract Documents. deficiencies in such other work. 8.04 Pay When Due 7.02 Coordination A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor A. If Owner intends to contract with others for when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.0 and the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, 14.07.C. the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests 1. the individual or entity who will have A. Owner's duties in respect of providing lands authority and responsibility for coordination of the and easements and providing engineering surveys to activities among the various contractors will be identified; establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner's identifying 2. the specific matters to be covered by such and making available to Contractor copies of reports of authority and responsibility will be itemized; and explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing 3. the extent of such authority and surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the responsibilities will be provided. Site that have been utilized by Engineer in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole 8.06 Insurance authority and responsibility for such coordination. A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, in respect to 7.03 Legal Relationships purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. A. Paragraphs 7.01.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. 8.07 Change Orders B. Each other direct contract of Owner under A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders Paragraph 7.01.A shall provide that the other contractor is as indicated in Paragraph 10.03. liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals result of the other contractor's actions or inactions. A. Owner's responsibility in respect to certain C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph other contractor for the reasonable direct delay and 13.03.B. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 26 Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject control or authority over, nor be responsible for, to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor visits or observations of Contractor's Work Engineer will to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety accordance with the Contract Documents. precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Condition 9.03 Project Representative A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will forth in Paragraph 4.06. furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as A. If and to the extent Owner has agreed to provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another obligations under the Contract Documents, Owner's representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the is not Engineer's consultant, agent or employee, the Supplementary Conditions. responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in 9.01 Owner's Representative the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the A. Engineer will be Owner's representative Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible during the construction period. The duties and with the design concept of the completed Project as a responsibilities and the limitations of authority of functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Engineer as Owner's representative during construction Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, changed without written consent of Owner and Engineer. who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an 9.02 Visits to Site adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an 10.05. experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the believes will not produce a completed Project that Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to the integrity of the design concept of the completed check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will require special inspection or testing of the Work as conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep fabricated, installed, or completed. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 27 partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Paragraph 6.17. Responsibilities B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the drawings submitted in response to a delegation of Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21. in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to performance of any authority or responsibility by Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to D. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other Applications for Payment, see Article 14. individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the construction, or the safety precautions and programs Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to before rendering a written decision thereon (by comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the recommendation of an Application for Payment or performance of the Work. Engineer will not be otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to in accordance with the Contract Documents. reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts Paragraph 10.05. or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract any of the Work. Documents and Acceptability of Work D. Engineer's review of the final Application for A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the Payment and accompanying documentation and all requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and question and other matters between Owner and Contractor approvals, and other documentation required to be arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of performance of the Work, will be referred initially to inspections, tests, and approvals, that the results certified Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. to the question E. The limitations upon authority and B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner apply to, the Resident Project Representative, if any, and or Contractor believe that any such decision entitles them assistants, if any. to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.B. 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work C. Engineer's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and A. Without invalidating the Contract and without Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the D. When functioning as interpreter and judge Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 28 promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract 10.05 Claims Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). A. Engineer's Decision Required: All Claims, B. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents Paragraph 10.05. or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, shall be delivered by the claimant to A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event Times with respect to any work performed that is not giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a required by the Contract Documents as amended, Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data except in the case of an emergency as provided in shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event provided in Paragraph 13.04.B. (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such 10.03 Execution of Change Orders Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be • prepared in accordance with the provisions of A. Owner and Contractor shall execute Paragraph 12.01.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract appropriate Change Orders recommended by Engineer Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions covering: of Paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.O1.A, (ii) required believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract C. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions and in writing: 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract 1. deny the Claim in whole or in part, Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 2. approve the Claim, or 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such 3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole discretion, it Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in shall be deemed a denial. Paragraph 6.18.A. D. In the event that Engineer does not take action 10.04 Notification to Surety on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price 10.05.0 or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any 10.05.D will be final and binding upon Owner and bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of 30 days of such action or denial. any such change. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 29 F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; and fee shall be determined in the same manner as ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 11.01 Cost of the Work 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to Engineers, architects, testing laboratories, A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in services specifically related to the Work. Paragraph 11.O1.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When 5. Supplemental costs including the following: the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is a. The proportion of necessary transportation, determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional employees incurred in discharge of duties or incremental costs required because of the change in the connected with the Work. Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by b. Cost, including transportation and Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than maintenance, of all materials, supplies, those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and only the following items, and shall not include any of the temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B. not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct market value, of such items used but not employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work consumed which remain the property of under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Contractor. Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other c. Rentals of all construction equipment and personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented employees not employed full time on the Work shall be from Contractor or others in accordance with apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. rental agreements approved by Owner with the Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries advice of Engineer, and the costs of and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, include social security contributions, unemployment, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health shall be in accordance with the terms of said and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and rental agreements. The rental of any such holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when performing Work outside of regular working hours, on the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in Work. the above to the extent authorized by Owner. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished related to the Work, and for which Contractor is and incorporated in the Work, including costs of liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone deposits funds with Contractor with which to make directly or indirectly employed by any of them or payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to for whose acts any of them may be liable, and Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and royalty payments and fees for permits and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall licenses. accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated 3. Payments made by Contractor to by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If Contractor in connection with the performance required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive of the Work (except losses and damages within bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and the deductible amounts of property insurance EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 30 established in accordance with Paragraph C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have performed on the basis of cost -plus, Contractor's fee shall resulted from causes other than the negligence of be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a directly or indirectly employed by any of them or Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be losses shall include settlements made with the determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to determining Contractor's fee. Paragraphs 1 I.01.A and 11.01.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary accepted accounting practices and submit in a form facilities at the Site. acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the 11.02 Allowances Site, expresses, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered insurance Contractor is required by the Contract to be performed for such sums and by such persons or Documents to purchase and maintain. entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work B. Cash Allowances shall not include any of the following items: 1. Contractor agrees that: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of a. the cash allowances include the cost to partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, of materials and equipment required by the attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and applicable taxes; and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling general administration of the Work and not specifically on the Site, labor, installation , overhead, profit, included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications and other expenses contemplated for the cash referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered allowances have been included in the Contract by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered Price and not in the allowances, and no demand administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. C. Contingency Allowance 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, 1. Contractor agrees that a contingency including interest on Contractor's capital employed for allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent unanticipated costs. payments. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of correspondingly adjusted. defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to 11.03 Unit Price Work property. A. Where the Contract Documents provide that 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit expressly included in Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B. Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 31 times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an the Agreement. allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01.C.2); or B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the 3. where the Work involved is not covered by purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a provisions of Paragraph 9.07. Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's fee for Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: identified item. 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee Paragraph 10.05 if: based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 significantly from the estimated quantity of such item and 11.01.A.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 indicated in the Agreement; and percent; 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.3, respect any other item of Work; and the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraph is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties 12.01.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will or decrease. be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; 12.01 Change of Contract Price d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.01.A.4, 11.01.A.5, A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a and 11.O1.B; Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted e. the amount of credit to be allowed by by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the Contractor to Owner for any change which other party to the Contract in accordance with the results in a net decrease in cost will be the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal B. The value of any Work covered by a Change to five percent of such net decrease; and Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis prices contained in the Contract Documents, by of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs application of such unit prices to the quantities of the 12.01.C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e, inclusive. items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 12.02 Change of Contract Times 2. where the Work involved is not covered by A. The Contract Times may only be changed by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 32 Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an DEFECTIVE WORK adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. 13.01 Notice of Defects 12.03 Delays A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which A. Where Contractor is prevented from Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to completing any part of the Work within the Contract Contractor. All defective Work may be rejected, Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor 13.02 Access to Work as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners representatives and personnel of Owner, independent or other contractors performing other work as testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. Contractor shall provide them B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or proper and safe conditions for such access and advise utility owners performing other work for Owner as them of Contractor's Site safety procedures and programs contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is so that they may comply therewith as applicable. responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor 13.03 Tests and Inspections shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor's A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, conditioned on such adjustment being essential to tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contract Times. B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services C if Contractor is delayed in the performance or of an independent testing laboratory to perform all progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of Documents except: utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an Paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.D below; equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability to complete 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.04.B shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the shall be paid as provided in said Paragraph 13.04.C; and delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C. 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the D. Owner, Engineer and the Related Entities of Contract Documents. each of them shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body limited to all fees and charges of Engineers, architects, having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) attorneys, and other professionals and all court or specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor on or in connection with any other project or Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging anticipated project. and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an required certificates of inspection or approval. adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 33 any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be that the completed Work will conform to the Contract performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Engineer. Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has A. Promptly after receipt of notice, Contractor not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such shall correct all defective Work, whether or not notice. fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and 13.04 Uncovering Work replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be attorneys, and other professionals and all court or uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of Contractor's expense. or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable others). that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, B. When correcting defective Work under the shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may Contractor shall take no action that would void or require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, all necessary labor, material, and equipment. if any, on said Work. C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is 13.07 Correction Period defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and A. If within one year after the date of Substantial charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other Completion (or such longer period of time as may be professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute prescribed by the terms of any applicable special resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to (including but not limited to all costs of repair or the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If contemplated in Paragraph 6.11.A is found to be the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Owner and in accordance with Owner's written Paragraph 10.05. instructions: D. If, the uncovered Work is not found to be 1. repair such defective land or areas; or defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or 2. correct such defective Work; or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim Work that is not defective, and therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 34 • 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others paid by Contractor to Owner. or other land or areas resulting therefrom. 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss after written notice from Engineer to correct defective or damage, Owner may have the defective Work Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals with any other provision of the Contract Documents, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair correct or remedy any such deficiency. or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of B. In exercising the rights and remedies under others) will be paid by Contractor. this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, C. In special circumstances where a particular Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction so provided in the Specifications. equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or D. Where defective Work (and damage to other for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other period hereunder with respect to such Work will be contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants extended for an additional period of one year after such access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights correction or removal and replacement has been and remedies under this Paragraph. satisfactorily completed. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph (including but not limited to all fees and charges of 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of Engineer's recommendation of final payment, Engineer) the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or attorneys, and other professionals and all court or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Contractor's defective Work. Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work of the Contract Times because of any delay in the to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under. this Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Paragraph 13.09. Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 35 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND experienced and qualified design professional and on COMPLETION Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief: 14.01 Schedule of Values a. the Work has progressed to the point A. The Schedule of Values established as indicated; provided in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of b. the quality of the Work is generally in Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress accordance with the Contract Documents payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a the number of units completed. functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent 14.02 Progress Payments tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and A. Applications for Payments classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and to any other qualifications 1. At least 20 days before the date established in stated in the recommendation); and the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out entitled to such payment appear to have been and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's of the date of the Application and accompanied by such responsibility to observe the Work. supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment a. inspections made to check the quality or the shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or quantity of the Work as it has been performed other documentation warranting that Owner has received have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens of the Work in progress, or involved detailed and evidence that the materials and equipment are inspections of the Work beyond the covered by appropriate property insurance or other responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of in the Contract Documents; or which must be satisfactory to Owner. b. that there may not be other matters or issues 2. Beginning with the second Application for between the parties that might entitle Contractor Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Contractor stating that all previous progress payments Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's associated with prior Applications for Payment. Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including 3. The amount of retainage with respect to final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or B. Review of Applications b. for the means, methods, techniques, 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of sequences, or procedures of construction, or the each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a safety precautions and programs incident thereto, recommendation of payment and present the Application or to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to c. for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may and Regulations applicable to Contractor's make the necessary corrections and resubmit the performance of the Work, or Application. d. to make any examination to ascertain how or 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment for what purposes Contractor has used the requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 36 e. to determine that title to any of the Work, 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give and clear of any Liens. Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment stated in Paragraph 14.02.B.2. Engineer may also refuse thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when to recommend any such payment or, because of Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for subsequently discovered evidence or the results of such action. subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent 3. If it is subsequently determined that Owner's as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect refusal of payment was not justified, the amount Owner from loss because: wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1. a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title replacement; A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title b. the Contract Price has been reduced by to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Change Orders; Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of c. Owner has been required to correct defective payment free and clear of all Liens. Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or 14.04 Substantial Completion d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the A. When Contractor considers the entire Work occurrence of any of the events enumerated in ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner Paragraph 15.02.A. and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed C. Payment Becomes Due by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an of Paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be inspection of the Work to determine the status of paid by Owner to Contractor. completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in D. Reduction in Payment writing giving the reasons therefor. • 1. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially amount recommended by Engineer because: complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the a. claims have been made against Owner on date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to account of Contractor's performance or the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or furnishing of the Work; corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which b. Liens have been filed in connection with the to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions Work, except where Contractor has delivered a of the certificate or attached list. lf, after considering such specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; substantially complete, Engineer will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner notify c. there are other items entitling Owner to a Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after set -off against the amount recommended; or consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will within d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence said 14 days execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph revised tentative list of items to be completed or 15.02.A. corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 37 3. Within a reasonable time after either such D. At the time of delivery of the tentative request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status deliver to Owner and Contractor a written of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will final payment between Owner and Contractor with notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor will apply with respect to certification of Substantial agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in Completion of that part of the Work and the division of writing prior to Engineer's issuing the definitive responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of Contractor until final payment. part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property E. Owner shall have the right to exclude insurance. Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable 14.06 Final Inspection access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the 14.05 Partial Utilization entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals completed part of the Work which has specifically been that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, immediately take such measures as are necessary to Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant 14.07 Final Payment interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following A. Application for Payment conditions. 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance intended use and substantially complete. If and when and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of make application for final payment following the Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. procedure for progress payments. 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and 2. The final Application for Payment shall be Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a a. all documentation called for in the Contract certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Documents, including but not limited to the Work. evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04.B.7; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 38 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such receipts include all labor, services, material, and payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all and conditions governing final payment, except that it payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have 14.09 Waiver of Claims been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, A. The making and acceptance of final payment Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral will constitute: satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, B. Engineer's Review of Application and from defective Work appearing after final inspection Acceptance pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's the Work during construction and final inspection, and continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against has been completed and Contractor's other obligations Owner other than those previously made in accordance under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final by Owner in writing as still unsettled. Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and TERMINATION Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall A. At any time and without cause, Owner may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of Application for Payment. not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which C. Payment Becomes Due Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an 1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the the Application for Payment and accompanying Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against provided in Paragraph 10.05. Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and , will be paid by 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause Owner to Contractor. A. The occurrence of any one or more of the 14.08 Final Completion Delayed following events will justify termination for cause: A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Work in accordance with the Contract Documents Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Work skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work pursuant to Paragraph 6.04); fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the of any public body having jurisdiction; Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 39 3. Contractor's disregard of the authority of shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.B, and Engineer; or 15.02.C. 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience of any provisions of the Contract Documents. A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor B. If one or more of the events identified in and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, Contractor (and surety ) seven days written notice of its terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be intent to terminate the services of Contractor: paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the effective date of termination, including fair and Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. 3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals 15.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution further payment until the Work is completed. If the costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and 4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to other professionals and all court or arbitration or other termination. dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall arising out of or resulting from such termination. pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. A. lf, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) When exercising any rights or remedies- under this the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days Paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the by Owner or under an order of court or other public lowest price for the Work performed. authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B and Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally 15.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more failure within that time, terminate the Contract and than 30 days of receipt of said notice. recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03. E. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed release Contractor from liability. for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice F. If and to the extent that Contractor has to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is provided a performance bond under the provisions of made of all such amounts due Contractor, including Paragraph 5.01.A, the termination procedures of that bond interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 40 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's whom it is intended, or stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Computation of Times 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. When any period of time is referred to in the A. Either Owner or Contractor may request Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or becomes final and binding. The mediation will be Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the computation. Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American 17.03 Cumulative Remedies Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the A. The duties and obligations imposed by these effect of Paragraph 10.05.E. General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any mediation process in good faith. The process shall be rights and remedies available to any or all of them which concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or date of termination of the mediation shall be determined Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other by application of the mediation rules referenced above. provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D shall become which they apply. final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or 17.04 Survival of Obligations Contractor: A. All representations, indemnifications, 1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given resolution process provided for in the Supplementary in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all Conditions, or continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and 2. agrees with the other party to submit the acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of Claim to another dispute resolution process, or the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 3. gives written notice to the other party of their 17.05 Controlling Law intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 17.06 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted 17.01 Giving Notice for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: EJCDC C -700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 41 • • • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL These Supplementary Conditions make additions, deletions or revisions to the Section 00700, General Conditions, of the Contract Documents. All provisions which are not so added to, deleted or revised remain in full force and effect. Terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. SC- 1.01.A — Delete and replace the following paragraphs: 15. Contractor: Person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and the Contractor's authorized representatives who are referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. Delete paragraph 1.01.A.19 and insert the following in lieu thereof: 19. Engineer: Person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and the Engineer's authorized representatives who are referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. Delete paragraph 1.01.A.30 and insert the following in lieu thereof: 30. Owner: The individual, entity, public body or authority identified as such in the Agreement and the Owner's authorized representatives who are referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. SC- 1.01.A — Add new paragraphs immediately following Paragraph 1.01.A.52 as follows: 53. Final Completion: See Paragraph 14.07.B.1 and SC- 14.07.B.1 for definition. 54. Latent Defect: A defect in the Work of which the Owner has no actual knowledge. 55. Specialist: The term Specialist refers to a person, partnership, firm, or corporation of established reputation (or if newly organized, whose personnel have previously established a reputation in the same field), which is regularly engaged in, and which maintains a regular force of workers skilled in either (as applicable) manufacturing of fabricated items required by the Contract Documents, or otherwise performing Work required by the Contract Documents. Where the Specifications require the installation by a Specialist, that term shall also be deemed to mean either the manufacturer of the items, a person, partnership, firm, or corporation licensed by the manufacturer, or a CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 person, partnership, firm, or corporation who will perform the Work under the manufacturer's direct supervision. 56. Consultant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Engineer or Engineer's Consultant for performance of work on the Project. 57. Award: The formal acceptance of the Bid by Owner's Board of Directors. 58. Bidder: Any individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other combination thereof who submits a Bid to Owner for the Work contemplated, acting directly or through an authorized representative. As used in the Contract Documents, masculine pronouns refer to both masculine and feminine genders. 59. Bid Guarantee (Bid Bond): The security furnished with a Bid to guarantee that the Bidder will enter into the Contract if Bidder's Bid is accepted by Owner. 60. Construction Manager: Person or entity designated by the Owner to provide construction management services for the Project with duties, responsibilities, and limitations of the Engineer, unless stipulated otherwise. 61. Design Engineer: CH2M HILL. 62. Equipment (Construction): All machinery and equipment, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, including tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the Work contemplated. (Installation) All material or articles used in equipping a facility or apparatus required to fulfill a functional design. 63. Execution: Field or site performance, workmanship, installation, erection, application, field fabrication, quality control, and protection of installed products on the site. 64. Materials: All materials incorporated into the Project, including equipment and all other materials consumed or to be consumed in the performance of the Work contemplated. 65. Procurement Contractor: The corporation, company, partnership, firm, or individual who has entered into a contract with Owner outside the scope of these Contract Documents, to furnish materials and equipment for this Project. 66. Product Date: Type of Shop Drawing comprised of standard illustrations, schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, catalog cuts, and other information assembled by or for the Contractor and submitted by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 67. Products: Materials, equipment, systems, ship fabrications, mixtures, and source controls. 68. Utility: Any public or private fixed works for transporting fluids, gases, electricity, signals, or communications. SC -2.01 — Add the following paragraph immediately after 2.O1.B: C. Public Works Bond: Before starting any Work on the project, Contractor shall have a public works bond filed with the Construction Contractors Board, unless exempt under 279C.836(7), 279C.836(8), or 279C.836(9). Contractor shall also include in every subcontract a provision requiring the Subcontractor to have a public works bond filed with the Construction Contractors Board before starting work on the project unless exempt under 279C.836(7), 279C.836(8), 279C.836(9). Contractor shall include copies of both its public works bond and the public works bonds from its subcontractors in the copies of the bonds required in 2.O1.A above. SC- 2.02.A — Delete the first sentence of Article 2.02.A in its entirety and replace with the following sentence: Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to five copies of the Project Manual (Specifications and half -size Drawings) and two copies of full -size Drawings. SC- 2.03.A — Delete the third sentence of Paragraph 2.03.A in its entirety. SC- 2.05.A — Before Starting Construction: Add the following to paragraph 2.05.A: 4. A preliminary schedule of payments showing projected cash flow. SC- 2.07.A — Initial Acceptance of Schedules: Add the following to paragraph 2.07.A: 4. Contractor's schedule of payments will be acceptable if it provides a reasonable projection of payments in relationship to the Progress Schedule and Schedule of Values. SC- 3.01.A — Add the following at the end of Paragraph 3.01.A: In resolving inconsistencies among two or more components of the Contract Documents, precedence shall be given in the following order: 1. Permits from outside agencies 2. Agreement 3. Addenda 4. Contractor's Bid (Bid Form) 5. Supplementary Conditions 6. General Conditions CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 7. Specifications — Division 01 8. Specifications — Divisions 02 — 16 9. Drawings 10. Bonds Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, Engineer's written interpretation and clarifications and Notice to Proceed, in precedence listed, will take precedence over all other Contract Document components referenced herein. Figure dimensions on Drawings take precedence over scaled dimensions. The Drawings with the higher level of detail take precedence over less detailed Drawings. SC- 3.04.B.2 — Delete the parenthetical phrase in its entirety in Paragraph 3.04.B.2 and replace with the following: (Subject to the provisions of Section 01330, Submittal Procedures) SC- 4.01.B — Delete Paragraph 4.01.B in its entirety. SC- 4.01.D — Availability of Lands: Add the following paragraph 4.01.D: Any Work performed in public rights -of -way, in addition to conforming to the Contract Documents, shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the permit issued by the public agency in whose right -of -way the Work is located. SC- 4.02.B — In the first sentence, insert the word "reasonably" between the words "may" and "rely" and delete the second sentence (beginning with "Such" and ending with "Conditions ") of Paragraph 4.02.B. SC -4.02. - Add new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 4.02.B of the General Conditions as follows: C. In preparation of Drawings and Specifications, Engineer or Engineer's Consultants have utilized the following drawings of physical conditions: 1. Drawings dated 1973 by Stevens, Thompson, & Runyan, Inc., entitled "Durham Wastewater Treatment Plant" - Plans for construction 2. Drawings dated 1990 by HDR Engineering, Inc., entitled "Durham Wastewater Treatment Plan - Phase IIA Expansion." 3. Drawings dated 1991 . by HDR Engineering, Inc., entitled "Durham Wastewater Treatment Plan - Chemical Expansion." E. These reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the technical data contained therein upon which Contractor may rely as provided in paragraph 4.02.B of the General Conditions and as identified and established above CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A 1 are incorporated by reference. Contractor is not entitled to rely upon other information and data utilized by Engineer and Engineer's Consultants in the preparation of Drawings and Specifications. SC- 4.05.A — Add the following sentence after the first sentence of Paragraph 4.05.A: Reference points shall be as shown on the Drawings. SC- 4.06.B — In the first sentence, insert the word "reasonably" between the words "may" and "rely". SC- 4.06.F - Delete this Paragraph in its entirety. SC- 4.06.G - Delete this Paragraph in its entirety. SC- 5.01.A - Delete the second sentence of Paragraph 5.01..A in its entirety and replace with the following: These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after date of Final Completion of the Project and acceptance by the Owner, except as provided otherwise by Laws or - Regulations or by the Contract Documents. SC- 5.02.A - Add the following to Paragraph 5.02.A: • Such surety shall have a rating of not less than A -X in the most current edition of Best's Rating Guide. SC- 5.03.A'— Supplement Paragraphs 5.03.A as follows: Include the following parties or entities as additional insureds: 1. Clean Water Services (Owner) 2. Engineer and Engineer's consultants SC -5.03 Certificates of Insurance: Add the following paragraph immediately after Paragraph 5.03.A: Deliver all certificates of insurance required by the Contract Documents to Owner with executed Agreement. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 5 • ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SC -5.04 — Delete Paragraph 5.04 in its entirety and replace with the following paragraphs: 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance A. Insurance Generally: Contractor shall provide the insurance coverage designated hereinafter and pay all costs therefore. 1. Contractor shall provide a certificate of insurance, in a form acceptable to Owner, meeting all of the insurance requirements of the Contract. Insurance is to be placed with insurers acceptable to Owner with a minimum Best's rating of A -X. 2. Before commencing work under this Contract, Contractor shall furnish Owner with certificates of insurance specified herein showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and date of expiration of policies and containing substantially the following statement: "The insurance covered by this certificate will not be canceled or materially altered, except after 30 days' written notice has been received by Owner." 3. In case of the breach of any provision of this Paragraph, Owner, at its option, may take out and maintain, at the expense of Contractor, such insurance as Owner may deem proper and may deduct the cost of such insurance from retainage or from any monies that may be due or become due Contractor under this Contract. B. Contractor and Subcontractor Insurance: Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until Contractor has obtained all the insurance required hereunder and submitted the requisite certificate of insurance and such insurance has been reviewed by Owner, nor shall Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work on any subcontract until the insurance specified below has been obtained. Review of the insurance by Owner shall not relieve or decrease the liability of Contractor hereunder. C. Workers' Compensation: Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Contract workers' compensation insurance required by Oregon law and employer's liability coverage with minimum limits of $500,000 for all of Contractor's employees to be engaged in Work pursuant to this Contract. The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against Owner and its officers, employees, agents and volunteers for losses arising from Work performed by Contractor for Owner. In case any such work is sublet, Contractor shall require all subcontractors to provide the same workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for all of the Subcontractor's employees to be engaged in such work. Where such Work under this Contract includes any water or navigational exposure, coverage shall be included to cover the Federal Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act and the Federal Jones Act. D. Liability Insurance: Owner and its officers, employees, agents and volunteers shall be included as additional insured on all Contractor's insurance policies as respects CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of Contractors, products and completed operations of Contractor; premises owned, leased or used by Contractor, or automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by Contractor. Coverage shall include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to Owner and its officers, employees, agents or volunteers. The "other insurance" clause in the required insurance shall not apply to the insurance policies of the Owner. Include the following parties or entities as additional insured: I. Clean Water Services, 2550 S.W. Hillsboro Highway, Hillsboro, Oregon 97123. 2. CH2M HILL, 2020 SW 4 Ave — 3rd Floor, Portland, OR 97201. 3. All subconsultants to CH2M HILL, including, but not limited to, Michael Willis Architects. E. Commercial and Automobile Liability Insurance: Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Contract coverage that is at least as broad as paragraphs A and B of this section, and with the limits required below: 1. Commercial General Liability Insurance: "Occurrence" Form including XCU, with a $ (see schedule below) combined single limit per occurrence and a $ (see schedule below) Products and Completed Operations and General Annual Aggregate limit. The policy shall be endorsed to provide full Products and Completed Operations and General Annual Aggregate limits for the Project independent of any other project of Contractor. (Note: "Claims Made" coverage may be considered subject to additional conditions on a case -by -case basis.) Schedule for Commercial General Liability Limits Product & Completed Operations and General Contract Bid Per Occurrence Limit Annual Aggregate Limit Less than $100,000 $500,000 $1,000,000 $100,000 - $1,000,000 $1,500,000 $2,000,000 Greater than $1,000,000 $4,000,000 $5,000,000 2. Automobile Liability Insurance: Code 1 ( "any auto ") and Uninsured Motorist Endorsement with a $ (see schedule below) combined single limit per occurrence. Contract Bid Per Occurrence Limit $0 - $1,000,000 $500,000 Greater than $1,000,000 $1,000,000 CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 F. Excess /Umbrella Liability: If Contractor's primary- coverage commercial general liability and automobile coverage do not meet the minimum limit required, Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Contract excess or umbrella liability over the primary policies sufficient to meet the total aggregate limits required by this Contract. G. Pollution Liability Insurance: Contractor shall obtain, at Contractor's expense, and keep in effect during the term of the Contract, Pollution Liability Insurance covering the Contractor's liability for bodily injury, property damage and environmental damage from sudden accidental pollution and related cleanup cost incurred by the Contractor, all arising out of the Work or services including the transportation risk to be performed under this Contract. Combined single limit per occurrence shall not be less than $2,000,000. Annual aggregate limit shall not be less than $2,000,000. H. Other Insurance Provisions: 1. Contractor shall show evidence that the required commercial and automobile liability is in effect for the entire term of this Contract. 2. Owner shall be named as an "Additional Insured" on all liability policies in effect under this Contract. 3. Contractor's coverage shall be primary insurance for Owner and its officers, employees, agents and volunteers. Any insurance or self - insurance maintained by Owner and its officers, employees, agents or volunteers shall be in excess of Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. 4. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to Owner and its officers, employees, agents or volunteers. 5. Coverage shall state that Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom a claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. I. All Coverages: Any accidents or incidents causing injury or property damage shall be reported by Contractor to Owner and Contractor's insurer. Any deductible or self - insured retentions in excess of 1 percent of the Contract amount must be declared to and approved by Owner. At the option of Owner, the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self - insured retentions as respects Owner and its officers, employees, agents and volunteers, or Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. In the event any work under this Contract is performed by a Subcontractor, Contractor shall be responsible for any liability directly or indirectly arising out of the work performed under this Contract by a Subcontractor, which liability is not covered by the Subcontractor's insurance. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009. 00800 - 8 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 J. Insurance Coverage for Special Conditions: When the construction is to be accomplished within a public or private right -of -way requiring special insurance coverage, Contractor shall conform to the particular requirements of the authority having jurisdiction and provide the required insurance. Contractor shall include in its liability policy all endorsements that may be required for the protection of the Owner and its officers, agents and employees. Insurance coverage for special conditions, when required shall be provided as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. K. No Personal Liability for Public Officials: In carrying out any of the provisions hereof in exercising any authority granted by the Contract, there will be no personal liability upon any public official. L. Additional Insurance: In addition to the specific insurance requirements set forth above, Contractor shall also provide all insurance and/or certificates required by federal, state, county or municipal bodies, as well as railroads and public utilities. SC- 5.06.A — Delete the word "Owner" in the first sentence and replace with the word "Contractor." SC- 5.06.B — Delete the word "Owner" in the first line and replace with the word "Contractor ". SC- 5.06.E — Replace the word "Owner" with the word "Contractor" and replace the word "Contractor" with the word "Owner" throughout this paragraph. SC- 5.07.B.1 — Delete this Paragraph in its entirety. SC- 6.01.B — Add the following after the first sentence of Paragraph 6.01.B: The replacement shall also be a competent resident superintendent and shall be subject to approval by Owner. The Contractor's superintendent shall be present at the Site at all times while Work is in progress and shall be available by phone for emergencies 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. If at anytime the superintendent leaves the Project Site while Work is in progress, Engineer shall be notified and provided with the name of the Contractor's representative having responsible charge. SC- 6.02.B — Add the following sentence to Paragraph 6.02.B: Contractor (and Subcontractors) regular work hours shall be between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays only. SC -6.03 — Services, Materials, and Equipment: Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph 6.03.C: D. Until substantial Completion of the Work is acknowledged by Owner, Contractor shall have the responsible charge and care of the Work and of materials to be used CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 herein, including materials for which Contractor has received partial payment or materials which have been furnished by Owner, and shall bear the risk of injury, loss, or damage to any part thereof by the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution of the Work or not. E. Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries, losses, or damages to any portion of the work or the materials occasioned by any cause before the Work's completion and acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof. Where necessary to protect the Work or materials from damage, Contractor shall, at Contractor's own expense, provide suitable drainage and erect such temporary structures or rent such structures as are necessary to protect the Work or materials from damage. The suspension of the Work or the granting of an extension of time from any cause whatever shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's responsibility for the Work and materials as specified herein. F. When the quality of a material, process, or article is not specifically set forth in the Contract Documents, the best available quality of the material, process, or article shall be provided. SC- 6.04.A — Progress Schedule: add the following subparagraph to paragraph 6.04.A: 3. lf, in the opinion of Engineer, Contractor falls behind the accepted Construction Schedule due to actions or neglect of Contractor or Contractor's agents, servants, employees, officers, subcontractors, directors, or any party contracting to perform part of all of the Work or to supply any equipment or materials, Contractor shall take steps, including, but not limited to, increasing the number of personnel, shifts, and/or overtime operations, days of work, and/or amount of construction equipment until such time as the Work is back on schedule. Contractor shall also submit for review no later than the time of submittal of the next request for partial payment, such supplementary schedule or schedules as may be necessary to demonstrate the manner in which the acceptable rate of progress will be regained, all without additional cost to Owner. SC- 6.06.B — Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others: Delete the first sentence of the paragraph 6.06.B and insert the following in lieu thereof, and add subparagraph 6.06.B.1: B. Contractor shall submit to the Owner a list of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for acceptance by Owner as stipulated in the Bidding documents. Owner's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto within 2 weeks of submittal of the list) of any such subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. 1. Subcontracting: Contractor shall perform with Contractor's own organization Work amounting to not less than 51 percent of the combined value of all items of the Work covered by the Contract. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SC- 6.07.A — Patent fees and Royalties: add the following subparagraphs immediately after paragraph 6.07.A: 1. Contractor shall furnish to Owner at the time of initial submittal, satisfactory evidence that Suppliers of proprietary materials, equipment, devices, or processes to be furnished or used in the performance of the Work do indemnify, keep, and save harmless Contractor from all liabilities, judgments, costs, damages, and expenses which may arise from the use of such proprietary materials, equipment, devices, or processes, furnished to Contractor for incorporation in or use in performance of the Work and their operation by Owner after acceptance of the Work. Such satisfactory evidence shall consist of patent licenses or patent releases covering proprietary materials, equipment, devices or processes. SC- 6.08.A — In Paragraph 6.08.A after the words, "Supplementary Conditions ", add the words, "or Division 1 — General Requirements ". SC -6.08 — Add the following paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.08.A: B. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all permits. Owner will pay fees on all permits. SC -6.09 - Add the following paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 6.09.C.: D. The following paragraphs include without limitation the standard contract clauses that are required in every public contract in accordance with the Oregon Revised Statutes. Contractor shall include any other standard contract clauses required by federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations. This Agreement shall include by reference any other standard contract clauses required by federal, state, and local laws, ordinances and regulations. 1. Prompt Payment: Contractor shall promptly pay all of its obligations arising out of or in connection with the Work, including, but not limited to, payments (1) to all persons, as due, supplying to Contractor labor, equipment, services or material for the performance of the Work, (2) of all contributions or amounts due the Industrial Accident Fund from Contractor or any Subcontractor incurred in the performance of the Work, and (3) to the Department of Revenue of all sums withheld from employees under ORS 316.167. 2. Prompt Payment Policy: It is the policy of the State of Oregon that all payments due on a public improvement contract and owed by a contracting agency shall be paid promptly. No public contracting agency is exempt from the provisions of ORS 279C.570. 3. Contractor's Failure to Make Prompt Payment: If, upon reasonable concern by Owner that Contractor has failed, neglected or refused to make prompt payment of any claim for labor, equipment, services or materials furnished to Contractor or CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 11 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 a Subcontractor by any person in connection with the Project as such claim becomes due, Owner may pay such claim to the person furnishing the labor, equipment, services or materials and charge the amount of the payment against funds due or to become due Contractor under the Contract. Owner reserves the right to make payments directly or by multiple -payee check and Contractor hereby consents to such direct and multiple -payee check payments. Upon Owner's request, Contractor shall furnish to Owner the information required to facilitate such payments with each application for payment, including (1) names, addresses, and telephone numbers of persons making any such claim for labor, equipment, services or material, and (2) a complete listing of outstanding amounts owed to all such persons. 4. Contractor's and First -Tier Subcontractor's Failure to Make Payment After Payment From Owner; Interest Penalty: If Contractor or a first -tier Subcontractor fails, neglects or refuses to make payment to a person furnishing labor, equipment, services or materials in connection with the Project within thirty (30) days after receipt of payment from Owner or Contractor, Contractor or first -tier Subcontractor shall owe the person the amount due plus interest charges commencing at the end of the 10 -day period that payment is due under ORS 279C.580(4) and ending upon final payment, unless payment is subject to a good faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580. The rate of interest charged to Contractor or first -tier Subcontractor on the amount due shall equal three times the discount rate on 90 -day commercial paper in effect at the Federal Reserve Bank in the Federal Reserve district that includes Oregon on the date that is 30 days after the date when payment was received from the Owner or from Contractor, but the rate of interest may not exceed 30 percent. The amount of interest may not be waived. 5. Construction Contractors Board Complaint: If Contractor or a Subcontractor fails, neglects or refuses to make payment to a person furnishing labor, equipment, services or materials in connection with the Project, the person may file a complaint with the Construction Contractors Board, unless payment is subject to a good faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580. 6. Continuing Liability of Contractor and Surety: Payment by Owner of a claim in the manner authorized in this paragraph does not relieve Contractor or Contractor's surety from obligation with respect to any unpaid claims. 7. Prevailing Rate of Wage: This Project is a public works project subject to the prevailing wage rate requirements in ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870. Contractor and any subcontractors shall comply with ORS 279C.838 and ORS 279C.840. Workers in each trade or occupation required for the Work of this Project shall not be paid less than the minimum hourly rate of wage for such workers incorporated by reference in Section 00810, Oregon Prevailing Wage Rates, of the specifications for this Agreement. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 12 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 8. Fee to be Paid to BOLL: Owner will pay the required fee to the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries in accordance with ORS 279C.825 (1). 9. Compliance with Laws/Tax Laws: Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, statutes, codes, regulations, rules, orders and rulings as well as all applicable construction industry standards, including without limitation those governing labor, materials, equipment, construction procedures, safety, health, sanitation and the environment. Contractor agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, reimburse, and defend Owner from and against any penalties or liabilities arising out of violations of such obligations by Contractor or its Subcontractors or suppliers at any tier. Contractor must also comply with all Oregon tax laws. 10. Employee Drug Testing Program: Contractor shall certify to Owner that Contractor has initiated, and shall maintain through the completion of the Work of the Project, an employee drug- testing program. 11. Work Day /Work Week: No person shall be employed for more than 10 hours in any one day, or 40 hours in any one week, except in cases of necessity, emergency, or where the public policy absolutely requires it, and in such cases, the employee shall be paid at least time and a half pay (1) for all overtime in excess of eight hours a day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week is five consecutive days, Monday through Friday, or (2) for all overtime in excess of 10 hours a day or 40 hours in any one week when the work is four consecutive days, Monday through Friday, and (3) for all work performed on Saturday, and on any legal holiday specified in ORS 279C.540. 12. Notice of Required Work Hours: Contractor, each Subcontractor and each lower -tier Subcontractor must give notice to its employees in writing, either at the time of hire or before commencement of work, or by posting a notice in a location frequented by its employees, of the number of hours per day and days per week that the employees may be required to work. 13. Claims for Overtime: Any worker employed by Contractor shall be foreclosed from the right to collect for any overtime provided in ORS 279C.540 unless a claim for payment is filed with Contractor within 90 days from the completion of the contact, provided Contractor has: (1) Caused a circular clearly printed in boldfaced 12 -point type and containing a copy of this section to be posted in a prominent place alongside the door of the timekeeper's office or in a similar place which is readily available and freely visible to any or all workers employed on the work; (2) Maintained such circular continuously posted from the inception to the completion of the contract on which workers are or have been employed. 14. Worker's Compensation: All employers, including Contractor, that employ subject workers who work under this Contract in the State of Oregon shall comply CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 13 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 with ORS 656.017 and provide the required Workers' Compensation coverage, unless such employers are exempt under ORS 656.126. Contractor shall ensure that each of its subcontractors complies with these requirements. 15. Prompt Payment for Medical Services: Contractor shall promptly make payment, as due, to any person, co- partnership, association or corporation, furnishing medical, surgical or hospital care services or other needed care and attention, incident to sickness or injury, to the employees of Contractor, of all sums that Contractor agrees to pay for the services and all moneys and sums that Contractor collected or deducted from the wages of employees under any law, contract or agreement for the purpose of providing or paying for the services. 16. Prompt Payment by Contractor and Subcontractors; Interest Penalty: Contractor shall include in each subcontract and supply contract entered into by Contractor a clause obligating Contractor (1) to make payment to the Subcontractor or supplier for satisfactory performance within ten (10) days out of such amounts as are paid to the Contractor by Owner under the Contract, and (2) if payment is not made within 30 days after receipt of payment from Owner, to pay the Subcontractor or supplier an interest penalty on amounts due in the case of each payment not made in accordance with the payment clause included in the subcontract as required by this paragraph (1) above. The interest penalty shall be for the period beginning on the day after the required payment date and ending on the date on which payment of the amount due is made, and computed at the rate specified in Paragraph 6.09.D.4. Contractor shall also include in each subcontract and supply contract entered into by Contractor a clause obligating each Subcontractor and supplier to include a payment clause and an interest penalty clause conforming to the standards of this paragraph and Paragraph 6.09.D.4 in each of its subcontracts and supply contracts and to include such clauses in their subcontracts and supply contracts with each lower -tier Subcontractor or supplier. 17. List of Subcontractors /Licensing With Construction Contractors Board: Before commencing Work, Contractor shall provide to Owner and Engineer a list of all subcontractors and suppliers to be involved on the Project. The list shall be attached to the Agreement as an Exhibit. The receipt of such list shall not require Owner or Engineer to investigate the qualifications of proposed Subcontractors and suppliers, nor shall it waive the right of Owner to later object to or reject any proposed Subcontractor or supplier. It shall be the responsibility of Contractor to assure that all subcontractors are duly registered with the Oregon State Construction Contractors Board and have not been declared ineligible to work on a public contract. 18. Material Salvage: To the extent the scope of the Work for this Agreement requires demolition, Contractor must salvage or recycle construction and demolition debris, if feasible and cost - effective. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 14 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 19. Composting: To the extent the scope of the Work for this Agreement requires lawn and landscape maintenance, Contractor must compost or mulch yard waste material at an approved site, if feasible and cost - effective. 20. Environmental and Natural Resources Laws: Pursuant to ORS 279C.525, the following is a list of Federal, State, and Local agencies that have enacted ordinances or regulations dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of natural resources that may affect the performance of this Agreement. The following list may not include all such agencies that have enacted ordinances or regulations relating to the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources. Federal Agencies: Agriculture, Dept. of Forest Service Natural Resources Conservation Service Defense, Dept. of Army Corps of Engineers Coast Guard Environmental Protection Agency Interior, Dept. of U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Bureau of Land Management Bureau of Indian Affairs Bureau of Reclamation Labor, Dept. of Occupational Safety and Health Administration Transportation, Dept. of Federal Highway Administration Bureau of Mines Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Geological Survey Health and Human Services, Dept. of Housing and Urban Development, Dept. of Mine Safety and Health Administration Minerals Management Service National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Office of Surface Mining, Reclamation and Enforcement Water Resources Council State Agencies: Administrative Services, Dept. of Agriculture, Dept. of CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 15 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Columbia River Gorge Commission Consumer and Business Services, Dept. of Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division Enviromnental Quality, Dept. of Fish and Wildlife, Dept. of Forestry, Dept. of Geology and Mineral Industries, Dept. of Human Services, Dept. of Labor and Industries, Bureau of Land Conservation and Development, Dept. of Natural Resources, Dept. of Parks and Recreation, Dept. of State Fire Marshall State Lands, Dept. of Water Resources Department Local Agencies: City Councils Circuit Courts County Commissioners, Boards of Fire Districts Historical Preservation Commission Planning Commissions Port Districts Special Districts Oregon Tribal Governments 21. Retainage: The withholding of retainage by Contractor or Subcontractor shall be in accordance with ORS 279C.550 to ORS 279C.570 and 279C.845(7). 22. Liens: Contractor shall not permit any lien or claim to be filed or prosecuted against the state, county, school district, municipality, municipal corporation or subdivision thereof, on account of any labor or material furnished. 23. Notice of Claim on Bond: The notice of claim required by ORS 279C.600 must be sent by registered or certified mail or hand- delivered no later than 120 days after the day the person last provided labor or furnished materials or 120 days after the worker listed in the notice of claim by the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries last provided labor. The notice may be sent or delivered to Contractor or Subcontractor at any place Contractor or Subcontractor maintains an office or conducts business or at the residence of Contractor or Subcontractor. If the claim is for a required contribution to a fund of any employee benefit plan, the notice required by ORS 279C.600 must be sent or CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 16 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 delivered within 150 Days after the employee last provided labor or materials. The notice shall be in writing substantially as follows: To (here insert the name of Contractor or Subcontractor and the name of the Owner): Notice is hereby given that the undersigned (here insert the name of the claimant) has a claim for (here insert a brief description of the labor or materials performed or furnished and the person by whom performed or furnished; if the claim is for other than labor or materials, insert a brief description of the claim) in the sum of (here insert the amount) dollars against the (here insert public works bond or payment bond, as applicable) taken from (here insert the name of the principal and, if known, the surety or sureties upon the public works bond or payment bond) for the work of (here insert a brief description of the work concerning which the public works bond or payment bond was taken). Such material or labor was supplied to (here insert the name of Contractor or Subcontractor). (here to be signed) SC- 6.12.A — In the last sentence of Paragraph 6.12.A: delete the words, "these record documents" and replace with the words, "these record Drawings "; record specifications and insert the words, "annotated (marked -up to reflect field changes, if any) final" before the words, "Shop Drawings ". SC- 6.13.B — Add the following paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.13.B: Contractor shall be aware that permit - required confined spaces may exist in or near the Project Site. Entry to these spaces must be accomplished in compliance with the requirements of OAR 166 -150 -0190 (29 CFR 1910.146). Examples of permit- required confined spaces include but are not limited to the following: 1. Open tanks beyond the handrails including clarifiers, aeration basins, channels, etc. 2. Manholes. 3. Flow control structures which have the potential to contain sewage. 4. Enclosed tanks including digesters, clarifiers, aerated grit basins, chemical tanks, etc. 5. Wet well and dry wells of pump stations. 6. Electrical vaults. The hazards associated with these confined spaces may include but are not limited to: 1. Oxygen deficiency. 2. Combustible vapors including methane. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 17 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. Slip hazards. 4. Fall/retrieval hazard. 5. Engulfment hazard. 6. Lockout required of mechanical and electrical devices. 7. Toxic or hazardous chemicals including hydrogen sulfide and process chemicals. 8. Traffic hazards. 9. Hot work and ignition sources. 10. Potential for rapid changes in working conditions. 11. Painting or coating application activities often pose temporary hazards. Prior to beginning Work in permit- required confined spaces, Contractor shall provide Owner with a copy of Contractor's permit - required confined space entry plan/program including a copy of the permit forms that will be used by Contractor. Upon request by Contractor, Owner will review with Contractor, Owner's permit - required confined space program and specific procedures Owner would incorporate in spaces entered. Owner will coordinate any of its entries into the same spaces with Contractor. When the permit- required confined space Work is completed, Contractor shall inform Owner, in writing, of any hazards encountered or changes made resulting in different hazards within the space. SC -6.13 — Add the following paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 6.13.D: E. Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor shall have prepared Contractor's written plan for the Project - specific safety precautions and programs, complete with respect to procedures and actions that Contractor intends for Contractor and all others as provided in Paragraphs 6.13.A.1 and 13.02, in order for Contractor and all others to comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations. Contractor's plan for safety precautions and programs shall have been approved and endorsed by Contractor's designated safety representative required in Paragraph 6.14. F. Contractor shall revise Contractor's plan for safety precautions and programs at appropriate times t� reflect changes in construction conditions, the Work, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, and the requirements of Paragraph 13.02. Contractor shall disseminate the original plan and revisions to all others indicated in Paragraphs 6.13.A.1 and 13.02. G. Contractor's plan for safety precautions and programs will not require more stringent safety requirements, training or other qualifications for all others, including those specified in Paragraph 13.02 and their employees, than Contractor sets forth for comparable activity and responsibility of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers and their respective employees. H. Contractor shall prepare, implement, and maintain a safety and health program or plan in accordance with Section 01329 of the General Requirements. - SC -6.17 — Delete Paragraph 6.17 in its entirety. See Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 18 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SC- 6.20.A — Delete Paragraph 6.20.A in its entirety and add the following paragraph: A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless, reimburse and defend Owner and Engineer and the officers, directors, partners, members, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, and the successors in interest of the foregoing, from, for and against suits, actions, claims, damages, penalties, liabilities, losses and expenses (including but not limited to all fees and related costs, disbursements and expenses of Engineers, architects, attorneys and expert witness' fees) arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, but only to the extent caused by: 1) the negligent acts or omissions of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, or 2) breach of this Contract by Contractor. SC- 6.21.B — Add the following sentence to Paragraph 6.21.B: The design professional shall be registered in the State of Oregon. SC- 6.21.D — In the last sentence of Paragraph 6.21.D, delete the phrase "Paragraph 6.17.D.1" and replace with "Section 01330, Submittal Procedures ". SC -7.01 — Add the following paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 7.01.C: D. Should Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate Contractor at the site, or should any claim arising out of or resulting from Contractor's performance of the Work at the site be made by any separate Contractor against Contractor, Owner, Engineer, or Engineer's consultants or any other person, Contractor shall promptly attempt to settle with such other Contractor by agreement, or to otherwise resolve the dispute by mediation, arbitration or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify, hold • harmless, reimburse and defend Owner and Engineer and the officers, directors, partners, members, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, and the successors in interest of the foregoing, from, for and against suits, actions, claims, damages, penalties, liabilities, losses and expenses (including but not limited to all fees and related costs, disbursements and expenses of Engineers, architects, attorneys and expert witness' fees) arising directly, indirectly or consequentially out of or resulting from any action, legal or equitable, brought by a separate Contractor against Owner, Engineer, or Engineer's Consultants or the officers, directors, employees, agents, or other consultants of each and any of them to the extent based on a claim caused by, arising out of, or resulting from Contractor's negligent or other failure of performance in the Work. E. Should a separate Contractor cause damage to the Work or property of Contractor or should the performance of Work by any separate Contractor at the site give rise to any other claim, Contractor shall not institute any action, legal or equitable, against CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 19 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Owner, Engineer, or Engineer's Consultants or the officers, directors, employees, agents, or other consultants of each and any of them or permit any action against any of them to be maintained and continued in its name or for its benefit in any court or before any mediator or arbitrator which seeks to impose liability on or to recover damages from Owner, Engineer, or Engineer's Consultants or the officers, directors, employees, agents, or other consultants of each and any of them on account of any such damage or claim. SC -7.02 — Delete paragraphs 7.02.A and 7.02.B in their entireties and replace with the following: A. Engineer and Owner will have authority and responsibility for coordination of Site activities for various Contractors and utility Owners at and adjacent to the Project site. Contractor shall cooperate with this effort and assist the coordination with work activities conducted by other Contractors performing such other work. B. Unless expressly assigned to Engineer or Owner, all other authority and responsibilities shall remain vested in each Contractor and utility Owner. SC- 8.02.A — In Paragraph 8.02.A, delete the words, "to whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, ". SC- 9.03.A — Add the following paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 9.03.A: B. The Resident Project Representative (RPR) will be furnished by Engineer. The responsibilities, authority, and limitations of the RPR are limited to those of Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 9.09 of the General Conditions and as set forth elsewhere in the Contract Documents and are further limited and described below. C. Responsibilities and Authority: 1. Schedules: Review and monitor the Progress Schedule, Schedule of Submittal submissions and Schedule of Values prepared by Contractor and consult with Engineer concerning acceptability. 2. Conferences and Meetings: Conduct or attend meetings with Contractor, such as preconstruction conferences, progress meetings, Work conferences and other Project related meetings. 3. Liaison: (i) Serve as Engineer's liaison with Contractor, working principally through Contractor's superintendent and assist in understanding the intent of the Contract Documents; (ii) assist Engineer in serving as Owner's liaison with Contractor when Contractor's operations affect Owner's onsite operations; (iii) assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information when required for proper execution of the Work. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 20 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 4. Submittals: Receive Submittals which are furnished at the Site by Contractor, and notify Engineer of availability for examination. Advise Engineer and Contractor of the commencement of any Work or arrival of products at the site, when recognized, requiring a Shop Drawing or Sample if the Submittal has not been approved by Engineer. 5. Review of Work, Rejection of Defective Work, Inspections and Tests: (i) Conduct onsite observations of the Work in progress to assist Engineer in determining if the Work is in general proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents; (ii) inform Engineer and Contractor whenever RPR believes that any Work is defective; (iii) advise Engineer when RPR believes that any Work will not produce a complete Project that conforms generally to the Contract Documents, or will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the complete Project as a functioning whole as indicated in the Contract Documents, or whenever RPR believes Work should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection, or approval; (iv) monitor to ensure that tests, . equipment and systems startups and operating and maintenance training are conducted in the presence of appropriate personnel, and that Contractor maintains adequate records thereof; (v) observe, record and report to Engineer appropriate details relative to the test procedures and startups; and (vi) accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, record the results of these inspections and report to the Engineer. 6. Interpretation of Contract Documents: Inform Engineer when clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents are needed and transmit to Contractor clarifications and interpretations as issued by Engineer. 7. Modifications: Consider and evaluate Contractor's suggestions for modifications in Drawings or Specifications and provide recommendations to Engineer; transmit to Contractor the decision issued by Engineer. 8. Records: (i) Maintain at the Site files for correspondence, conference records, submittals including Shop Drawings and Samples, reproductions of original Contract Documents including all Addenda, the signed Agreement, Written Amendments, Work Change Directives, Change Orders, Field Orders, additional Drawings issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement, Engineer's written clarifications and interpretations, progress reports, and other Project related documents; (ii) keep a record of pertinent Site conditions, activities, decisions and events. 9. Reports: (i) Furnish Engineer periodic reports of progress of the work and of Contractor's compliance with the Progress Schedule and Schedule of Submittal submissions; (ii) consult with Engineer in advance of scheduled major tests, inspections or start of important phases of the Work; and (iii) assist in drafting CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 21 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 proposed Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders, obtain backup material from Contractor as appropriate. 10. Payment Requests: Review Applications for Payment with Contractor for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward with recommendations to Engineer, noting particularly the relationship of the payment requested to the Schedule of values, Work completed and materials and equipment delivered at the Site but not incorporated in the Work. 11. Certificates, Maintenance and Operation Manuals, Record Documents, and Site Records: During the course of the Work, monitor whether these documents and other data required to be assembled, maintained, and furnished by Contractor are applicable to the items actually installed and in accordance with the Contract Documents, and have this material delivered to Engineer for review and forwarding to Owner prior to final payment for the Work. 12. Substantial Completion: (i) Conduct an inspection in the company of Engineer, Owner, and Contractor and prepare a list of items to be completed or corrected; (ii) submit to Engineer a list of observed items requiring completion or correction. 13. Final Completion: (i) Conduct final inspection in the company of Engineer, Owner, and Contractor; and (ii) notify Contractor and Engineer in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective; and (iii) observe that all items on final list have been completed, corrected, or accepted by Owner and make recommendations to Engineer concerning acceptance. D. Limitations of Authority: Resident Project Representative will not: 1. have authority to authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or substitution of materials or equipment, unless authorized by Engineer; or 2. undertake any of the responsibilities of Contractor, Subcontractors or Contractor's superintendent; or 3. accept submittals from anyone other than the Contractor; or 4. authorize Owner to occupy the Project in whole or in part; or 5. participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others except as specifically authorized by Engineer. SC- 9.06.A - In Paragraph 9.06.A, delete the phrase "Paragraph 6.17" and replace with "Section 01330, Submittal Procedures." CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 22 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SC -9.09 — Add the following paragraph immediately following Paragraph 9.09.E: F. Contractors, Subcontractors, Suppliers and others on the Project, or their sureties, shall maintain no direct action against Engineer, its officers, employees, affiliated corporations, and subcontractors, for any claim arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from the Engineering services performed. Only the Owner will be the beneficiary of any undertaking by Engineer. SC- 10.01.A — Change "B" to "E" in Paragraph 10.01.B and add the following paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 10.01.A: B. Owner may, in anticipation of ordering an addition, deletion or revision to the Work, request Contractor to prepare a proposal of cost and times to perform Owner's contemplated changes in the Work. Contractor's written proposal shall be transmitted to the Engineer promptly, but not later than fourteen days after Contractor's receipt of Owner's written request and shall remain a firm offer for a period of not less than forty-five days after receipt thereof by Engineer. 1. Contractor is not authorized to proceed on an Owner contemplated change in the Work prior to Contractor's receipt of a Change Order (or Work Change Directive) incorporating such change into the Work. 2. Owner's request for proposal or multiple requests for proposals shall not justify a claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times (or Milestones). C. In signing a Change Order, the Owner and Contactor acknowledge and agree that: 1. the stipulated compensation (Contract Price or Contract Times, or both) set forth in the Change Order includes payment for (i) the Cost of the Work covered by the Change Order, (ii) Contractor's fee for overhead and profit, (iii) interruption of progress schedules, (iv) delay and impact, including cumulative impact, on Work under the Contract Documents; and (v) extended overhead; 2. the Change Order constitutes full mutual accord and satisfaction for the change to the Work; 3. no reservation of rights to pursue subsequent claims on the Change Order will be made by either party; 4. no subsequent claim or amendment of the Contract Documents will arise out of or as a result of the Change Order; 5. in executing the Change Order, Contractor shall defend and indemnify Owner and Engineer and their officers, agents and employees from any and all claims of any kind by any subcontractor or supplier of any tier based upon the subject matter of any claim released hereunder by Contractor in the Change Order; and CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 23 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 6. except as otherwise provided in the Change Order, the Contract, as amended, between Owner and Contractor remains in full force and effect. D. A copy of the Change Order form that will be used on the Project is attached as Exhibit A to the Supplementary Conditions. Requests for Information (RFI's) of the Contractor and Engineer's responses to RFI's that result in the development and execution of a Change Order shall be attached to and referenced in the Change Order. SC -10.06 — Add the following paragraph to ARTICLE 10 — CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS: 10.06 Cost Reduction Incentive A. The Contractor may submit cost reduction proposals to the Engineer for modifying the plans, Specifications, or other requirements of this Contract for the sole purpose of reducing the total cost of construction. The cost reduction proposal shall not impair the essential functions or characteristics of the Project, including, but not limited to, service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, or safety standards. B. Cost reduction proposals shall contain the following information: 1. A description of both the existing Contract requirements and the proposed changes. 2. An itemization of the change in Contract requirements if the cost reduction proposal is adopted. 3. A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the work under the existing Contract and under the proposed change. The detailed estimates shall include all labor, material, equipment, subcontractor, supervision, overhead and fee costs in sufficient detail as Owner deems appropriate and in accordance with Article 11. . The detailed estimates shall also include adequate substantiation for such costs in the form of quantity surveys and Supplier and Subcontractor quotations. If requested by Owner, Contractor shall require any Subcontractors to provide detailed estimates in accordance with this Paragraph. 4. A CPM schedule analysis of the time associated with performing the work under the existing Contract and under the proposed change. 5. A statement of the time within which the Engineer must make a decision on the cost reduction proposal. C. The Engineer will not be liable to the Contractor for any failure to accept or act upon any cost reduction proposal submitted, nor for any delays to the Work attributable to any such cost reduction proposal. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 24 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 D. The Contractor shall continue to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract until an executed Change Order, incorporating the cost reduction proposal has been issued. If an executed Change Order has not been issued by the date indicated in the Contractor's cost reduction proposal, or such other date as the Contractor may subsequently have specified in writing, such cost reduction proposal shall be deemed rejected. E. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and of the estimated net savings in construction costs from the adoption of all or any part of such proposal. In determining the estimated net savings, the Engineer reserves the right to disregard Contract bid prices if, in the judgment of the Engineer, such prices do not represent a fair measure of the value of the work to be performed or deleted. F. The Engineer reserves the right to require the Contractor to share in the Owner's costs of investigating a cost reduction proposal submitted by the Contractor. Where such condition is imposed, the Contractor shall indicate acceptance in writing, and such acceptance shall constitute full authority for the Engineer to deduct amounts payable to the Contractor from any monies due the Contractor under the Contract. G. If the Contractor's cost reduction proposal is accepted in whole or in part, such acceptance will be by a Contract Change Order. The Change Order shall specifically state that it is executed pursuant to this section. Such change order will incorporate the changes in the Contract Documents which are necessary to implement the cost reduction proposal, and shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer's approval is based. The Change Order shall set forth the estimated net savings in the cost of performing the work attributable to the cost reduction proposal, and shall further provide that the Contract cost be adjusted by crediting the Owner with 50% of the net cost savings. The amount specified to accrue to the Contractor in the Change Order for a cost reduction proposal shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for all work associated with the cost reduction proposal. H. Acceptance of the cost reduction proposal and performance of the work thereunder shall not extend the time of the Contract unless specifically provided for in the Contract Change Order incorporating the cost reduction proposal. I. The Owner expressly reserves the right to adopt a cost reduction proposal for general use on contracts administered by the Owner when it determines that the cost reduction proposal is suitable for application to other contracts. When an accepted cost reduction proposal is adopted for general use, only the Contractor who first submitted such proposal will be eligible for compensation, and only to those contracts awarded to the Contractor prior to submission of the accepted cost reduction proposal. Cost reduction proposals similar or identical to previously submitted proposals will be eligible for consideration and compensation if the previously submitted cost proposal was not adopted for general application. The Owner or any CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 25 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 other public agency shall have the right to use all or any part of a cost reduction proposal without obligation or compensation of any kind to the Contractor. J. The Contractor shall bear all costs to revise all bonds for the Project to include the cost reduction incentive proposal work. SC- 11.01.A.1 — Delete Paragraph 11.01.A.1 in its entirety and replace with the following: 1. Labor costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work will be the actual cost for wages in accordance with the Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries (BOLI) Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works Contracts in Oregon for each craft or type of workers performing the Work at the time the work is done, plus BOLI's established Fringe Rate for employer payments of payroll taxes, worker compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs resulting from Federal, State or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers will be paid only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor costs for foremen and superintendents shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work shall be paid. SC- 11.01.A.4 — In Paragraph 11.01.A.4, delete the word "special" and replace with the word "technical" and delete the parenthetical phrase "(including but not limited to Engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants)" in its entirety. SC- 11.01.A.5.c — Delete Paragraph 11.01.A.5.c and replace with the following: c. Rentals of construction equipment at the rental rate listed for such equipment specified in the current edition of the "Contractor's Equipment Cost Guide" as published by Equipment Watch (www.equipmentwatch.com), telephone number 800/699 -3282, or from rate sheets from local rental companies. Such rental rate will be used to compute payments for equipment whether the equipment is under the Contractor's control through direct ownership, leasing, renting, or another method of acquisition. The rental rate to be applied for use of each item of equipment will be the rate resulting in the least total cost to the Owner for the total period of use. If it is deemed necessary by the Contractor to use the equipment not listed by the references specified herein, an equitable rental rate for the equipment will be established by the Engineer. The Contractor may furnish cost data which might assist the Engineer in the establishment of the rental rate. Payment shall be subject to the following: 1) Payment for equipment which is already on the Project Site and which is used in the completion of extra work will not be allowed; 2) All equipment shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be in good working condition and suitable for the purpose for which the equipment is to be used; CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 26 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3) Before construction equipment is used on the extra work, the Contractor shall plainly stencil or stamp an identifying number thereon at a conspicuous location, and shall furnish to the Engineer, in duplicate, a description of the equipment and its identifying number; 4) Unless otherwise specified, manufacturer's ratings and manufacturer approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment for the determination of applicable rental rates. Equipment which has no direct power unit shall be powered by a unit of at least minimum rating recommended by the manufacturer; 5) Individual pieces of equipment or tools having a replacement value of $500 or less, whether or not consumed by use, will be considered to be small tools and no payment will be made therefore; and 6) Rental time will not be allowed while equipment is inoperative due to breakdowns. The rental time to be paid for equipment at the Site will be the time the equipment is in productive operation on the extra work being performed and, in addition, will include the time required to move the equipment to the location of the extra work and return it to the original location or to another location; except, that moving time will not be paid if the equipment is used on other than the extra work, even though located at the site of the extra work. Loading and transporting costs will be allowed, in lieu of moving time, when the equipment is moved by means other than its own power, except that no payment will be made for loading and transporting costs when the equipment is used at the site of the extra work on other than the extra work. Rental time will not be allowed while equipment is inoperative due to breakdowns. The rental time of equipment on the Work Site will be computed subject to the following: 1) When hourly rates are listed, any part of an hour less than 30 minutes of operation will be considered to be half -hour of operation, and any part of an hour in excess of 30 minutes will be considered one hour of operation; 2) When daily rates are listed, any part of a day less than 4 hours operation will be considered to be half -day of operation. When Owner - operated equipment is used to perform extra work to be paid from on time and materials basis, the Contractor will be paid for the equipment and operator, as set forth in Paragraphs a), b) and c) following; a) Payment for the equipment will be made in accordance with the provisions in Paragraph c above; b) Payment for the cost of labor and subsistence or travel allowance will be made at the rates established in Paragraphs SC- 11.01.A.1; and CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 27 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 c) To the direct cost of equipment rental and labor, computed as provided herein, will be added the allowances for equipment rental and labor as provided in Section 00700, General Conditions, Paragraph 12.01.C. SC- 11.01.B.5 — Insert the words ", including lost opportunity costs" between the words "kind" and "and" in the second line. SC- 11.01.D — Add the following to Paragraph 11.01.D: Supporting data shall include but not be limited to daily submissions of timesheets indicating hours and trades worked, equipment and time equipment was employed, and materials expended. SC- 11.03.D — Delete Paragraph 1.1.03.D in its entirety. SC- 12.01.C.2.c — Add the following to Paragraph 12.01.C.2.c: except, the maximum total allowable cost to Owner shall be the Cost of the Work plus a maximum collective aggregate fee for Contractor and all tiered Subcontractors of 26.8 percent; SC- 12.02.B — Add the following to Paragraph 12.02.B: All requests for time extensions shall be supported by Schedule analysis showing the effect on the entire Project taking into account concurrent Work and the critical path, including float. Partial demonstration of impact on particular operations only will not be acceptable to show the criticality of any event on the Project Schedule as a whole. SC -12.02 — Add the following paragraphs to12.02 immediately following Paragraph 12.02B: C. Use of Float: 1. A claim for an adjustment of Contract Times (or Milestones), otherwise allowable under the Contract Documents, shall be granted only when the time lost or gained exceeds the float for the activity at the time of the event giving rise to the claim. Float, the amount of time between the early start date and the late start date, or the early finish date and the late finish date, is jointly owned by both Owner and Contractor whether expressly disclosed or implied in any manner. 2. Contractor shall not use float suppression techniques (including, but not limited to, preferential sequencing caused by late starts of follow -up trades, unreasonably small crews, extended durations, or imposed dates) in information provided to Engineer. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 28 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SC- 12.03.0 — Add the following after the first sentence of Paragraph 12.03.C: Contract Times may be extended because of delays in the completion of the Work due to abnormal weather conditions provided that the Contractor shall, within 10 days of the beginning of such delay, notify Engineer in writing of the cause of the delay and request an extension of time. Such requests shall be accompanied with supporting documentation referenced to the NOAA INDEX weather in the Project vicinity. Engineer will make recommendations to Owner to extend the Contract Times for completing the Work when, in Engineer's judgment, the findings of facts and extent of delay justify such an extension. Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional compensation of any kind arising out of or relating to abnormal weather conditions. SC -12.03 — Add the following paragraph immediately after Paragraph 1.2.03.E: F. The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Final Completion within the Contract Time. If the Contractor's performance falls behind schedule, the Contractor shall accelerate the work as required to get back on schedule at no additional cost to the Owner. Accelerated work shall include air or express delivery of materials and equipment, increasing the number of workers, working overtime, working Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays and working additional shifts. The Contractor shall pay the Owner for any extra cost of inspection made necessary by accelerated work required under this provision. SC- 13.03.A — Delete Paragraph 13.03.A in its entirety and replace with the following: A. Contractor shall notify Engineer 48 hours prior to the expected time for operations requiring inspection and laboratory testing services. The Contractor shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. SC- 13.03.B — In the first line of Paragraph 13.03.B insert the words, "perform testing and inspections itself or shall" between the words "shall" and "employ ". SC- 13.03.B.3 — Change Paragraph "3" to "4" and add the following paragraph: 3. retesting required because of non - conformance to the requirements of the Contract Documents; and CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 29 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SC- 13.03.D — Add the following to Paragraph 13.03.D: Tests required by Contract Documents to be performed by Contractor that require test certificates be submitted to Owner or Engineer for acceptance shall be made by an independent testing laboratory or agency licensed or certified in accordance with Laws and Regulations and applicable state and local statutes. In the event state license or certification is not required, testing laboratories or agencies shall meet the following applicable requirements: 1. "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification," published by the American Council of Independent Laboratories. 2. Basic requirements of ASTM E329, "Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and /or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction" as applicable. 3. Calibrate testing equipment at reasonable intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either the National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. Prior to requesting a certificate of Substantial Completion, and allowing occupancy of facilities, Contractor shall provide an inspection by an independent safety inspector certified by the state in the construction type being inspected, to determine that the facilities provided are in compliance with the state and federal safety requirements. Signed copies of the inspection reports shall be submitted to the Engineer for Owner's files. Violations or deficiencies noted therein shall be resolved prior to occupancy of the facilities and before final payment will be made. SC -13.03 Add the following paragraph after Paragraph 13.03.F: G. Costs of retesting as required in accordance with Paragraph 13.03.B.3 shall be paid by the Contractor. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 30 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SC -13.07 — Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph I3.07.E of the General Conditions as follows: F. Maintenance Assurance: Maintenance assurance shall be required for the Work to ensure post - construction quality in accordance with the following table. Assurance shall be in the form of a letter of commitment, bond, or cash deposit in form and substance satisfactory to Owner. Duration and Conditions for Purpose Amount Required Release Ensure correction 5% of the Total Prior to issuance of Released at the end of of defects in Contract Price notice of Substantial the Correction Period materials and Completion for all (including any workmanship after the Works extension in accordance initial construction with paragraph 13.07.C.); and After correction of all defects identified during the Correction Period, as extended SC- 14.02.A.1 — In the first sentence, delete the phrase "date established in the Agreement for each progress payment" and replace it with the phrase "first day of each month ". Add the following: 1. Stored Materials and Equipment: Payments for stored materials and equipment shall be based only upon the actual cost of the materials and equipment to Contractor and shall not include any overhead or profit to Contractor. Partial payments will not be made for undelivered materials or equipment, except for payments associated with procurement contracts initiated by Owner and assigned to Contractor. 2. Schedules and Data: During the progress of the Work, each Application for Payment shall be accompanied by Contractor's updated schedule of operations, or progress report, with such shop drawings schedules, procurement schedules, value of material on hand included in application, and other data specified in Section 01330, Submittal Procedures, or reasonably required by Engineer. 3. Payment for material delivered to the Work Site or stored under Owner's control will be based on the vendors' paid invoices or the bill of lading showing date of delivery and the Work Site where the delivery took place, a copy of which shall be furnished by Contractor to Engineer with each request for progress payment. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 31 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 4. Partial payment for materials and equipment shall be as follows: a) 10% Upon approval of shop drawings by the Engineer or Owner b) 90% Upon delivery of goods c) 30% Upon startup and final acceptance of goods by the Owner. 5. In addition to the amounts which Owner may retain as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents, Owner may withhold a sufficient amount or amounts from any payment otherwise due Contractor as in Owner's judgment may be necessary to cover: a) Payments which may be due and payable for properly filed claims against Contractor or any Subcontractor for labor or materials furnished in or about the performance of the Contract. b) Estimated or actual costs for correcting defective work not remedied. c) Amounts claimed by Owner as forfeiture due to delays or other offsets. Owner may apply such withheld amount or amounts to the payment of such claim at Owner's discretion. In doing so, Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payments so made by Owner shall be considered as a payment made under the Contract by Owner to Contractor, and Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for such payment made in good faith. Such payments may be made without prior judicial determination of the claim or claims. Owner shall render to Contractor a proper account of any such funds disbursed in or on behalf of Contractor. SC- 14.02.B.1 — In the first line of Paragraph 14.02.B.1, change the number "10" to the number "15 ". SC- 14.02.C.1 — Delete Paragraph 14.02.C.1 in its entirety and replace with the following: 1. Thirty days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Engineer or fifteen days after approval of Application for Payment by Owner, whichever comes first, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.D) become due and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. The Engineer shall have fifteen days from receipt of Application for Payment to notify Contractor if all or part of the Application for Payment is in dispute. SC- 14.02.D — Modify Paragraph 14.02.D.1 as follows: Modify Paragraph 14.02.D.1.c by removing the "or ". Modify Paragraph 14.02.D.1.d by removing the "." and replacing it with "; or ". CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 32 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Add the following paragraph immediately after 14.02.D.1.d: e. Owner has not received the Certified Payrolls from Contractor required by Article 11 of the Agreement and must withhold the additional retainage required in Article 11 of the Agreement until Contractor submits its Certified Payrolls. Add the following paragraph to Paragraph 14.02.D, and change Paragraphs 14.02.D.2 and 3 to Paragraphs 14.02.D.3 and 4, respectively: 2. Owner may reduce the amount recommended by Engineer and to be paid for the following items: a. Owner compensation to Engineer for labor plus expenses because of the following Contractor- caused events: i. witnessing retesting of corrected or replaced defective Work; ii. return visits to manufacturing facilities to witness factory testing or retesting; iii. submittal review in excess of two reviews by Engineer for substantially the same submittal; iv. evaluation of proposed substitutions and in making changes to Contract Documents occasioned thereby; or b. liability for liquidated damages incurred by Contractor as set forth in the Agreement. SC- 14.04.A — Add the following to Paragraph 14.04.A: Substantial Completion is further defined as (i) that degree of completion of the Project's operating facilities or systems sufficient to provide Owner the full time, uninterrupted, and continuous beneficial operation of the Work; (ii) all required functional, performance and acceptance or startup testing has been successfully demonstrated for all components, devices, equipment, and instrumentation and control to the satisfaction of Engineer in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications; (iii) all inspections required have been completed and identified critical defective Work has been replaced or corrected; and (iv) all appurtenant operations and maintenance features (e.g., hose bibs, drainage systems, etc.) and safety features (e.g., handrails, motor guards, etc.) have been installed and are functional. Project phases are defined in Section 01140, Work Restrictions. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 33 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SC- 14.04.A — Add the following paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 14.04.A: 1. Conditions precedent to Substantial Completion of the Work and Engineer's issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion shall include: a. Conformance with all training services requirements and deliverables. b. Acceptance of all preliminary operation and maintenance manuals by Owner and Engineer. c. Submittal of current record documents to Owner and Engineer. d. Correction of all state, local, and other regulatory agencies defective Work lists. e. Submittals have been received and approved by Engineer including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Approved Shop Drawings. 2. Record Drawings and Specifications. 3. Electrical testing and wiring diagram. 4. Equipment data forms. 5. Manufacturer's certificates of proper installation. 6. Factory test reports. 7. Commissioning, testing and start-up reports. SC- 14.04.D — Delete the last sentence of Paragraph 14.04.D. SC- 14.07.B.1 — Add the following sentence after the second sentence of Paragraph 14.07.B.1: Such written notice of acceptance of the Work shall constitute Final Completion. SC -15.02 - Delete paragraphs 15.02.A through 15.02.0 and insert the following in lieu thereof: A. If Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the Work or any separable part thereof with such diligence as will ensure the completion of the Work within the Contract Times, or any extension thereof, or fails or refuses to complete such Work within such extension, or if Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt, or if Contractor should make assignment for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or if Contractor files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act, or if a receiver should be appointed on CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 34 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 account of Contractor's insolvency, or if Contractor or any Subcontractor should violate any provision of the Contract, or if Contractor should persistently refuse or should fail to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials to complete the Work in the time specified, or if Contractor should fail to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or if Contractor should disregard laws, ordinances, or instructions given by Owner, Engineer, or Owner's Operating Agent or disregard in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; Owner may without prejudice to any other right or remedy, serve written notice upon Contractor and Contractor's surety of Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. Such notice will contain the reasons for Owner's intention to terminate the Contract and unless such violations shall cease and satisfactory arrangements for the corrections thereof have been accepted by Owner in writing within 10 days after the service of such notice, the Contract shall upon the expiration of said 10 days cease and terminate. In the event of such termination, the Owner shall immediately serve written notice upon the Surety and Contractor, and Contractor shall be liable for all costs necessary to complete the Work. B. The Surety shall, after receipt of notification from Owner of termination of the Contract, take over and perform the Work, utilizing a Contractor which is acceptable to Engineer. The Surety shall, within 10 days after receipt of the notice of termination, provide Owner with written notice of Surety's intent to take over and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and shall commence the Work within 10 days thereafter. C. If the Surety does not reply to the notice of termination, or fails to perform the Work in compliance with the Contract Documents, or provides the Owner with written notice that Surety does not intend to take over and perform the Work to completion, Owner may without prejudice on the part of the Surety, take over the Work and prosecute the same to completion by any method Owner may deem advisable for the account at the expense of Contractor, and the Surety shall be liable to Owner for any excess cost or other damage occasioned Owner thereby. In such event Owner may, without liability for so doing, take possession of and utilize in completing the Work such materials, appliances, plant, and other property belonging to Contractor that may be on the Work Sites and be necessary therefore. Contractor shall turn over to Owner's Operating Agent all materials and equipment in Contractor's possession that is to be incorporated into the Project, and shall make arrangements with Owner to turn over any materials or equipment in which Owner has payment or partial payment but is not in Owner's possession. D. Upon completion of the Work, if the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect cost of completing the Work, including, but not limited to, all costs incurred by Owner from professional services and attorneys' fees and all costs generated to insure or bond the Work of substituted Contractors or subcontractors used to complete the Work, such excess shall be paid to Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner within 30 CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 35 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 days upon demand; on failure of Contractor to pay, the Surety shall promptly pay the difference to Owner upon written notice of Contractor's failure of payment. Such difference or any portion thereof not paid by the Contractor or the Surety within the 30 days following the date of mailing of the demand for payment, shall earn interest at the rate of 10 percent per annum or the maximum rate authorized by state law, whichever is lower. SC -15.04 — Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate: Delete paragraph 15.04 in its entirety. SC -16.01 — Delete Paragraph 16.01 in its entirety and replace with the following Paragraphs 16.01 and 16.02: 16.01 Executive Negotiation A. Within 10 days of the delivery of notice of appeal to Engineer's written decision regarding a Claim, dispute or other matter, senior representatives of at least Owner and Contractor, having authority to settle the dispute, and Engineer shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to exchange relevant information and to attempt to resolve the dispute. B. In the event a mutually acceptable decision cannot be reached through executive negotiation within 20 days of the appealing party's notice, or mutually agreeable longer period, or if the party receiving such notice will not meet within 10 days, Owner or Contractor may make a written declaration, delivered to the other party and Engineer, that the executive negotiation is deemed unsuccessful and may initiate further dispute resolution measures in accordance with this Article 16. 16.02 Mediation, Followed by Binding Arbitration: A. All appealed or unsettled claims, disputes or other matters between Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof, (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as ,provided by paragraph 14.09) shall first be submitted to mediation under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining subject to the limitations of Article 16. The mediator of any claim, dispute or other matter submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such claim, dispute, or other matter unless otherwise agreed. B. Should the mediation be unsuccessful, such claim, dispute or other matter (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by Paragraph 14.09) shall be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining subject to the limitations of this Article 16. The mediator of any claim, dispute or other matter submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such claim, dispute, or other matter unless otherwise agreed. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 36 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 C. This Agreement so to mediate or to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to mediate or to arbitrate entered into accordance with these Contract Documents will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction. D. No demand for mediation or arbitration of any appealed or unsettled claim, dispute or other matter that is required to be referred to Engineer initially for decision in accordance with Paragraph 9.08 will be made later than 10 days after the date the executive negotiation has been declared unsuccessful by Owner or Contractor; and the failure to demand mediation or arbitration within said 10 days' period will result in Engineer's decision being final and binding upon Owner and Contractor. If Engineer renders a further decision after mediation or arbitration proceedings have been initiated, the decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. Time deadlines specified above apply to both mediation (after the executive negotiation has been declared unsuccessful by Owner or Contractor) and arbitration (after the mediation process has been declared unsuccessful by Owner or Contractor). E. Notice of the demand for mediation or arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to Engineer for information. The demand for mediation or arbitration will be made within the 10 day periods specified in Paragraph 16.02.D as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the unsettled claim, dispute or other matter has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such unsettled claim, dispute or other matter would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. F. Except as provided in Paragraphs 16.02.G and H below, no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity who is not a party to the Contract unless: 1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitrations, and 2. such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings, and 3. the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and the Owner and Contractor has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any appealed or unsettled claim, dispute or other matter not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 37 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 G. Notwithstanding Paragraph 16.02.F, if an appealed or unsettled claim, dispute or other matter between Owner and Contractor involves any allegations relating to the design, Owner may join Engineer as a party to the mediation or arbitration between Owner and Contractor hereunder. H. Notwithstanding Paragraph 16.02.F, if an appealed or unsettled claim, dispute or other matter between Owner and Contractor involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either Owner or Contractor may join such Subcontractor as a party to the mediation or arbitration between Owner and Contractor hereunder. Contractor shall include in all subcontracts required by Paragraph 6.06.G of the General Conditions a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in mediation or arbitration between Owner and Contractor involving the Work of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this Paragraph 16.02.H nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against Owner, Engineer or Engineer's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. I. The results of successful mediation will be implemented by a Change Order. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and will not be subject to modification or appeal. SC- ARTICLE 17 — Add the following paragraphs to ARTICLE 17 — MISCELLANEOUS: 17.07 Attorney Fees A. At the conclusion of the mediation process specified herein, the Contractor will, as a condition of taking any further action with respect to any claim, be required to certify that the amount of the claim is its best good faith estimate of the amount due ( "Certified Claim "). Owner will certify its final offer of settlement ( "Final Offer "). In the event Contractor pursues the claim, Contractor will be entitled, in addition to whatever recovery it has on the claim, to be reimbursed its reasonable attorney's fees incurred in the same proportion it was successful based on the difference between its Certified Claim compared to the Owner's Final Offer. Conversely, Owner will be entitled to be reimbursed its reasonable attorney's fees incurred in proportion to the amount that Contractor was unsuccessful based on the difference between its Certified Claim compared to the Owner's Final Offer. For example, if Contractor recovers 40% of the difference between its Certified Claim and the amount of the Owner's Final Offer, Contractor would be entitled to recover 40% of its reasonable attorney's fees incurred in the prosecuting the claim and the Owner would be entitled to recover 60% of its reasonable attorney's fees incurred in defending the claim. On the other hand, if the Contractor recovers 60% of the difference between its Certified Claim and the amount of the Owner's Final Offer, Contractor would be entitled to recover 60% of its reasonable attorney's fees in prosecuting the claim and the Owner would be entitled to recover 40% of its reasonable attorney's fess incurred in CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 38 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 defending the claim. The Certified Claim and the Final Offer will be admissible in any dispute resolution proceeding. 1 7.08 Right To Audit A. If the Contractor submits a claim to the Owner for additional compensation, the Owner shall have the right, as a condition to considering the claim, and as a basis for evaluation of the claim, and until the claim has been settled, to audit the Contractor's books to the extent they are relevant. This right shall include the right to examine books, records, documents, and other evidence and accounting procedures and practices, sufficient to discover and verify all direct and indirect costs of whatever nature claimed to have been incurred or anticipated to be incurred and for which the claim has been submitted. The right to audit shall include the right to inspect the Contractor's plant, or such parts thereof, as may be or have been engaged in the performance of the Work. The Contractor further agrees that the right to audit encompasses all subcontracts and is binding upon Subcontractors. The rights to examine and inspect herein provided for shall be exercisable through such representatives, as the Owner deems desirable during the Contractor's normal business hours at the office of the Contractor. The Contractor shall make available to the Owner for auditing, all relevant accounting records and documents, and other financial data, and upon request, shall submit true copies of requested records to the Owner. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 39 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 EXHIBIT A CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO: To Contractor: Project: Durham Facility Phase 5A1 Project No. 6112 Access Road Improvements Owner: CLEAN WATER SERVICES Engineer: CH2M HILL The follo■w ing change(s) to the Contract are hereby ordered (use additional pages if required): Attachments (List Supporting Documents): Changes to Contract Amount and Contract Times: The stipulated compensation (Contract Price or Contract Times, or both) set forth in this Change Order includes payment for (i) the Cost of the Work covered by the Change Order, (ii) Contractor's fee for overhead and profit, (iii) interruption of progress schedules, (iv) delay and impact, including cumulative impact, on other Work under the Contract Documents, and (v) extended overheads. This Change Order constitutes full mutual accord and satisfaction for the change to the Work. No reservation of rights to pursue subsequent claims on the Change Order will be made by either party. No subsequent claim or amendment of the Contract Documents will arise out of or as a result of this - Change Order. In executing this Change Order, Contractor agrees to defend and indemnify Owner and Engineer and their officers, agents, and employees from any and all claims of any kind by any subcontractor or supplier of any tier based upon the subject matter of any claim released hereunder by Contractor. Except as otherwise provided in this Change Order, the Contract, as amended, between Owner and Contractor, remains in full force and effect. CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 40 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 " Contract Amount Contract Times (Calculate Days) Original Amount: Original Duration: - Days Previous Contract Change Previous, Contract Change Orders: Orders: Days This Contract Change Order: .This Contract: Change Order: Days Revised Contract Amount :. Revised' Contract Time: Days • The Revised Contract Completion Date is: ,20 This Change Order is Issued in Accordance with Paragraph SC — 10.01.A of the Supplementary Conditions Owner Contractor Engineer Recommendation By: - By: By: Date: Date: Date: END OF SECTION. • • • CVO/383498A SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MAY 1, 2009 00800 - 41 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 OREGON PREVAILING WAGERATES • • • • THE APPLICABLE OREGON MINIMUM PREVAILING WAGE RATES ARE CONTAINED IN THE PUBLICATION JANUARY 1, 2009 PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS IN OREGON EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2009 AS AMENDED BY THE APRIL 1, 2009 AMENDMENT (SEE LINKS AT HTTP: // WWW.OREGON.GOV /BOLI/WHD /PWR/PWR STATE.SHTML), AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN AS THOUGH FULLY SET FORTH AS OF THE DATE THE BIDDING DOCUMENTS ARE FIRST ADVERTISED. CVO/383498A PREVAILING WAGE RATES MAY 1, 2009 00810 -1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Work to be performed under this Contract shall consist of furnishing plant, tools, equipment, materials, supplies, and manufactured articles, and furnishing all labor, transportation, and services, including fuel, power, water, and essential communications, and performing all Work or other operations required for the fulfillment of the Contract in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The Work shall be complete, and all Work, materials, and services not expressly indicated or called for in the Contract Documents which may be necessary for the complete and proper construction of the Work in good faith shall be provided by the Contractor as though originally so indicated, at no increase in cost to the Owner. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work under this Contract will consist of, but is not limited to the following: 1. Furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the reconstruction of the North and South Entrances to the Durham AWTF, including new and relocated gates and operators, fencing, roadways, lights, site work and entrance sign. Barriers at the surge basin are also included as are other appurtenances, all indicated in the technical specifications and on the Drawings. The Work includes demolition of roadways, gates, landscaping, signage and electrical elements in the • general area of construction. B. The Work also includes furnishing and installing related equipment, storm sewers, conduits, electrical, site work, and other appurtenances necessary to complete the Work and to provide a complete and functional system constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. The Work is located at the Durham AWTF, 16060 and 16580 S.W. 85th Avenue, Tigard, Oregon 97224. 1.03 CONTRACT METHOD A. The Work hereunder will be constructed under a single lump sum contract. CVO/383498A SUMMARY OF WORK MAY 1, 2009 01110 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM: PHASE 5A1 1.04 WORK BY OTHERS A. Where two or more contracts are being performed at one time on the same Site or adjacent land in such manner that Work under one contract may interfere with Work under another, the Owner will determine the sequence and order of the Work in either or both contracts. When the Site of one contract is the necessary or convenient means of access for performance of Work under another, the Owner may grant privilege of access or other reasonable privilege to the Contractor so desiring, to the extent, amount, and in manner and at time that the Owner may determine. No Owner determination of method or time or sequence or order of the Work or access privilege shall be the basis for a claim for delay or damage except under provisions of the General Conditions for temporary suspensions of the Work. The Contractor shall conduct its operations so as to cause a minimum of interference with the Work of such other contractors, and shall cooperate fully with such contractors to allow continued safe access to their respective portions of the Site, as required to perform Work under their respective contracts. B. Additional construction Work will be occurring concurrently with the Work of this Contract. Shaffer Lane demolition and landscaping work will be performed by the Owner and tertiary filter modifications will be happening concurrently with this project. Separate and shared staging areas have been set up for this Work as shown in the Drawings. C. Interference With Work On Utilities: The Contractor shall cooperate fully with all utility forces of the Owner or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities which interfere with the progress of the Work, and shall schedule the Work so as to minimize interference with said relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities. 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that the Work to be performed is at an operating wastewater treatment plant and adjacent to Treatment Plant Services offices. The driveways serve as access for District engineering and operation staff, visitors, chemical delivery trucks, sludge hauling trucks, and emergency vehicles. Access to Treatment Plant Services offices and the treatment plant must be maintained at all times. 1.06 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE A. The Contractor's use of the Site shall be limited to its construction operations, including onsite storage of materials, onsite fabrication facilities, and field offices. CVO/383498A SUMMARY OF WORK MAY 1, 2009 01110 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Contractor access points, staging and parking areas have been designated on the Contract Drawings. The Contractor shall restrict its operations to those areas and where the Contract Work shall be performed. C. Contractor is advised that all indoor areas (buildings, galleries, etc.) at the Durham AWTF are nonsmoking areas. Contractor shall instruct all personnel Working at Contractor's behest to observe Owner's smoking restrictions. 1.07 OWNER USE OF THE SITE A. The Owner will utilize at least one of the plant entrance roads during the entire period of construction for the conduct of the Owner's normal operations. The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate with the Owner to facilitate the Owner's operations and to minimize interference with the Contractor's operations at the same time. In any event, the Owner shall be allowed access to the Site during the period of construction. 1.08 PARTIAL UTILIZATION OF THE WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner may take partial utilization of portions of the Work upon completion of portions of the new facilities. Partial utilization shall be implemented as described in the General Conditions. 1.09 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Preconstruction Conference: 1. Prior to the commencement of Work at the Site, a preconstruction conference will be held at the Owner's office at a mutually agreed time, but no later than 14 days after Notice to Proceed. The conference shall be attended by the Contractor's Project Manager, Superintendent, Quality Control Engineer, Safety Representative, and subcontractors. Subcontractor attendance shall be requested and approved by Engineer. Other attendees will be: a. Engineer and the Resident Project Representative. b. Representatives of Owner. c. Governmental representatives, as appropriate. d. Utilities representatives, as appropriate. e. Others as requested by Contractor and Owner upon approval by the Engineer. 2. The Contractor shall bring the preconstruction conference submittals in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. 3. The purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish a Working relationship. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters established. The complete agenda will be furnished to the Contractor prior to the meeting CVO/383498A SUMMARY OF WORK MAY 1, 2009 01110 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 date. However, the Contractor should be prepared to discuss all of the items listed below. a. Contractor's initial schedules. b. Procedures for and transmittal, review, and distribution of Contractor's submittals (normal and deferred). c. Processing applications for payment. d. Maintaining record documents. e. Special inspection procedures. f. Critical Work sequencing. g. Field decisions and Change Orders. h. Use of Site, office and storage areas, security, housekeeping, and Owner's needs. i. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. J. Contractor's assignments for safety and first aid. k. Daily Report Form which the Engineer will furnish. 1. Submittal Transmittal Form which the Engineer will furnish. m. Temporary utilities. 4. The Engineer will preside at the preconstruction conference and will arrange for keeping and distributing the minutes to all persons in attendance. Contractor shall advise Engineer within 5 days of receipt of minutes if Contractor does not agree with content of minutes. 5. The Contractor and its subcontractors should plan on the conference taking four hours. The conference will cover the items listed in paragraphs 2 and 3, and will include reviewing the Drawings and Specifications, in extensive detail, with the Engineer and the Owner. B. Progress Meetings: 1. The Owner will schedule and hold regular onsite progress meetings at least weekly and at other times as requested by Contractor or as required by progress of the Work. The Contractor and Engineer shall attend each meeting and representatives of the Owner may also attend. The Contractor may at its discretion request attendance by representatives of its suppliers, manufacturers, utilities, and subcontractors. Attendance by such representatives shall be subject to approval of the Owner. 2. The Owner will preside at the progress meetings and will arrange for keeping and distributing the minutes. Contractor shall advise Owner within 5 days of receipt of minutes if Contractor does not agree with content of minutes. The purpose of the meetings is to review the progress of the Work including review of the Contractor's three week look -ahead schedule, review submittal and Request for Information status, review change order status, review coordination with operations, maintain coordination of efforts, address field problems, and resolve other problems which may develop. The three -week look -ahead schedule shall include but not be limited to key upcoming activities such CVO/383498A SUMMARY OF WORK MAY 1, 2009 01110 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 as major equipment deliveries to the Site, key construction activities and key testing activities. The three -week look -ahead schedule shall be in the form of marked -up Drawings and schedules /flow charts to depict the activities. During each meeting, the Contractor shall present any issues that may impact its progress and propose solutions with a view to resolve these issues expeditiously. 3. Owner shall prepare and distribute agenda. Review progress of the Work, Progress Schedule, narrative report, Application for Payment, record documents, and additional items of current interest that are pertinent to execution of the Work. 4. Verify: a. Actual start and finish dates of completed activities since last progress meeting. b. Durations and progress of activities not completed. c. Reason, time, and cost data for Change Order Work that will be incorporated into Progress Schedule and application for payment. d. Percentage completion of items on Application for Payment. e. Reasons for required revisions to Progress Schedule and their effect on Contract Time and Contract Price. 5. Discuss potential problems that may impede scheduled progress and corrective measures. C. Electrical and Instrumentation and Controls Presubmittal Conferences: Contractor shall attend Electrical and Instrumentation and Controls Presubmittal Conferences as described in Section 16005, Electrical. D. Sonitrol Coordination Meetings: Contractor shall attend meetings as requested by Owner to coordinate interface with Sonitrol. 1.10 PROJECT STATUS REPORTING A. The Contractor shall prepare monthly written narrative reports of the status of the project for submission to the Owner. The monthly reports shall be submitted to the Owner 7 days prior to the first weekly progress meeting each month. Written status reports shall include: 1. The status of major project components (percent complete, amount of time ahead or behind schedule) and an explanation of how the project will be brought back on schedule if delays have occurred. 2. The progress made on critical activities indicated on the CPM Schedule. 3. Explanations for any lack of Work on critical path activities planned to be performed during the last month. 4. Explanations for any schedule changes, including changes to the logic or to activity durations. CVO/383498A SUMMARY OF WORK MAY 1, 2009 01110 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 5. A list of the critical activities scheduled to be performed in the next 2 -month period. 6. The status of major material and equipment procurement. 7. The value of materials and equipment properly stored at the Site but not yet incorporated into the Work. 8. Any delays encountered during the reporting period. 9. An assessment of inclement weather delays and impacts to the progress of the Work. B. The Contractor may include any other information pertinent to the status of the project. The Contractor shall include additional status information requested by the Owner. 1.11 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. General: Meet with manufacturers and installers of major units of construction which require coordination between subcontractors. Major units of construction which require pre - installation meetings include: 1. North Entrance and Exit Gates. 2. South Exit Gate. B. Distribute to each anticipated participant a written notice and agenda for each meeting at least 4 days before the meeting. C. Schedule the meeting at least 21 days in advance of installation. D. Conduct meetings in Owner's office or other mutually agreed upon place. E. Require attendance of Superintendent, appropriate manufacturers and installers of major units of constructions, and affected subcontractors. F. Invite Owner and Engineer. G. Owner to preside at meetings. H. Owner to record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes to participants and interested parties. 1.12 PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS IN OREGON /PUBLIC WORKS BONDS /BOLI FEE A. The Contractor and any subcontractors shall abide by ORS 279C.800 through 279C.870 that relate to the prevailing wage rates for the building and construction trades in the State of Oregon. These prevailing wage rates are CVO/383498A SUMMARY OF WORK MAY 1, 2009 01110 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 incorporated by reference in Section 00810, Oregon Prevailing Wage Rates, which is referenced elsewhere in these Contract Documents. B. Along with any subcontractors performing Work, Contractor shall pay Workers in each trade or occupation required for the Work not less than the applicable Oregon prevailing rate of wage in accordance with ORS 279C.838 and 279C.840. The applicable Oregon prevailing wage rates for such Workers are contained in the publication January 1, 2009 Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works in Oregon effective January 1, 2009 (see link to Prevailing Wage Rates for public Works Contracts in Oregon at http: // www.oregon.gov /BOLI /HHD /PWR/pwr state.shtml, including all applicable amendments, available at http: / /www.oregon.gov /BOLI, are hereby incorporated herein as though fully set forth as of the date the Bidding Documents are first advertised. Contractor shall also include in every subcontract a provision requiring the subcontractor to comply with this provision. C. Contractor shall have a public Works bond filed with the construction contractors Board unless exempt under 279C.836(7), 279C.836(8) or 279C.836(9). Contractor shall also include in every subcontract a provision requiring the subcontractor to have a public Works bond filed with the Construction Contractors Board before starting Work on the project unless exempt under 279C.836(7), 279C.836(8) or 279C.836(9). D. Owner will be responsible for paying the fee required by ORS 279C.825(1) to the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CVO/383498A SUMMARY OF WORK MAY 1, 2009 01110 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 • SECTION 01116 PROJECT MANUAL LANGUAGE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Explanation of arrangement, language, reference standards, and method of resolving conflicts between Contract Documents. B. Related Documents and Sections: 1. Section 00700, General Conditions. 2. Section 00800, Supplementary Conditions. 3. Section 01600, Product Requirements. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Construction Specifications Institute (CSI): • 1. Manual of Practice - Document MP -2 -1, MasterFormatTM 2. Manual of Practice - Document MP -2 -2, SectionFormatTM. 3. Manual of Practice - Document MP-2-3,.PageFormatTM. • 1.03 PROJECT MANUAL ARRANGEMENT • A. Document and Section numbers used in Project Manual, and Project Manual arrangement are in accordance with CSI Document MP -2 -1, MasterFormatTM, except where departures have been deemed necessary. B. Sections are written in CSI SectionFormatTM in accordance with CSI Document MP -2 -2, Three -Part Section Format, except where . departures have been deemed necessary. C. Page format for Sections in the Project Manual is in accordance with CSI Document MP -2 -3, Page Format, except where departures have been deemed necessary. 1.04 PROJECT MANUAL LANGUAGE • A. Specification Section Paragraphs entitled "Section Includes" summarizes briefly what is generally included in the section. Requirements ofContract Documents are not limited by "Section Includes" paragraphs. Specifications have been partially streamlined by . intentionally omitting words and phrases, such as "the Contractor shall," "in conformity therewith," "shall be" following CVO/383498A PROJECT MANUAL LANGUAGE MAY 1, 2009 01116 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 • . "as indicated," "a," "an," "the" and "all ". Assume missing portions by inference. B. Phrase "by Engineer" modifies words such as "accepted," "directed," "selected," "inspected," and "permitted," when they are unmodified. C. Phrase "to Engineer" modifies words such as "submit," "report," and "satisfactory," when they are unmodified. D. Colons (:) are used to introduce a list of particulars, an appositive, an amplification, or an illustrative quotation. 1. When used as an appositive after designation of product, colons are used in place of words "shall be." E. Word "provide means to manufacture, fabricate, deliver, furnish, install, complete, assemble, erect in place, test, render ready for use or operation, including necessary related material, labor, appurtenances, services, and incidentals. F. Words "Contractor shall" are implied when direction is stated in imperative mood. G. Term "products" includes materials and equipment as specified in Section 01600, Product Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 . EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION • • CVO/383498A PROJECT MANUAL LANGUAGE MAY 1, 2009 01116 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01140 WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Work shall be scheduled, sequenced, and performed in a manner which minimizes disruption to the public and the operation and maintenance of existing facilities. B. The Contractor shall incorporate the construction and schedule constraints of this Section in preparing the construction schedules required under Section 01324, Construction Schedule. 1.02 EXISTING PLANT A. The Work shall be executed while the existing wastewater treatment facilities are in operation and usual business is being conducted at Treatment Plant Services offices. Operation of and access to the existing facility shall not be jeopardized nor shall the efficiency or volume of wastewater conveyance be reduced as a result of the execution of the Work. Impairing the operational capabilities of or access to this treatment plant will result in serious environmental damage and monetary fines. Conduct work in a manner that will not impair the operational capabilities of or access to essential elements of the treatment process or engineering offices or reduce the capacity of the entire treatment plant below levels sufficient to treat the quality of raw wastewater to the water quality limitations specified in the discharge permit. The status of the treatment plant shall be defined as "operational" when it is capable of treating the entire quantity of wastewater received to the water quality limits specified in the discharge permit. B. The construction sequence and constraints in this Section do not include all items affecting the completion of the Work, but are intended to describe the sequence of critical events and associated constraints necessary to minimize disruption to the ongoing treatment plant processes and to ensure compliance with NPDES Permit requirements. It shall be understood and agreed by the Contractor that the critical events described are not all inclusive and that additional items of work not included may be required to minimize disruption and ensure compliance. Deviation from or modification of these suggested sequences is permitted if techniques and methods known to the Contractor will result in reducing disruption to the facility operation and maintaining treatment efficiency, avoiding violation of scheduling constraints, and if deviation is approved in advance by the Engineer. CVO/383498A WORK RESTRICTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01140 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 1.03 OPERATION OF PLANT EQUIPMENT A. The plant operation and maintenance personnel will cooperate as is practical in order to facilitate Contractor's operation. No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for any night, weekend, or holiday premium or overtime payments. 1.04 DEACTIVATION REQUESTS A. Unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise, the Contractor shall not remove from service, de- energize, or modify settings for any existing operating tank, pipeline, valve, channel, equipment, structure, road, or any other facility without permission from the Owner. B. Modifications to existing facilities, the construction of new facilities, and the connection of new to existing facilities may require the temporary outage or bypass of existing treatment processes or facilities. In such cases, the Contractor shall coordinate Work with the Owner as described below. The Contractor shall submit a detailed Deactivation Plan and time schedule for all construction activities which will make it necessary to remove a tank, pipeline, channel, electrical circuit, equipment, structure, road, or other facilities from service. C. The Deactivation Plans shall be submitted to the Owner for acceptance a minimum of 2 weeks in advance of the time that such deactivations are required. The Deactivation Plans shall be coordinated with the construction schedule and shall meet the restrictions and conditions of this Section. The Deactivation Plan shall describe the length of time required to complete the operation; any necessary temporary power, controls, instrumentation, or alarms required to maintain control, and the manpower, and equipment which the Contractor shall provide in order to ensure proper access to the plant. All costs for preparing and implementing the Deactivation Plans shall be the responsibility of the Contractor as part of the Work. D. The Contractor shall not begin an alteration affecting existing facilities until specific written approval has been granted by the Owner in each case. E. The Owner will coordinate the Contractor's planned procedure with the treatment facility personnel. The Engineer has the authority to modify any proposed shutdown procedures if such procedures would adversely impact the plant operations. F. The Owner shall be notified in writing at least 1 week in advance of the required deactivation if the schedule for performing the Work has changed or if revisions to the Deactivation Plan are required. The Contractor shall provide written confirmation of the deactivation date and time 2 working days prior to CVO/383498A WORK RESTRICTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01140 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 the actual deactivation. This notification shall also provide confirmation that the Contractor has all the required parts, materials, tools, and equipment on- hand to successfully undertake and complete the deactivation. 1.05 TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS A. Operations that interfere with the operation of the existing equipment shall be thoroughly planned in advance, and all required equipment, materials, and labor shall be on hand at the time of undertaking the connections. Work shall be completed as quickly as possible and with as little delay as possible. B. The cost of any temporary facilities and night, weekend, or holiday work and overtime payments required during access interruptions shall be included in the price of the Work. C. Temporary facilities shall be located to minimize interference with Contractor's construction facilities and Owner's access, operation and maintenance of the wastewater treatment plant. Unless otherwise indicated, each temporary pipeline shall be of the same size as its connection to the existing or permanent facility at the downstream end of the pipeline. Piping materials shall be suitable for the material being conveyed and be as required in the Contract Specifications. D. When temporary electrical power, controls, instrumentation, or alarms are required for routine continuous operations of existing or new equipment, the Contractor shall provide the necessary equipment and appurtenances. Prior to installing said equipment and appurtenances, Contractor shall furnish a submittal on the proposed components and installation for Engineer's review and approval. E. A plan showing the size and location of the temporary facilities and piping shall be submitted to the Owner at the same time as the Deactivation Plan required under this Section. All costs for design, provision, operation, and removal of temporary facilities and piping shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1.06 PERMITS AND EASEMENTS A. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all local ordinances, as well as state and federal laws, which in any manner affect the Work. At all times the Contractor shall comply with said ordinances, laws, and regulations, and protect and indemnify the Owner and its officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of such laws, ordinances, or regulations. All permits, licenses, and inspection fees necessary for prosecution and completion of the Work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor, unless otherwise specified. CVO/383498A WORK RESTRICTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01140 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. The Contractor shall abide by the conditions of all permits and shall obtain proof of satisfaction of conditions from issuers of permits prior to acceptance of the Work by the Owner. C. The Contractor shall comply with all conditions attached to applicable local, state and federal permits. D. The Owner has applied and paid for the following permits with the City of Tigard building department. The Contractor is responsible for uplifting the permits from City of Tigard following completion of the Contractor's details within the appropriate sections of the permits. The Contractor shall abide by all regulations and conditions of the permits and shall obtain indications of acceptable satisfaction of conditions from City of Tigard prior to acceptance of the Work by the Owner. Such regulations, conditions and requirements are made a part of these Specifications as fully and completely as though the same were fully set forth herein. 1. Site Permit. 2. Site Utilities Permit. 3. Electrical Permit. 4. Public Facilities Infrastructure Permit. 5. Sign Permit. E. The Owner has also applied and paid for an NPDES No. 1200C Permit for which the Owner will remain the permittee. The Contractor shall abide by all regulations and conditions of this permit and shall be responsible for any enforcement action taken against him as a result of his work. Such regulations, conditions and requirements are made a part of these specifications as fully and completely as though the same were fully set forth herein. F. Permits and Easements Obtained After Bid Submittal: If, after the Bid submittal date, the Owner obtains any permits or easements which require changes to the Work hereunder and thereby cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time required for, the performance of the Work under this Contract, the Contractor shall submit information sufficient for the Engineer to determine the extent of the effects on the cost and/or schedule. If the Engineer agrees the cost and/or schedule will be affected by such changes, such effects will be handled in accordance with the General Conditions. The Engineer will provide the Contractor with a copy of any such permits or easements. Comply with all applicable terms and conditions contained in such permits or easements. G. Posting Permits and Easements: Post permits and easements, as required, at the site of the Work. CVO/383498A WORK RESTRICTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01140 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 1.07 SCHEDULE CONSTRAINTS A. General: It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate and plan the construction activities to integrate each schedule constraint into performance of the overall Work. B. The listing of schedule constraints below does not mean that all constraints or special conditions have been identified. The list does not substitute for the Contractor's coordination and planning for completion of the Work within the Contract Times. C. The following presents a general description of the major activities requiring sequencing or interface with the existing plant operation. It is not the intent of this Section to list all sequences or schedules of work for this project. The Contractor shall prepare a detailed schedule for all sequenced work that must be reviewed by the Owner and Engineer before work can proceed. All temporary and permanent work performed to comply with sequencing requirements shall be a part of the lump sum bid. The work shall proceed in the following sequence and by the dates indicated: 1. Contractor shall review the time requirements for start-up and testing in Section 16005, Electrical, and enter these requirements into the construction schedule. 2. Contractor shall schedule a pre - submittal conference, as identified in Section 16005, Electrical, prior to any Electrical, Instrumentation, or Control submittals being received for review. D. Facility or Service Shutdown: 1. Unless indicated otherwise herein, removal from service (RFS) of existing facilities, or services shall be coordinated with the Owner and Engineer through a written RFS plan. RFS plans shall be submitted sufficiently in advance of the RFS period and in appropriate detail to be reviewed and approved a minimum of 7 days prior to the requested RFS date, unless indicated otherwise. The RFS plan shall include the purpose, procedures and schedules for shutdown and startup of the subject process, facility, or service; and address emergency procedures and appropriate staffing levels for prevention of an extended shutdown period. 2. Contractor shall work continuously during shutdowns (1) if necessary, (2) when specified, or (3) when requested by Owner and Engineer to complete the work within the time allotted. 3. In addition to the RFS plan, the following work requires constraints regarding plant flow manipulation, duration, and time of year: a. Electrical duct banks must remain in continuous service. CVO/383498A WORK RESTRICTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01140 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 b. Control systems must remain in continuous service. c. Coordinate other piping modifications per requirements of this Section. 4. Design and provide temporary piping and support systems as required to protect and maintain existing piping in service. Coordinate temporary piping and support systems with the requirements of this Section. 5. Water from dewatering of excavations shall be disposed of in an existing catch basin located northeast of Primary Clarifier 4. 6. The Work will include connection to and working around facilities containing sewage, sludge, and hydrogen sulfide gas and other sewage gasses. The Contractor shall establish and abide by its Safety Plan at all times. The Contractor shall also review and include pertinent provisions of the Owner's treatment plant safety plan in its own Safety Plan with regard to working around chemicals and other conditions present at wastewater treatment plants. 7. The Contractor shall limit its work activities and traffic to the area of the project Work and shall not enter any other plant areas without prior written permission from the Owner. The Contractor shall strictly obey all speed limits and other traffic laws at all times. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING A. All construction activities shall be scheduled and sequenced to ensure continuous operation of and access to the Treatment Plant Services office, operations and administration offices, and existing conveyance and treatment facilities. The Contractor's scheduling shall develop all construction sequencing so that the Work will not adversely impact access to engineering, conveyance or treatment. The Contractor shall be responsible for development of the construction sequencing. B. The following general guidelines shall be used by the Contractor in planning the sequence of construction. 1. During all modification and demolition work, safe working conditions for personnel shall be maintained at all times. The foregoing includes at least proper trench excavation, the provision of temporary equipment guards, supports, warning signs, walkways, covers over openings, handrailing, lighting, and protection of electrical equipment and power supply. 2. All temporary facilities shall be constructed in accordance with applicable codes and regulations to operate safely and properly. 3. Roadway access approved by the Owner to the Treatment Plant Services Building for employees and visitors shall be provided during all normal work hours. CVO/383498A WORK RESTRICTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01140 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 4. Roadway access approved by the Owner to the Administration Building shall be maintained at all times. 5. Roadway access to the Chemical Building shall be provided to maintain normal chemical delivery schedule. 6. Roadway access to the Solids Building shall be provided to maintain normal sludge hauling operation schedule. 7. Roadway access for the Tertiary Filter Modifications and Shaffer Lane projects shall be provided during normal work hours. 8. Electrical and mechanical equipment to be temporarily shut off during the Work shall be locked out and tagged for safety in accordance with the Contractor's Safety Plan and in a manner acceptable to the Owner. C. Suggested Sequencing of Major Activities: This Section provides a suggested sequence for major construction activities that conforms to the constraints and required sequencing specified. The Contractor may utilize all or part of this suggested sequence or submit for review other sequencing that meets the required constraints and, in the opinion of the Engineer, provides an equivalent level of reliability, flexibility, and operating characteristics with respect to plant operations and meeting plant discharge permit requirements. The Contract Times, Contract Milestones, and liquidated damages are based, in part, on the suggested sequencing described herein. The Owner reserves the right to modify the Contract Times, Contract Milestones, and liquidated damages based on Contractor - initiated changes to the suggested sequencing at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. North Area Roadway Construction and Gate Installation: a. Demolish and excavate. b. Relocate utilities. c. Install storm drainage. d. Construct pavement, curb and gutters. e. Install gates, operators and controls. f. Install fencing. g. Install entrance sign. h. Install lighting. i. Site restoration. 2. South Area: a. Demolish and excavate. b. Relocate utilities. c. Install electrical. d. Construct pavement, curb and gutters. e. Relocate and install gates, operators and controls. f. Install fencing. g. Site restoration. 3. Install Jersey Barriers. CVO/383498A WORK RESTRICTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01140 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 D. The Contractor shall develop and include additional construction sequencing measures as necessary to maintain operation of and access to existing facilities and to complete the Work within the Contract time. E. Substantial Completion: Substantial Completion shall be the point in time when North Entrance and Exit gates and South Exit gate are in working condition with only minor items remaining to be completed. Working condition shall include gate control systems checked and functioning properly and, electrical, and control system checks have been completed and witnessed by District staff. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CVO/383498A WORK RESTRICTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01140 - 8 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01292 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. This Section defines the process whereby the Schedule of Values (lump sum price breakdown) shall be developed. Monthly progress payment amounts shall be determined, in part, from the monthly progress updates of the CPM Schedule activities. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. The Contractor shall submit a Schedule of Values for the major components of the Work at the Preconstruction Conference in accordance with • Section 01110, Summary of Work. The listing shall include, at a minimum, the proposed value for the following major Work components: 1. Mobilization and demobilization: Total price for mobilization shall not exceed 1 percent of the Contract Price. Total price for demobilization shall not be less than 1 percent of the Contract Price. 2. The total value of demolition Work. 3. The total value of electrical Work. 4. The total value of site piping and utility work including relocation and construction of storm sewers, irrigation piping, and other utility work. 5. The total value of site work including grading, fencing, and entrance sign. 6. The total value of roadway work including pavement, marking, signage, sidewalk, curb and gutter, barriers. 7. The total value of gate work including roadway gates and operators. 8. The total value of testing. 9. The total value of closeout Work. 10. The total value for as -built drawings, which shall not be less than 5 percent of the total contract price. 11. The total value of all other Work not specifically included in the above items. B. The Contractor and Engineer shall meet and jointly review the Schedule of Values and make any adjustments in value allocations if, in the opinion of the Engineer, these are necessary to establish fair and reasonable allocation of values for the major Work components. Front -end loading will not be permitted. The Engineer may require reallocation of major Work components from items in the above listing if in the opinion of the Engineer such CVO/383498A SCHEDULE OF VALUES MAY 1, 2009 01292 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 reallocation is necessary. This review and any necessary revisions shall be completed within 21 days from the date of Notice to Proceed. 1.03 ESTIMATED PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Within 15 days after Engineer's acceptance of the Detailed Schedule of Values and the Original CPM Construction Schedule as per Section 01324, Construction Schedule, Article CPM Schedule Submittals, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with an estimate of anticipated Progress Payments, by month, throughout the Project's construction duration. 1.04 CHANGES TO SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. In the event that the Contractor and Engineer agree to make adjustments to the original Schedule of Values because of inequities discovered in the original accepted detailed Schedule of Values, increases and equal decreases to values for activities may be made. B. Approved change orders reflected in the CPM Schedule shall be incorporated into the Schedule of Values as a single unit identified by the change order number. 1.05 COMPLETE AND TIMELY SUBMISSIONS A. The Schedule of Values information is an integral part of the progress payment information. As such, it is critical information for evaluating the Project's progress. Accordingly, if any submittal required by this Section is found to be incomplete or is submitted later than required, it may result in a deferral by Engineer to recommend all or any part of Contractor's Application for Payment, either partial or final. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CVO/383498A SCHEDULE OF VALUES MAY 1, 2009 01292 - 2 ()COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01324 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Scheduling of the Work shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this Section. B. Development of the schedule, the project status reporting requirements of the Contract shall employ computerized Critical Path Method (CPM) scheduling. The CPM schedule and all reports should be prepared with the current version of Primavera Project Planner (P3) software. Where submittals are required hereunder, the Contractor shall submit four copies of each submittal item. 1.02 INITIAL SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit two short-term schedule documents at the Preconstruction Conference which shall serve as the Contractor's Plan of Operation for the initial 30-day period of the Contract Time and to identify the manner in which the Contractor intends to complete all Work within the Contract Time. 1. 30 -Day Plan of Operation: During the initial 30 days of the Contract Time, the Contractor shall conduct operations in accordance with a 60 -day bar chart type plan of operation. The bar chart so prepared shall show the accomplishment of the Contractor's early activities (mobilization, permits, submittals necessary for early material and equipment procurement, submittals necessary for long -lead equipment procurement, CPM submittals, initial Site work and other submittals and activities required in the first 60 days). 2. Project Overview Bar Chart: The overview bar chart shall indicate the major components of the Work and the sequence relations between major components and subdivisions of major components. The overview bar chart shall indicate the relationships and time frames in which the various components of the Work will be made substantially complete and placed into service in order to meet the project milestones. Sufficient detail shall be included for the identification of subdivisions of major components into such activities as (1) site work, (2) completion of all structural concrete, (3) major mechanical work, (4) major electrical work, (5) instrumentation and control work, (6) time requirements for start -up and testing from Section 16005, Electrical, and (7) other important work within the overall project scope. Planned durations and start dates shall be indicated for each work item CVO/383498A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE MAY 1, 2009 01324 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 subdivision. Each major component and subdivision component shall be accurately plotted on time scale sheets not to exceed 36 inches by 60 inches in size. Not more than four sheets shall be employed to represent this overview information. B. The Engineer and the Contractor shall meet to review and discuss the 60 -day plan of operation and project overview bar chart within 5 days after submittal to the Engineer. The Engineer's review and comment on the schedules will be limited to conformance with the sequencing and milestone requirements in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall make corrections to the schedules necessary to comply with the requirements and shall adjust the schedules to incorporate any missing information requested by the Engineer. 1.03 CPM SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS A. Original CPM Schedule Submittal: Within 30 days after the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit for review by the Engineer a hard copy of the CPM Schedule and the Computerized Schedule Report tabulations. The Contractor shall also submit a CD that contains all of the schedule submittal information. The CD shall contain data compatible with Primavera P3 to generate network diagrams and schedule reports identical to the hard copies submitted. This submittal shall have already been reviewed and approved by the Contractor's Project Manager, Project Superintendent, and the Project Estimator prior to submission. The CPM Schedule shall be a time - scaled network diagram of the "i-j" activity-on- arrow or precedence type. The Network Diagram shall describe the activities to be accomplished and their logical relationships and show the critical path. B. The Computerized Schedule Report tabulations shall include the following: 1. Report of activities sorted by activity number. Activity numbers, where practical, shall correlate to the area numbers, if so designated in the Contract Drawings. 2. Report of activities sorted by early start date. 3. Report of activities sorted by total float. 4. Report of activities sorted by responsibility code. Responsibility codes shall be established for the Contractor, Engineer, Owner, subcontractors, suppliers, etc. These codes shall be identified in the Network Diagram. 5. A successor- predecessor report which shall identify the successor and predecessor activities for each activity and ties between schedule activities. C. Original CPM Schedule Review Meeting: The Contractor shall, within 40 days from the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed, meet CVO/383498A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE MAY 1, 2009 01324 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 with the Engineer to review the original CPM schedule submittal. The Contractor shall have the Project Manager, Project Superintendent, and the Project Scheduler in attendance. The Engineer's review will be limited to the conformance to the Contract Documents. However, the review may also include: 1. Clarifications of the design intent, process, and startup requirements. 2. Directions to include activities and information missing from the submittal. 3. Requests to the Contractor to clarify the schedule. D. Revisions to the Original CPM Schedule: Within 50 days after the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall have revised the original CPM schedule submittal to address all review comments from the original CPM schedule review meeting and resubmit the network diagrams and reports for the Engineer's review. The Engineer, within 10 days from the date that the Contractor submitted the revised schedule will either (1) accept the schedule as submitted, or (2) advise the Contractor in writing to review any part or parts of the schedule which either do not meet the Contract requirements or are unsatisfactory for the Engineer to monitor the project's progress and status. The Engineer may accept the schedule with conditions that the first monthly CPM schedule update be revised to correct deficiencies identified. When the schedule is accepted, it shall be considered as the "Original CPM Construction Schedule" until an updated schedule has been submitted. The Owner reserves the right to require that the Contractor adjust, add to, or clarify any portion of the schedule which may later be discovered to be insufficient for the monitoring of the Work. No additional compensation will be provided for such adjustments, additions, or clarifications. E. Acceptance: 1. Acceptance of the Contractor's schedule by the Engineer and Owner will be based solely upon compliance with the requirements. By way of the Contractor assigning activity durations and proposing the sequence of the Work, the Contractor agrees to utilize sufficient and necessary management and other resources to perform the work in accordance with the schedule. Upon submittal of a schedule update, the updated schedule shall be considered the "current" project schedule. 2. Submission of the Contractor's progress schedule to the Owner or Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of total responsibility for scheduling, sequencing, and pursuing the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including adverse effects such as delays resulting from ill -timed Work. CVO/383498A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE MAY 1, 2009 01324 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 F. Monthly Updates and Periodic CPM Schedule Submittals: 1. Following the acceptance of the Contractor's original CPM Schedule, the Contractor shall monitor the progress of the Work and adjust the schedule each month to reflect actual progress and any changes in planned future activities. Each schedule update submitted shall be complete including all information requested in the original schedule submittal and be in the schedule report format indicated below. Each update shall continue to show all work activities including those already completed. Completed activities shall accurately reflect "as built" information by indicating when the work was actually started and completed. 2. Neither the submission nor the updating of the Contractor's original schedule submittal nor the submission, updating, change, or revision of any other report, curve, schedule, or narrative submitted to the Engineer by the Contractor under this Contract, nor the Engineer's review or acceptance of any such report, curve, schedule, or narrative shall have the effect of amending or modifying, in any way, the Contract Times or milestone dates or of modifying or limiting, in any way, the Contractor's obligations under this Contract. Only a signed, fully executed Change Order can modify contractual obligations. 3. The monthly schedule update submittal will be reviewed monthly with the Contractor during a weekly construction progress meeting. The goal of these schedule review meetings is to enable the Contractor and the Engineer to initiate appropriate remedial action to minimize any known or foreseen delay in completion of the Work and to determine the amount of Work completed since the last month's schedule update. The status of the Work will be determined by the percent complete of each activity m the updated CPM Schedule. These meetings are considered a critical component of the overall monthly schedule update submittal, and the Contractor shall have appropriate personnel attend. As a minimum, these meetings shall be attended by the Contractor's Project Manager and Project Superintendent. Within 7 working days after the monthly schedule review meeting, the Contractor shall submit the revised CPM Schedule, the revised CPM computerized tabulations as noted in this Section, the revised successor /predecessor report, the Project Status Reports as defined below and the Contractor's Application for Payment. Within 5 working days of receipt of the revised submittals, the Engineer will either accept or reject the monthly schedule update submittal. If rejected, the update shall be corrected and resubmitted by the Contractor before the Application for Payment for the update period will be processed. G. Schedule Revisions: The Contractor shall highlight or otherwise identify all changes to the schedule logic or activity durations made from the previous CVO/383498A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE MAY 1, 2009 01324 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 schedule. The Contractor shall modify any portions of the CPM schedule which become infeasible because of activities behind schedule or for any other valid reason. 1.04 CHANGE ORDERS AND WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVES • A. Upon approval of a Change Order, or upon receipt by the Contractor of a signed Work Change Directive or other authorization to proceed with additional work, the change shall be reflected in the next submittal of the CPM Schedule. The Contractor shall utilize a sub - network in the schedule depicting the changed work and its effect on other activities. This sub - network shall be tied to the main network with appropriate logic so that a true analysis of the critical path can be made. 1.05 CPM STANDARDS A. Definitions: CPM, as required by this Section, shall be interpreted to be generally as outlined in the Association of General Contractors (AGC) publication, "The Use of CPM in. Construction." except that either "i-j" arrow diagrams or precedence diagramming format may be utilized. In the case of conflicts between this specification and the AGC document, this specification shall govern. B. Construction Schedules: Construction schedules shall include a graphic network diagram and computerized construction schedule reports as required below for status reporting. C. Networks: The CPM network shall be in a form of a time scaled "i-j" activity - on -arrow or precedence type diagram and may be divided into a number of separate sheets with suitable match lines relating the interface points among the sheets. Individual sheets shall not exceed 36 inches by 60 inches. D. Construction and procurement activities shall be presented in a time - scaled format with a calendar time line along the entire sheet length. Each activity arrow or node shall be plotted so that the beginning and completion dates of each activity are accurately represented along the calendar time line. All activities shall use symbols that clearly distinguish between critical path activities, noncritical activities, and free float for each noncritical activity. All activity items shall be identified by their respective activity number, responsibility code, and work duration. All noncritical path activities shall show total float time in scale form by utilizing a dotted line or some other graphical means. E. Duration Estimates: The duration estimate for each activity shall be computed in working days and shall represent the single best estimate considering the scope of the work and resources planned for the activity. Except for certain CVO/383498A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE MAY 1, 2009 01324 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 nonlabor activities, such as curing of concrete or delivery of materials, activity duration shall not exceed 10 working days nor be less than one working day unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer. F. Float Time: 1. Definition: Unless otherwise provided herein, float is synonymous with total float. Total float is the period of time measured by the number of working days each noncritical path activity may be delayed before it and its succeeding activities become part of the critical path. If a noncritical path activity is delayed beyond its float period, then that activity becomes part of the critical path and controls the end date of the work. Thus, delay of a noncritical path activity beyond its float period will cause delay to the project itself. 2. Float Ownership: Neither the Owner nor the Contractor owns the float time. The project owns the float time. As such, liability for delay of the project completion date rests with the party actually causing delay to the project completion date. For example, if Party A uses some, but not all of the float time and Party B later uses the remainder of the float time as well as additional time beyond the float time, Party B shall be liable for the costs associated with the time that represents a delay to the project's completion date. Party A would not be responsible for any costs since it did not consume all of the float time and additional float time remained, therefore, the project's completion date was unaffected. 1.06 SCHEDULE REPORT FORMAT A. Schedule Reports: Schedule Reports shall be prepared based on the CPM Schedule, and shall include the following minimum data for each activity: 1. Activity numbers and responsibility codes. 2. Work Order No. 3. CIP No. 4. Estimated activity duration. 5. Activity description. 6. Activity's percent completion. 7. Early start date (calendar dated). 8. Early finish date (calendar dated). 9. Late start date (calendar dated). 10. Late finish date (calendar dated). 11. Status (whether critical). 12. Total float for each activity. 13. Free float for each activity. CVO/383498A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE MAY 1, 2009 01324 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Project Information: Each Schedule Report shall be prefaced with the following summary data: 1. Project name. 2. Contractor. 3. Type of tabulation. 4. Project duration. 5. Contract Times (revised to reflect time extensions by Change Order). 6. The commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. 7. The data date and plot date of the CPM Schedule. 8. If an update, cite the new schedule completion date. 1.07 COMPLETE AND TIMELY SUBMISSIONS A. The CPM Construction Schedule information is an integral part of the Project scheduling and reporting. As such, it is critical information to evaluating the project's progress and the proper planning of the Owner's and Engineer's work effort associated with this Project. Accordingly, if any submittal required by this Section is found to be incomplete or is submitted later than required, it may result in a deferral by Engineer to recommend whole or any part of Contractor's Application for Payment, either partial or final. 1.08 REQUIRED MILESTONES A. Contractor shall identify in the CPM schedule all items identified in the potential construction sequence, found in Section 01140, Work Restrictions, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Date of pre- submittal meeting to address testing requirements. 2. Date media, underdrain, and troughs submittals submitted. 3. Date media, underdrain, and troughs submittals approved (allowing for review time). 4. Scheduled delivery date of media, underdrain, and troughs. 5. Testing and pre - startup requirements. 6. Date when filters and air scour system are operational. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CVO/383498A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE MAY1,2009 01324 -7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Wherever submittals are required in the Contract Documents, submit them to the Engineer. B. All submittals shall include both electronic copies and a minimum of two hard copies unless additional copies are specified. The Owner will provide access rights for the collaboration web site to Contractor personnel as necessary. The Contractor will be required to utilize the collaboration web -site, including providing and utilizing necessary computers, internet services, phone services, and other office, scheduling, and communication software programs. In the event of discrepancy between the electronic version and paper documents, the paper documents will govern. C. Definitions: 1. Action Submittal: Written and graphic information submitted by the Contractor that requires the Engineer's approval. (In general, all submittals are to be considered Action Submittals unless specifically indicated as informational or deferred submittals in the Contract Documents.) 2. Informational Submittals: Information submitted by the Contractor that does not require the Engineer's approval. 3. Deferred Submittal: Information required for the review of Contractor - designed systems (see the IBC). 1.02 PRECONSTRUCT1ON CONFERENCE SUBMITTALS A. Within 14 days after the date of commencement as stated in the Notice to Proceed or at the preconstruction conference of Section 01110, Summary of Work, whichever comes first, the Contractor shall submit the following items to the Engineer for review: 1. A preliminary list of Shop Drawings, Samples, and proposed Substitutes. 2. A preliminary schedule for submission of priority and major Shop Drawings (particularly for long -lead time equipment) and Samples. 3. A list of permits and licenses the Contractor shall obtain, indicating the agency required to grant the permit, the expected date of submittal for the permit, and required date for receipt of the permit. CVO/383498A SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01330 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 4. A preliminary schedule of values in accordance with Section 01292, Schedule of Values. 5. A 60 -Day Plan of Operation in accordance with Section 01324, Construction Schedule. 6. A Project Overview Bar Chart in accordance with Section 01324, Construction Schedule. 7. Not used. 8. Not used. 9. Contractor's Health and Safety Plan in accordance with SC 6.13. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Wherever called for in the Contract Documents or where required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer for review, eight copies plus one reproducible copy or electronic file, of each Shop Drawing submittal. Shop Drawings may include detail design calculations, shop - prepared drawings, fabrication and installation drawings, erection drawings, lists, graphs, catalog sheets, data sheets, and similar items. If a list, graph, catalog sheet, data sheet, etc. includes more that one item, clearly mark which item is the subject of the submittal. Shop drawings shall bear the signature and seal of an engineer registered in the appropriate engineering branch and in the state of Oregon, unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the Contractor is required to submit design calculations as part of a submittal, such calculations shall bear the signature and seal of an engineer registered in the appropriate branch and in the state of Oregon, unless otherwise indicated. B. Shop Drawing submittals shall be accompanied by the Engineer's standard submittal transmittal form, a reproducible copy of which is available from the Engineer. A submittal without the form or where applicable items on the form are not completed will be returned for resubmittal. C. Organization: 1. A single submittal transmittal form shall be used for each technical specification section or item or class of material or equipment for which a submittal is required. A single submittal covering multiple sections will not be acceptable, unless the primary specification references other sections for components. Example: if a pump section references other sections for the motor, shop - applied protective coating, anchor bolts, local control panel, and variable frequency drive, a single submittal would be acceptable. A single submittal covering vertical turbine pumps and horizontal split case pumps would not be acceptable. 2. On the transmittal form, index the components of the submittal and insert tabs in the submittal to match the components. Relate the submittal components to specification paragraph and subparagraph, CVO/383498A SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01330 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Drawing number, detail number, schedule title, room number, or building name, as applicable. 3. Unless indicated otherwise, terminology and equipment names and numbers used in submittals shall match those used in the Contract Documents. D. Format: 1. Minimum sheet size shall be 8.5 inches by 11 inches. Maximum sheet size shall be 22 inches by 34 inches. Every page in a submittal shall be numbered in sequence. Each copy of a submittal shall be collated and stapled or bound, as appropriate. The Engineer will not collate sheets or copies. 2. Where product data from a manufacturer is submitted, clearly mark which model is proposed, with complete pertinent data capacities, dimensions, clearances, diagrams, controls, connections, anchorage, and supports. Sufficient level of detail shall be presented for assessment of compliance with the Contract Documents. 3. Each submittal shall be assigned a unique number. Submittals shall be numbered sequentially, and the submittal numbers shall be clearly noted on the transmittal. Original submittals shall be assigned a numeric submittal number (e.g., 25). If submittal "25" requires a resubmittal, the first resubmittal will bear the designation "25.A" and the second resubmittal will bear the designation "25.B" and so on. 4. If there is a follow -up submittal related to a previously submitted class of material or type of equipment (e.g., follow -up submittal to submittal "25 "), it shall be assigned the number "25.1 ". If submittal "25.1" requires a resubmittal, the first resubmittal will bear the designation "25.1.A" and the second resubmittal will bear the designation "25.1.B" and so on. E. Disorganized and incomplete submittals that do not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents will be returned without review. F. Except as may otherwise be indicated, the Engineer will return prints of each submittal to the Contractor with comments noted thereon, within 21 days following receipt by the Engineer. It is considered reasonable that the Contractor will make a complete and acceptable submittal to the Engineer by the first resubmittal on an item. The Owner reserves the right to withhold monies due to the Contractor to cover additional costs of the Engineer's review beyond the first resubmittal. The Engineer's maximum review period for each submittal or resubmittal will be 21 days. G. If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN," formal revision and resubmission will not be required. CVO/383498A SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01330 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL I __ DURHAM PHASE 5A1 H. If a submittal is returned marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED," Contractor shall make the corrections on the submittal, but formal revision and resubmission will not be required, except where Section 01770, Closeout Procedures, require otherwise. I. If a submittal is returned marked "AMEND- RESUBMIT," the Contractor shall revise it and shall resubmit the required number of copies to the Engineer for review. Resubmittal of portions of multi -page or multi - drawing submittals will not be allowed. For example, if a Shop Drawing submittal consisting of 10 drawings contains one drawing noted as "AMEND RESUBMIT," the submittal as a whole is deemed "AMEND RESUBMIT," and 10 drawings are required to be resubmitted. J. If a submittal is returned marked "REJECTED- RESUBMIT," it shall mean either that the proposed material or product does not satisfy the specification, the submittal is so incomplete that it cannot be reviewed, or is a substitution request not submitted in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01600, Product Requirements. In the first two cases, the Contractor shall prepare a new submittal and shall submit the required number of copies to the .Engineer for review. In the latter case, the Contractor shall submit the substitution request according to the General Conditions and Section 01600, Product Requirements. K. Resubmittal of rejected portions of a previous submittal will not be allowed. Every change from a submittal to a resubmittal or from a resubmittal to a subsequent resubmittal shall be identified and flagged on the resubmittal. L. Fabrication of an item may commence only after the Engineer has reviewed the pertinent submittals and returned copies to the Contractor marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED ". Corrections indicated on submittals shall be considered as changes necessary to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents and shall not be taken as changes to the Contract requirements. M. Submittals shall be carefully reviewed by an authorized representative of the Contractor prior to submission to the Engineer. Each submittal shall be dated and signed by the Contractor as being correct and in strict conformance with the Contract Documents. In the case of Shop Drawings, each sheet shall be so dated and signed. Any deviations from the Contract Documents shall be noted by the Contractor on the transmittal form and such deviation shall allowed if approved in writing by the Engineer and Owner. The Engineer will only review submittals that have been so verified by the Contractor. Nonverified submittals will be returned to the Contractor without action taken by the Engineer, and any delays caused thereby shall be the total responsibility of the Contractor. CVO/383498A SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01330 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 N. Corrections or comments made on the Contractor's Shop Drawings during review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with Contract Drawings and Specifications. Review is for conformance to the design concept and general compliance with the Contract Documents only. The Contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions, fabrication processes and techniques, coordinating Work with the trades, and satisfactory and safe performance of the Work. 1.04 SAMPLES A. The Contractor shall submit the number of samples indicated by the Specifications. If the number is not indicated, submit not less than three samples. Where the amount of each sample is not indicated, submit such amount as necessary for proper examination and testing by the methods indicated. B. Samples shall be individually and indelibly labeled or tagged, indicating the salient physical characteristics and manufacturer's name. Upon acceptance by the Engineer, one set of the samples will be stamped and dated by the Engineer and returned to the Contractor, one set of samples will be retained by the Engineer, and one set shall remain at the Site in the Engineer's field office until completion of the Work. C. Unless indicated otherwise, the Engineer will select colors and textures from the manufacturer's standard colors and standard materials, products, or equipment lines. If certain samples represent nonstandard colors, materials, products, or equipment lines that will require an increase in Contract Times or Price, the Contractor shall clearly state so on the transmittal page of the submittal. D. The Contractor shall schedule sample submittals such that: 1. Sample submittals for color and texture selection are complete so the Engineer has 45 days to assemble color panels and select color and texture dependent products and materials without delay to the construction schedule, and 2. After the Engineer selects colors and textures, the Contractor has sufficient time to provide the products or materials without delay to the construction schedule. The Contract Times will not be extended for the Contractor's failure to allow enough review and approval or selection time, failure to submit complete samples requiring color or texture selection, or failure to submit complete or approvable samples. CVO/383498A SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01330 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 1.05 TECHNICAL OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION A. The Contractor shall submit technical operation and maintenance (O &M) information for each item of mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment in an organized manner as specified in Section 01782, Operation and Maintenance Data, and in the Technical Specifications of the Contract Documents. O &M information, instructions and data shall be provided for each maintainable material and piece of equipment. It shall be written so that it can be used and understood by the Owner's operation and maintenance staff. B. Schedule: Except where indicated otherwise, technical O &M information shall be submitted in initial draft form to the Engineer not later than 90 days prior to any startup, system testing or operator training. Subsequent drafts shall be provided by the Contractor within 30 days from the date of Contractor's receipt of review comments from the Engineer. The approved Operation and Maintenance Manual must be available prior to any startup, system testing, or operator training. The Contractor's attention is drawn to Section 01770, Closeout Procedures, where the submission of the Operation and Maintenance Manual is related to progress payments. 1.06 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. The Contractor shall maintain one set of Drawings at the Site for the preparation of record drawings. On these, it shall mark every project condition, location, configuration, and any other change or deviation which may differ from the Contract Drawings at the time of award, including buried or concealed construction and utility features that are revealed during the course of construction. Special attention shall be given to recording the horizontal and vertical location of buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated, or that were not indicated on the Contract Drawings. Said record drawings shall be supplemented by any detailed sketches as necessary or as Contractor is directed, to fully indicate the Work as actually constructed. These record drawings are the Contractor's representation of as -built conditions, and shall be maintained up -to -date during the progress of the Work. Using erasable colored pencils (not ink or indelible pencil), indicate in green when showing information deleted from the Drawings, red when showing information added to the Drawings, and blue and circled in blue to show notes. Notes shall identify relevant Change Orders by number and date. Preparation of record drawings shall conform to the following: 1. Date entries. 2. Call attention to entry by "cloud" drawn around area or areas affected. CVO/383498A SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01330 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. Legibly mark to record actual changes made during construction, including, but not limited to: a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finished first floor data if not shown or where depth differs from that shown. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of existing new Underground Facilities and appurtenances, and other underground structures, equipment, or Work. Reference to at least two measurements to permanent surface improvements. c. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. d. Locate existing facilities, piping, equipment, and items critical to the interface between physical conditions or construction and new construction. e. Changes made by Addenda and Field Orders, Work Change Directives, Change Orders, Written Amendments, and Engineer's written interpretations and clarifications using consistent symbols for each and showing appropriate document tracking number. 4. Dimensions of Schematic Layouts: Show record drawings, by dimension, the centerline of each run of items such as are described in previous subparagraph above. a. Clearly identify the item by accurate notation such as "cast iron drain," "galv. water," and the like. b. Show, by symbol or note, vertical location of item ( "under slab," "in ceiling plenum," "exposed," and the like. c. Make identification so descriptive that it may be related reliably to Specifications. B. The Contractor shall maintain one set of Specifications at the Site for the preparation of record specifications. On these shall be recorded every change or deviation during the course of the project resulting from Work Change Directives, Field Orders, Substitutions, Requests for Information or Clarification (RFIs) or and other reason. Record specifications shall be marked with green, red and blue pencils in the same manner as record drawings, noting the document or other reason that caused the change. C. Prior to submitting each Application for Payment, request Engineer's review and approval of current status of record documents. Failure to properly maintain, update, and submit record documents may result in a deferral by Engineer to recommend whole or any part of Contractor's Application for Payment, either partial or final. D. In the case of those drawings that depict the detail requirement for equipment to be assembled and wired in the factory, such as motor control centers and CVO/383498A SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01330 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 the like, the record drawings shall be updated by indicating those portions which are superseded by change order drawings or final Shop Drawings, and by including appropriate reference information describing the change orders by number and the Shop Drawings by manufacturer, drawing, and revision numbers. E. Disorganized or incomplete record documents will not be accepted. The Contractor shall revise them and resubmit within 10 days. F. Current as -built markups of record documents shall be accessible to the Engineer during the construction period and shall be provided to the Owner prior to requesting final payment. Current markups of electrical and instrumentation drawings shall be accessible to Owner during startup and until final record drawings are available. G. The request for final payment will not be accepted until the record documents have been completed and delivered to the Engineer. H. Information submitted by the Contractor will be assumed to be correct, and the Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of such information. 1.07 QUALITY CONTROL (QC) SUBMITTALS A. Quality control submittals are defined as those required by the Specifications to present documentary evidence to the Engineer that the Contractor has satisfied certain requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Unless otherwise indicated, QC submittals shall be submitted: 1. Before delivery and unloading, for the following types of submittals: a. Manufacturers' installation instructions. . b. Manufacturers' and Installers' experience qualifications. c. Ready mix concrete delivery tickets. d. Design calculations. e. Affidavits and manufacturers' certification of compliance with indicated product requirements. f. Laboratory analysis results. g. Factory test reports. 2. For the following types of submittals, the manufacturer's field representative shall submit a draft certification prior to leaving the Project site and a final certification within 7 days of the event documented: a. Manufacturers' field representative certification of proper installation. CVO/383498A SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES MAY1,2009 01330 -8 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. Within 30 days of the event documented for the following types of submittals: a. Field measurement. b. Field test reports. c. Receipt of permit. d. Receipt of regulatory approval. 4. Submittal and testing requirements as specified in Section 16005, Electrical. C. The Engineer will record the date that a QC submittal was received and review it for compliance with submittal requirements, but the review procedures above for Shop Drawings and samples will not apply. 1.08 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Informational submittals formalize the flow of information between the Contractor and the Owner. Forms will be employed for such purpose. Paper or electronic copies of blank forms may be obtained from the Owner. B. The following forms may be used but the list is not necessarily inclusive: 1. CM — 205, Allocation of Total Contract Price. 2. CM — 302, Request for Clarification. 3. CM — 306, Contractor's Submittal Transmittal Form. 4. CM — 307, Memorandum of Delay. 5. CM — 432, Deactivation Request. 6. CM — 427, Manufacturer's Certification of Proper Installation. 7. CM — 503, Request for Shutdown. 8. CM — 1001, Monthly Payment Estimate Summary. 9. CM — 1003, Request for Payment for Material on Hand. 10. CM — 1004, Request for Adjustment of Retainage. 11. CM — 1005, Consent of Surety for Reduction of Partial Release of Retainage. 12. CM — 1006, Consent of Surety for Final Payment. 13. CM — 1007, Affidavit of Payment. 14. CM — 1101, Field Order. 15. CM — 1102, Initiator Change Order Request. 16. CM — 1106, Deviation Request. 17. CM — 1110, Substitution Request Form. 18. CM — 1202, Contractor's Certification of Completion. 19. CM — 1301, Partial Waiver of Lien. 20. CM —1302, Final Waiver of Lien. 21. CM — 1303, Affidavit of Release of Lien. CVO/383498A SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01330 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CVO/383498A SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01330 - 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01350 SPECIAL PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY • A. Section Includes: Special procedures for locating and verifying concealed existing facilities. 1.02 CONCEALED EXISTING FACILITIES A. Verify locations of utilities and facilities which may exist by consulting with the Owner, utility companies, and Blue Stake or Underground Services Alert (USA) or other service available in area of Project. 1. Abide by easement and right -of -way restrictions. B. Notify the Owner, owners of facilities when the Work will be in progress. Make arrangements for potential emergency repairs in accordance with requirements of owners of utility facilities, including individual or residential facilities. C. Assume responsibility for repair of facilities damaged by performance of the Work. D. Expose sanitary and storm sewers, water, gas, electric, telephone utility lines, and other underground facilities indicated to permit survey location prior to commencement of Work in affected area. 1. Expose in ample time to permit relocation of interfering utilities with minimum delaying effect on contract time. E. Work required for raising, lowering, or relocating utilities not indicated will be performed by affected utility owners or as part of the Work at option of affected owners of utilities. F. When part of the Work, perform work in accordance with standards of affected utility owner, and adjustment to Contract Price and Contract Times will be made as stipulated in Conditions of Contract. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CVO/383498A SPECIAL PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01350 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01352 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements and procedures for performing alterations to existing facilities. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Alterations Schedule: Submit in accordance with requirements for Progress Schedules. 1.03 SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULES A. Perform Work in sequences and within times specified in Section 01140, Work Restrictions. B. Submit separate detailed sub - schedule for alterations, coordinated with construction schedules. Indicate: 1. Each stage of Work and dates of occupancy of areas. 2. Date of Substantial Completion for each area of alterations as appropriate. 3. Trades and Subcontractors employed in each stage. 1.04 WORK INVOLVED WITH EXISTING OPERATING FACILITIES A. Perform the Work while existing facility is in operation. B. Do not jeopardize operation or materially reduce efficiency of existing facility. C. Coordinate the Work with operation of the facility. 1. Do not begin alterations of designated portions of the Work until specific permission has been granted in writing by Owner in each case. 2. Engineer and Owner's Construction Coordinator will coordinate the planned procedure with Owner's operations and maintenance staff. 3. Complete as quickly as possible and with as little delay as possible, connections to existing equipment and utilities, and other operations that interfere with the operation of existing facility. D. Operational functions of the facility that are required to be performed to facilitate the Work will be performed by facility personnel only. CVO/383498A ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01352 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 E. District staff will cooperate in every way practicable to assist in expediting the Work. F. When necessary for the proper operation or maintenance of portions of the facility, reschedule Work operations so that the Work will not conflict with necessary operations or maintenance of the facility. 1.05 ALTERATIONS, CUTTING, AND PROTECTION A. Assign relocation, removal, cutting, and patching to trades qualified to perform in manner which causes least damage and provide means of returning surfaces to appearance of new construction. B. Provide weather protection, waterproofing, heat and humidity control as needed to prevent damage to remaining existing and new construction. C. Provide temporary enclosures as specified in Section 01500, Temporary Facilities and Controls, to separate construction areas from existing building and from areas occupied by Owner, and to provide weather protection. 1.06 SALVAGE MATERIALS A. Salvage signs and flag pole as indicated on the Drawings and to Owner. 1.07 PREPARATION A. Identify existing materials that shall be patched, extended, or matched. B. In addition to demolition specified and Construction specifically indicated on the Drawings, cut, move or remove items as necessary to provide access or to allow alteration and new construction to proceed, including: 1. Repair or removal of hazardous or unsanitary conditions. 2. Removal of abandoned items and items serving no useful purpose, such as abandoned piping, conduit and wiring. 3. Removal of unsuitable or extraneous materials not marked for salvage, such as abandoned furnishings and equipment, and debris such as rotted wood, rusted metals, and deteriorated concrete. 4. Cleaning of surfaces and removal of surface finishes needed to install new construction and finishes. 5. Disposal of items removed and not salvaged. C. Cut and remove minimum amount of existing construction in manner which avoids damage to adjacent work. CVO/383498A ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01352 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 D. Cut finish surfaces such as masonry, tile, plaster, and metals by methods which terminate surfaces in straight line at natural points of division. E. Perform cutting and patching as specified in Section 01732, Cutting and Patching. 1.08 TRANSITION FROM EXISTING TO NEW WORK A. When new construction abuts or finishes flush with existing construction, make smooth transitions and match existing construction. B. Where changes of plane exceed 2 inches, request instructions for making transition. C. Match patched construction with adjacent construction in texture and appearance so that patch or transition is invisible at 5 -foot distance. D. When finished surfaces are cut so that smooth transition is impossible, terminate existing surface in neat manner along straight line at natural line of division and provide appropriate trim. 1.09 DAMAGED SURFACES A. Patch and replace portions of existing finished surfaces which are damaged, lifted and discolored with matching material. B. Provide adequate support of substrate prior to patching finishes. C. Refinish patched portion of painted or coated surfaces in manner which produces uniform color and texture to entire surface. D. When existing surface finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest change of plane exceeding 45 degrees. 1.10 CLEANING A. Perform periodic and fmal cleaning as specified in Section 01500, Temporary Facilities and Controls, and Section 01770, Closeout Procedures. B. Clean Owner - occupied areas daily. C. Clean spillage, overspray and heavy collection of dust in Owner - occupied areas immediately. D. At completion of each portion of Work, clean area and make surfaces ready for successive portions of Work. CVO/383498A ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01352 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 E. At completion of alterations in each area, provide final cleaning and return space to condition suitable for use by .Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CVO/383498A ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01352 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01410 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Titles of Sections and Paragraphs: Titles and subtitles accompanying specification sections and paragraphs are for convenience and reference only, and do not form a part of the Specifications. B. Applicable Publications: Whenever in these Specifications references are made to published specifications, codes, standards, or other requirements, it shall be understood that wherever no date is specified, only the latest specifications, standards, or requirements of the respective issuing agencies which have been published as of the date that the Contract is advertised for bids shall apply; except to the extent that said standards or requirements may be in conflict with applicable laws, ordinances, or governing codes. No requirements set forth in the Specifications or shown on the Drawings will be waived because of any provision of, or omission from, said standards or requirements. C. Specialists, Assignments: In certain instances, specification text requires (or implies) that specific work is to be assigned to specialists or expert entities, who must be engaged for the performance of that work. Such assignments shall be recognized as special requirements over which the Contractor has no choice or option. These requirements shall not be interpreted so as to conflict with the enforcement of building codes and similar regulations governing the Work; also they are not intended to interfere with local union jurisdiction settlements and similar conventions. Such assignments are intended to establish which party or entity involved in a specific unit of work is recognized as "expert" for the indicated construction processes or operations. Nevertheless, the final responsibility for fulfillment of the entire set of contract requirements remains with the Contractor. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. The Contractor shall construct the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and the referenced portions of those referenced codes, standards, and specifications. B. References herein to "Building Code" or "Uniform Building Code" shall mean the International Building Code including State of Oregon Amendments. The latest edition of the code as adopted by the City of Tigard shall apply to the CVO /383498A REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS MAY 1, 2009 01410 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Work herein, including all addenda, modifications, amendments, or other lawful changes thereto. • C. In case of conflict between codes, reference standards, drawings, and the other Contract Documents, the most stringent requirements shall govern. All conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer for clarification and directions prior to ordering or providing any materials or furnishing labor. The Contractor shall`bid for the most stringent requirements. D. References herein to "OSHA Regulations for Construction" shall mean Title 29, Part 1926, Construction Safety. and Health Regulations, Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA), including all changes and amendments thereto. E. References herein to "OSHA Standards" shall mean Title 29, Part 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA), including all changes and amendments thereto. F. Applicable Standard Specifications: References in the Contract Documents to "Standard Specifications" or SSPWC shall mean the Standard Specifications for Publie Works Construction, 1997 Edition. • 1.03 REGULATIONS RELATED TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall be responsible that all Work included in the Contract Documents, regardless if shown or not, shall comply with all DEQ, EPA, OSHA, RCRA, NFPA, and any other Federal, State, and Local Regulations governing the storage and conveyance' of hazardous materials, including petroleum products. Also see Section 01560, Temporary Environmental Controls. • PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) • PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION • • • CVO/383498A • . REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS MAY 1, 2009 - • 01410- 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01424 ABBREVIATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Abbreviations and meanings. 1.02 INTERPRETATIONS A. Interpret abbreviations by context in which abbreviations are used. B. Wherever in these Specifications references are made to the standards, specifications, or other published data of the various international, national, regional, or local organizations, such organizations may be referred to by their acronym or abbreviation only. As a guide to the user of these Specifications, the following acronyms or abbreviations which may appear in these Specifications shall have the meanings indicated herein. 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS A. Abbreviations used to identify Reference Standards: AA Aluminum Association AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association AAN American Association of Nurserymen AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ABC Associated Air Balance Council ABPA Acoustical and Board Products Association ACI American Concrete Institute ACIL American Council of Independent Laboratories ADC Air Diffusion Council ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers' Association (formerly AFBMA Anti - Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association, Inc. AFPA American Forest Products Association AGA American Gas Association AGC Associated General Contractors AGMA American Gear Manufacturers' Association AHA American Hardboard Association AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers AI Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects AIMA Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association CVO/383498A ABBREVIATIONS MAY 1, 2009 01424 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association API American Petroleum Institute APWA American Public Works Association ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASAHC American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM ASTM International (Former name American Society for Testing and Materials. Still used in specifications.) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute AWS American Welding Society AWSC American Welding Society Code AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIA Brick Institute of America BSI Building Stone Institute CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CPSC U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission CRA California Redwood Association CRI Carpet and Rug Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards CSI Construction Specifications Institute CTI Ceramic Tile Institute DHI Door and Hardware Institute EIFS Exterior Insulation and Finish System EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association FIA Factory Insurance Association FM Factory Mutual FS Federal Specifications FTI Facing Tile Institute GA Gypsum Association IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials IBC International Building Code CVO/383498A ABBREVIATIONS MAY 1, 2009 01424 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 ICBO International Conference of Building Officials ICC International Code Council IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers MAG Maricopa Association of Governments MIA Marble Institute of America ML /SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association MS Military Specifications NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NAPA National Asphalt Pavement Association NBHA National Builders Hardware Association NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEC National Electrical Code NECA National Electrical Contractors Association NETA International Electrical Testing Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFPA National Forest Products Association NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology NMWIA National Mineral Wood Insulation Association NPCA National Paint and Coatings Association NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute PDCA Paint and Decorating Contractors of America PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute PS Product Standard RTI Resilient Tile Institute SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SCPA Structural Clay Products Association SDI Steel Door Institute SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SSPC Society for Protective Coatings -Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Tile Council of America UBC Uniform Building Code (ICBO) UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. UNS Unified Numbering System USDA United States Department of Agriculture VA Vermiculite Association CVO/383498A ABBREVIATIONS MAY 1, 2009 01424 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 WCLA West Coast Lumberman's Association WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WPA Western Pine Association WPOA Western Plumbing Officials Association WRC Welding Research Council WSCPA Western States Clay Products Association WWPA Western Wood Products Association B. Abbreviations Used in Specifications: a year or years (metric unit) A ampere or amperes am ante meridian (before noon) ac alternating current ac -ft acre -foot or acre -feet atm atmosphere AWG American Wire Gauge bbl barrel or barrels bd board bhp brake horsepower bil gal billion gallons BOD biochemical oxygen demand Btu British thermal unit or units Btuh British thermal units per hour bu bushel or bushels C degrees Celsius cal calorie or calories cap capita cd candela or candelas cfm cubic feet per minute Ci curie or curies cm centimeter or centimeters cmu concrete masonry unit CO carbon monoxide Co. Company CO2 carbon dioxide COD chemical oxygen demand Corp. Corporation counts /min counts per minute cu cubic cu cm cubic centimeter or centimeters cu ft cubic foot or feet cu ft/day cubic feet per day cu ft/hr cubic feet per hour cu ft/min cubic feet per minute CVO/383498A ABBREVIATIONS MAY 1, 2009 01424 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 cu ft/sec cubic feet per second cu in cubic inch or inches cu m cubic meter or meters cu yd cubic yard or yards d day (metric units) day day (English units) db decibels DB dry bulb (temperature) dc direct current diam diameter DO dissolved oxygen DS dissolved solids emf electromotive force fpm feet per minute F degrees Fahrenheit ft feet or foot fc foot - candle or foot candles • ft/day feet per day ft/hr feet per hour ft/min feet per minute ft/sec feet per second g gram or grams G gravitational force gal gallon or gallons gal/day gallons per day gal/min gallons per minutes gal/sec gallons per second gfd gallons per square foot per day g/L grams per liter gpd gallons per day gpd/ac gallons per day per acre gpd/cap gallons per day per capita gpd/sq ft gallons per day per square foot gph gallons per hour gpm gallons per minute gps gallons per second h hour or hours (metric units) ha hectare or hectares hp high point hp horsepower hp -hr horsepower -hour or horsepower -hours hr hour or hours (English units) Hz hertz ID inside diameter ihp indicated horsepower CVO/383498A ABBREVIATIONS MAY 1, 2009 01424 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Inc. Incorporated inch inch inches inches inches /sec inches per second J joule or joules JTU Jackson turbidity unit or units k kips K kelvin K thermal conductivity kcal kilocalorie or kilocalories kcmil thousand circular mils • kg kilogram or kilograms km kilometer or kilometers kN kilonewton or kilonewtons kPa kilopascal or kilopascals ksi kips per square inch kV kilovolt or kilovolts kVA kilovolt- ampere or kilovolt- amperes kW kilowatt or kilowatts kWh kilowatt hour L liter or liters lb /1000 cu ft pounds per thousand cubic foot lb /acre -ft pounds per acre -foot lb /ac pounds per acre lb /cu ft pounds per cubic foot lb /day /cu ft pounds per day per cubic foot lb /day /acre pounds per day per acre lb /sq ft pounds per square foot lin linear, lineal lin ft linear foot or feet lm lumen or lumens log logarithm (common) In logarithm (natural) lx lux m meter or meters M molar (concentration) mA milliampere or milliamperes max maximum mCi millicurie or millicuries meq milliequivalent microfarad or microfarads MFBM thousand feet board measure mfr manufacturer mg milligram or milligrams mgd/ac million gallons per day per acre CVO/383498A ABBREVIATIONS MAY 1, 2009 01424 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 mgd million gallons per day mg /L milligrams per liter µg /L micrograms per liter µm micrometer or micrometers mile mile mil. gal million gallons miles miles min minimum min minute or minutes MLSS mixed liquor suspended solids MLVSS mixed liquor volatile suspended solids mm millimeter or millimeters mol wt molecular weight mol mole Mpa megapascal or megapascals mph miles per hour MPN most probable number mR milliroentgen or milliroentgens Mrad megarad or megarads mV millivolt or millivolts MW megawatt or megawatts N newton or newtons N normal (concentration) No. number Nos numbers NRC noise reduction coefficient NTU or ntu nephelometric turbidity unit oc on center OD outside diameter ORP oxidation - reduction potential • OT ortho- tolidine OTA ortha- tolidine- arsenite oz ounce or ounces oz/sq ft ounces per square foot Pa pascal or pascals p1 plate or property line pm post meridiem (afternoon) ppb parts per billion ppm parts per million ppt parts per thousand pr pair psf/hr pounds per square foot per hour psf pounds per square foot psi pounds per square inch psia pounds per square inch absolute CVO/383498A ABBREVIATIONS MAY 1, 2009 01424 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 psig pounds per square inch gauge PVC polyvinyl chloride qt quart or quarts R radius R roentgen or roentgens rad radiation absorbed dose RH relative humidity rpm revolutions per minute rps revolutions per second s second (metric units) S Siemens (mho) SDI sludge density index or silt density index sec second (English units) SI International System of Units sp static pressure sp gr specific gravity sp ht specific heat sq square cm2 or sq cm square centimeter or centimeters sq ft square feet or foot sq inch square inch sq inches square inches km2 or sq km square kilometer or kilometers m2 or sq m square meter or meters mm2 or sq mm square millimeter or millimeters sq yd square yard or yards SS suspended solids STC Sound Transmission Class SVI sludge volume index TDS total dissolved solids TKN total Kjeldahl nitrogen TLM median tolerance limit TOC total organic carbon TOD total oxygen demand TOW top of weir TS total solids TSS total suspended solids TVS total volatile solids U U Factor/U Value U Coefficient of Heat Transfer U heat transfer coefficient UN Uniform Numbering System US United States ✓ volt or volts VA volt - ampere or volt - amperes CVO/383498A ABBREVIATIONS MAY 1, 2009 01424 - 8 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 W watt or watts WB wet bulb wg water gauge wk week or weeks wt weight yd . yard or yards yr year or years (English unit) C. Abbreviations Used on Drawings: As listed on Drawings or in Specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION • CVO/383498A ABBREVIATIONS MAY 1, 2009 01424 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITION A. Specific quality control requirements for the Work are indicated throughout the Contract Documents. The requirements of this Section are primarily related to performance of the Work beyond furnishing of manufactured products. The term "Quality Control" includes inspection, sampling and testing, and associated requirements. B. The requirements of this section are in addition to those included as part of the Quality Assurance Plan on the Drawings and Section 01455, Special Tests and Inspections. 1.02 INSPECTION AT PLACE OF MANUFACTURE A. The presence of the Engineer at the place of manufacturer, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing products, materials, and equipment which comply with all requirements of the Contract Documents. Compliance is a duty of the Contractor, and said duty shall not be avoided by any act or omission on the part of the Engineer. B. The Engineer and Owner, their assistants, inspectors, consultants and other employees of the Owner, shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the Work and the premises used by the Contractor, Subcontractors and Suppliers, and the Contractor, Subcontractors and Suppliers shall provide safe and proper facilities therefore. Furthermore, the Owner and the Engineer shall, at all times, have immediate access to all places of manufacture where machinery, equipment or materials are being manufactured, produced or fabricated for use under the Contract Documents, and shall have full facilities for determining that all such machinery, equipment or materials are being made strictly in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.03 SAMPLING AND TESTING A. Unless otherwise indicated, all sampling and testing will be in accordance with the methods prescribed in the current standards of the ASTM, as applicable to the class and nature of the article or materials considered; however, the Owner reserves the right to use any generally- accepted system of sampling and testing which, in the opinion of the Engineer will assure the Owner that the quality of the workmanship is in full accord with the Contract Documents. CVO/383498A QUALITY CONTROL MAY 1, 2009 01450 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Any waiver by the Owner of any specific testing or other quality assurance measures, whether or not such waiver is accompanied by a guarantee of substantial performance as a relief from the testing or other quality assurance requirements originally indicated, and whether or not such guarantee is accompanied by a performance bond to assure execution of any necessary corrective or remedial Work, shall not be construed as a waiver of any requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Notwithstanding the existence of such waiver, the Engineer reserves the right to make independent investigations and tests, and failure of any portion of the Work to meet any of the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be reasonable cause for the Engineer to require the removal or correction and reconstruction of any such Work in accordance with the General Conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Inspection: The Contractor shall inspect materials or equipment upon the arrival on the jobsite and immediately prior to installation, and reject damaged and defective items. B. Measurements: The Contractor shall verify measurements and dimensions of the Work, as an integral step of starting each installation. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Where installations include manufactured products, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable requirements indicated in Contract Documents. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A QUALITY CONTROL MAY 1, 2009 01450 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM: PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01455 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENTS A. This Specification section is intended to inform the Contractor of the Owner's quality assurance program and the extent of the Contractor's responsibilities. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF INSPECTIONS /OBSERVATIONS A. Required inspections and tests are described on the Drawings and in the individual Specification Sections for the items to be inspected or tested. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Approved Agency: An established and recognized agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or furnishing inspection services, when such agency has been approved by the Building Official. B. Approved Fabricator: An established and qualified person, firm, or corporation approved by the Building Official. Approval is based on written procedural and quality control manuals and periodic auditing of fabrication practices by an approved special inspection agency in accordance with IBC 2006 Section 1704.2.2. C. Building Official: Local department or representatives responsible for enforcing local codes and reviewing construction documents and issuing permits for the erection, alteration, demolition, and moving of buildings and structures. D. Continuous Special Inspection: The full -time observation of Work by an approved special inspector who is present in the area where the Work is being performed. E. Fabricated Item: Structural, load bearing or lateral load - resisting assemblies consisting of materials assembled prior to installation in a building or structure, or subjected to operations such as heat treatment, thermal cutting, cold working or reforming after manufacture and prior to installation in the building or structure. Materials produced in accordance with standard specifications referenced in the Contract Documents or the local governing codes, such as rolled structural steel shapes, steel reinforcing bars, masonry units and plywood sheets, shall not be considered "fabricated items ". CVO/383498A SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01455 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 F. Mechanical Component Supports: The structural members or assemblies which transmit loads and forces from mechanical equipment to the structure. G. Periodic Special Inspection: The part-time or intermittent observation of Work by an approved special inspector who is present in the area where the Work has been or is being performed and at the completion of the Work. H. Quality Assurance Plan: The detailed written procedure contained in the Contract Documents establishing the responsibilities of the Contractor, Special Inspector, and Structural Observer as they pertain to Special Inspection and Structural Observation. I. Seismic Force - Resisting System: That part of the structural system that has been considered in the design to provide the required resistance to seismic forces. J. Shear Wall: A wall designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall. K. Special Inspection: Inspection as herein required of the materials, installation, fabrication, erection or placement of components and connections requiring special expertise to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and referenced standards. L. Special Inspection, Continuous: The full -time observation of work requiring special inspection by an approved special inspector. M. Special Inspection, Periodic: The part -time or intermittent observation of work requiring inspection by an approved special inspector. N. Special Inspector: An agency regularly engaged in conducting tests and furnishing inspection services. The special inspector is an authorized representative of the Engineer who provides inspections during construction. The Special Inspector shall be approved/registered by the local Building Official. O. Structural Observer: Registered design professional and authorized representative of the Engineer, who provides structural observation services during construction. P. Structural Observation: Visual observation by a structural observer of the structural system for general conformance to the Contract Documents at significant construction stages and at completion of the structural system. Structural observation does not include or waive the responsibility for the inspections required by the Contract Documents. CVO/383498A SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01455 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor and Subcontractors, whose work will be inspected or tested, shall disclose any past or present business relationship or potential conflict of interest with the Special Inspector and Testing Laboratory. B. When fabrication of assemblies that would otherwise require special inspection is done on an approved fabricators premises, the following shall be submitted: 1. At completion of fabrication, the approved fabricator shall submit to the, Contractor, Engineer and the building official a certificate of compliance stating that the Work was performed in accordance with the approved construction documents. 1.05 PAYMENT A. The Owner shall engage and pay for the services of the Special Inspector, Agents of the Special Inspector, Testing Laboratory, and Structural Observer. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any retesting or reinspection of work that fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Prior to the commencement of the Work the Contractor will be advised of the name of the testing laboratory, and the firms to be obtained to perform the special inspections, and structural observations. B. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Special Inspector, his agents, and the Structural Observer, so that the special inspections, observation, and testing may be performed without hindrance. C. The Contractor shall review the individual specification sections and shall be responsible for coordinating and scheduling inspections, observations, and tests. The Contractor shall notify the Special Inspector, Testing Laboratory, or Structural Observer at least 48 hours in advance of a required inspection, observation, or test. D. The Contractor shall schedule inspections and observations accounting for the potential need for modifications to be made to the Work. CVO/383498A SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01455 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 E. Failure by the Contractor to meet observation, inspection, or testing schedules may require removal of any subsequent work for observation, inspection and testing. Removal and replacement of any finished work and /or framing damaged by the removal process or as required for corrective action shall be at the Contractor's expense. Uninspected Work that required inspection may be rejected solely on that basis. F. The Contractor shall provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to the Work to be inspected, observed, or tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests, observations, inspections, storage, and curing of test samples. G. The Contractor shall keep at the project site the latest set of construction drawings, field sketches, change orders, approved shop drawings, and specifications for use by the Special Inspector and Structural Observer. H. The Special Inspection and observation program shall in no way relieve the Contractor of its obligation to perform Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents or from implementing an effective Quality Control program. The Contractor's quality control personnel shall first review all work that is to be subjected to Special Inspections or Structural Observation. I. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction site safety. J. Prior to the beginning of construction, the Contractor shall have a preconstruction meeting with the Engineer, Building Official, Contractor, Owner, Special Inspector, Structural Observer, and Testing Laboratories, to review the special inspection and structural observation requirements. 3.02 INSPECTION OF FABRICATIONS A. When Work is done on the premises of an approved fabricator, special inspection is not required. All other fabrications are subject to the special inspection requirements contained in the Quality Assurance Plan. 3.03 RECORDS AND REPORTS A. The Special Inspector shall prepare detailed daily reports of each special inspection or test. B. The Structural Observer shall prepare detailed reports of each structural observation. C. Any discrepancies from the Contract Documents found during a special inspection or structural observation shall be immediately reported to the CVO/383498A SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01455 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Contractor. If the discrepancies are not corrected the Special Inspector or Observer shall notify the Engineer and Building Official. Reports shall document all discrepancies identified and the corrective action taken. D. Final Reports of Special Inspections and Structural Observations: 1. The "Final Report of Special Inspections" shall be completed by the Special Inspector and submitted to the Engineer and Building Official prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Use and Occupancy. 2. The "Final Report of Special Inspections" will certify that all required inspections have been performed and will itemize any discrepancies that were not corrected or resolved. 3. The "Final Structural Observation. Report" will certify that site visits have been made and identify any reported deficiencies, which, to the best of the Structural Observer's knowledge, have not been resolved. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS MAY 1, 2009 01455 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Furnishing, maintaining, and removing construction facilities and temporary controls, including temporary utilities, construction aids, barriers and enclosures, security, access roads, temporary controls, project sign, field offices and sheds, and removal after construction. B. Related Section: Section 01140, Work Restrictions: Utilities. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Types: The types of utility services which may be required for general temporary use at the Site include the following: 1. Water service (fire protection and potable for certain uses). 2. Storm drain. 3. Sanitary sewer. 4. Electric power and lighting service. 5. Telephone service. 6. Gas service. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Scheduled Uses: The Contractor shall, in conjunction with establishment of job progress schedule, establish a schedule for implementation and termination of service for each temporary utility at the earliest feasible time, and when acceptable to Owner and Engineer, change over from use of temporary utility service to permanent service. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall provide either new or used materials and equipment, which are in substantially undamaged condition and without significant deterioration and which are recognized in the construction industry, by compliance with appropriate standards, as being suitable for intended use in each case. Where a portion of temporary utility is provided by utility company, the Contractor shall provide the remaining portion with matching CVO/383498A TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS MAY 1, 2009 01500 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 and compatible materials and equipment and shall comply with recommendations of utility company. 2.02 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Contractor's Field Office: 1. Maintain on Project site weathertight space in which to keep copies of Contract Documents, progress schedule, shop drawings, and other relevant documents. 2. Provide field office with adequate space to examine documents, and provide lighting and telephone service in that space. B. Engineer's field office is not required. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide railings, kick plates, enclosures, safety devices, and controls required by Laws and Regulations and as required for adequate protection of life and property. B. Use construction hoists, elevators, scaffolds, stages, shoring, and similar temporary facilities of ample size and capacity to adequately support and move loads. C. Design temporary supports with adequate safety factor to assure adequate load bearing capability. 1. When requested, submit design calculations by professional registered engineer prior to application of loads. 2. Submitted design calculations are for information and record purposes only. D. Accident Prevention: 1. Exercise precautions throughout construction for protection of persons and property. 2. Observe safety provisions of applicable Laws and Regulations. 3. Guard machinery and equipment, and eliminate other hazards. 4. Make reports required by authorities having jurisdiction, and permit safety inspections of the Work. 5. Before commencing construction Work, take necessary action to comply with provisions for safety and accident prevention. CVO/383498A TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS MAY 1, 2009 01500 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 E. Barricades: 1. Place barriers at ends of excavations and along excavations to warn pedestrian and vehicular traffic of excavations. 2. Provide barriers with flashing lights after dark. 3. Keep barriers in place until excavations are entirely backfilled and compacted. 4. Barricade excavations to prevent persons from entering excavated areas in streets, roadways, parking lots, treatment plants, or other public or private areas. F. Warning Devices and Barricades: Adequately identify and guard hazardous areas and conditions by visual warning devices and, where necessary, physical barriers. 1. Devices shall conform to minimum requirements of OSHA and State agency which administers OSHA regulations where Project is located. G. Hazards in Public Right -of -Way: 1. Mark at reasonable intervals, trenches and other continuous excavations in public right -of -way, running parallel to general flow of traffic, with traffic cones, barricades, or other suitable visual markers during daylight hours. a. During hours of darkness, provide markers with torches, flashers, or other adequate lights. 2. At intersections or for pits and similar excavations, where traffic may reasonably be expected to approach head on, protect excavations by continuous barricades. a. During hours of darkness, provide warning lights at close intervals. H. Hazards in Protected Areas: Mark or guard excavations in areas from which public is excluded, in manner appropriate for hazard. I. Above Grade Protection: On multi -level structures, provide safety protection that meets requirements of OSHA and State agency which administers OSHA regulations where Project is located. J. Protect existing structures, trees, shrubs, and other items to be preserved on Project site from injury, damage or destruction by vehicles, equipment, worker or other agents with substantial barricades or other devices commensurate with hazards. CVO/383498A TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS MAY 1, 2009 01500 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 K. Fences: 1. Enclose site of the Work with fence adequate to protect the Work against acts of theft, violence and vandalism. 2. Enclose temporary offices and storage areas with fence adequate to protect temporary facilities against acts of theft, violence and vandalism. 3. When entire or part of site is to be permanently fenced, permanent fence may be built to serve for both permanent and temporary protection of the Work site, provided that damaged or defaced fencing is replaced prior to Substantial Completion. 4. Protect temporary and permanent openings and close openings in existing fences to prevent intrusion by unauthorized persons. Bear responsibility for protection of plant and material on site of the work when openings in existing fences are not closed. 5. During night hours, weekends, holidays, and other times when no work is performed at site, provide temporary closures or enlist services of security guards to protect temporary openings. 6. Fence temporary openings when openings are no longer necessary. 2.04 SECURITY A. Make adequate provision for protection of the Work area against fire, theft, and vandalism, and for protection of public against exposure to injury. B. Secure facility at the end of each work day as approved by Owner. 2.05 ACCESS ROADS A. General: 1. Contractor may use existing plant roads. All roads must be kept in service and accessible by the Owner at all times except as noted in the Construction Schedule, Section 01324, Construction Schedule. 2. Build and maintain dust free roads which are suitable for travel at 20 miles per hour. B. On -site Access Roads: 1. Protect buried vulnerable utilities under temporary roads with steel plates, wood planking, or bridges. 2. Maintain on -site access roads free of mud. Under no circumstances shall vehicles leaving the site track mud off the site onto the public right -of- way. CVO/383498A TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS MAY 1, 2009 01500 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2.06 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE SIGNS A. Provide and maintain one Construction Entrance signs consisting of painted 8 -foot wide by 4 -foot high exterior grade plywood and minimum 10 -foot long 4 by 4 lumber posts, set in ground at least 3 feet, with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter using no more than 5 sign colors. 1. Provide text as defined by the Engineer. 2. Erect sign where directed by Owner or Engineer. B. Provide minimum of one additional sign to direct delivery and forces as required. Erect Project identification sign where directed by Owner or Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES A. General: Wherever feasible, the Contractor shall engage the utility company to install temporary service to project, or as a minimum, to make connection to existing utility service; locate services where they will not interfere with total project construction Work, including installation of permanent utility services; and maintain temporary services as installed for required period of use; and relocate, modify or extend as necessary from time to time during that period as required to accommodate total project construction Work. B. Approval of Electrical Connections: Temporary connections for electricity shall be subject to approval of the Engineer and the power company representative, and shall be removed in like manner at the Contractor's expense prior to final acceptance of the Work. C. Separation of Circuits: Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, circuits used for power purposes shall be separate from lighting circuits. D. Construction Wiring: Wiring for temporary electric light and power shall be properly installed and maintained and shall be securely fastened in place. Electrical facilities shall conform to the requirements of Subpart K of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM A. Power: The Contractor shall provide power required for its operations under the Contract, and shall provide and maintain all temporary power lines required to perform the Work in a safe and satisfactory manner. The Contractor may use the Owner's 120 -volt electric power supply for construction power support subject to availability. The cost of the electric CVO/383498A TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS MAY 1, 2009 01500 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 power supplied by the Owner for the Contractor's construction power support shall be borne by the Owner. Owner's electric power shall not be used for heating nor for construction trailer field office use. B. Temporary Power Distribution: Coordinate with Owner. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING A. Construction Lighting: Work conducted at night or under conditions of deficient daylight shall be suitably lighted to ensure proper Work and to afford adequate facilities for inspection and safe working conditions. B. Temporary Lighting: The Contractor shall provide a general, weatherproof, grounded temporary lighting system in every area of construction work, to provide sufficient illumination for safe work and traffic conditions. Run circuit wiring generally overhead, and rise vertically in locations where it will be least exposed to possible damage from construction operations on grade, floors, decks, or other areas of possible damage or abuse. 3.04 WATER SUPPLY A. General: The Contractor shall provide an adequate supply of water of a quality suitable for all domestic and construction purposes. Contractor may connect to Owner's system as directed by Owner. B. The Contractor shall provide and operate all pumping facilities, pipelines, valves, hydrants, storage tanks, and all other equipment necessary for the adequate development and operation of the water supply system. Water used for domestic purposes . shall be free of contamination and shall conform to the requirements of the State and local authorities for potable water. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the adequate functioning of its water supply system and shall be solely liable for any claims arising from the use of same, including discharge or waste of water there from. C. Water Connections: The Contractor shall not make connection to or draw water from any fire hydrant or pipeline without first obtaining permission of the authority having jurisdiction over the use of said fire hydrant or pipeline and from the agency owning the affected water system. For each such connection made, the Contractor shall first attach to the fire hydrant or pipeline a valve and a meter, if required by the said authority, of a size and type acceptable to said authority and agency. The Contractor shall pay all permit and water charges. CVO/383498A TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS MAY 1, 2009 01500 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.05 INSTALLATION OF SANITARY FACILITIES A. Toilet Facilities: Fixed or portable chemical toilets shall be provided wherever needed for the use of Contractor's employees. Toilets at construction job sites shall conform to the requirements of Subpart D, Section 1926.51 of the OSHA Standards for Construction. All wastes and refuse from sanitary facilities provided by the Contractor or organic material wastes from any other source related to the Contractor's operations shall be disposed of away from the Site in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and in accordance with all laws and regulations pertaining thereto. B. The Contractor may use Owner's toilet facilities within the Chemical Building. Coordinate with Owner for access. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION A. Fire Protection: The construction plant and all other parts of the Work shall be connected with the Contractor's temporary water supply system and shall be adequately protected against damage by fire. Hose connections and hose, water casks, chemical equipment, or other sufficient means shall be provided for fighting fires in the temporary structures and other portions of the Work, and responsible persons shall be designated and instructed in the operation of such fire apparatus so as to prevent or minimize the hazard of fire. The Contractor's fire protection program shall conform to the requirements of Subpart F of the OSHA Standards for Construction. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF GAS SERVICE A. Gas Service: If desired by Contractor for heating, the Contractor shall install gas service and distribution piping of size adequate for temporary heating of enclosed construction Work, construction offices, toilets, fabrication shops and similar temporary facilities requiring heat. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF COMMUNICATIONS A. Telephone Services: The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during the progress of the Work not less than two telephones in good working order at its own field construction office at or near the Site. Each such telephone shall be connected to an established exchange for toll service and with all other telephones utilized by the Contractor. 3.09 OPERATIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Inspections: Prior to placing temporary utility services into use, the Contractor shall inspect and test each service and arrange for governing authorities' CVO/383498A TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS MAY 1, 2009 01500 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 required inspection and tests, and obtain required certifications and permits for use thereof. B. Protection: The Contractor shall maintain distinct markers for underground lines, and protect from damage during excavating operations. C. Termination and Removal: When need for a temporary utility service or a substantial portion thereof has ended, or when its service has been replaced by use of permanent services, or not later than time of substantial completion, the Contractor shall promptly remove installation unless requested by Engineer to retain it for a longer period. The Contractor shall complete and restore Work which may have been delayed or affected by installation and use of temporary utility, including repairs to construction and grades and restoration and cleaning of exposed surfaces. D. Remove temporary buildings and furnishings before inspection for Final Completion or when directed. E. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. F. Remove underground installations to minimum depth of 24 inches and grade to match surrounding conditions. G. Restore existing facilities used during construction to specified or original condition. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS MAY 1, 2009 01500 - 8 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01505 MOBILIZATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all permits; moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; furnishing and erecting plants, temporary buildings, and other construction facilities; and implementing security requirements; all as required for the proper performance and completion of the Work. Mobilization shall include the following principal items: 1. Moving on to the site of all Contractor's equipment required for first month operations. 2. Installing temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities. 3. Developing construction water supply. 4. Providing all onsite communication facilities. 5. Arranging for and erection of Contractor's work and storage yard. 6. Obtaining all required permits. 7. Having all OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs. 8. Having the Contractor's superintendent at the job site full time. 9. Submitting Preconstruction Conference Submittals in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. 1.02 PAYMENT FOR MOBILIZATION A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the condition that 1 percent of the total Contract Price will be deducted from any money due the Contractor as progress payments until all mobilization items listed above have been completed as specified. The aforementioned amount will be retained by the Owner as the agreed, estimated value of completing all of the mobilization items listed. Any such retention of money for failure to complete all such mobilization items as a lump -sum item shall be in addition to the retention of any payments due to the Contractor as specified in Article 14 of the General Conditions of the Contract. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CVO/383498A MOBILIZATION MAY 1, 2009 01505 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01530 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities and improvements not designated for removal and shall restore damaged or temporarily relocated utilities and improvements to a condition equal to or better than prior to such damage or temporary relocation, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 RESTORATION OF PAVEMENT, CURBS, SIDEWALKS, AND MOW STRIPS A. General: All paved areas including asphaltic concrete berms cut or damaged during construction shall be replaced with similar materials of equal thickness to match the existing adjacent undisturbed areas, except where specific resurfacing requirements have been called for in the Contract Documents or in the requirements of the agency issuing the permit. The pavement restoration requirement to match existing sections shall apply to all components of existing sections, including sub -base, base, and pavement. Temporary and permanent pavement shall conform to the requirements of the affected pavement owner. Pavements which are subject to partial removal shall be neatly saw cut in straight lines. B. Temporary Resurfacing: Wherever required by the public authorities having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall place temporary surfacing promptly after backfilling and shall maintain such surfacing for the period of time fixed by said authorities before proceeding with the final restoration of improvements. C. Permanent Resurfacing: In order to obtain a satisfactory junction with adjacent surfaces, the Contractor shall saw cut back and trim the edge so as to provide a clean, sound, vertical joint before permanent replacement of an excavated or damaged portion of pavement. Damaged edges of pavement along excavations and elsewhere shall be trimmed back by saw cutting in straight lines. All pavement restoration and other facilities restoration shall be constructed to finish grades compatible with adjacent undisturbed pavement. D. Restoration of Curbs, Sidewalks, Mow Strips or Private Driveways: Wherever curbs, sidewalks, mow strips or private roads have been removed for purposes of construction, the Contractor shall place suitable temporary curbs, sidewalks, mow strips or private roads promptly after backfilling and shall maintain them in satisfactory condition for the period of time fixed by the authorities having jurisdiction over the affected portions. If no such period of CVO/383498A PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES MAY 1, 2009 01530 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 time is so fixed, the Contractor shall maintain said temporary curbs, sidewalks, mow strips or private roads until the final restoration thereof has been made. 1.03 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS A. General: The Contractor shall protect underground utilities and other improvements which may be impaired during construction operations, regardless of whether or not the utilities are indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the protection of unforeseen utility lines to provide for uninterrupted service and to provide such special protection as may be necessary. B. Except where the Drawings indicate utilities have been field located during design or certain utility locations shall be exposed as part of the Work, the Contractor shall perform exploratory excavations as it deems necessary to determine the exact locations and depths of utilities which may interfere with its work. All such exploratory excavations shall be performed as soon as practicable after Notice to Proceed and, in any event, a sufficient time in advance of construction to avoid possible delays to the Contractor's progress. When such exploratory excavations show the utility location as shown on the Drawings to be in error, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer. C. The number of exploratory excavations required shall be that number which is sufficient to determine the alignment and grade of the utility. D. Utilities to be Moved: In case it shall be necessary to move the property of any public utility or franchise holder, such utility company or franchise holder will, upon request of the Contractor, be notified by the Owner to move such property within a specified reasonable time. When utility lines that are to be removed are encountered within the area of operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer a sufficient time in advance for the necessary measures to be taken to prevent interruption of service. E. Utilities to be Removed: Where the proper completion of the Work requires the temporary or permanent removal and /or relocation of an existing utility which is not indicated to be removed and /or relocated by the owner of the utility or other improvement which is indicated, the Contractor shall remove and, without unnecessary delay, temporarily replace or relocate such utility or improvement in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and the owner of the facility. In all cases of such temporary removal or relocation, restoration to the former location shall be accomplished by the Contractor in a manner that will restore or replace the utility or improvement as nearly as possible to its former locations and to as good or better condition than found prior to removal. CVO/383498A PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES MAY 1, 2009 01530 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 F. Owner's Right of Access: The right is reserved to the Owner and to the owners of public utilities and franchises to enter at any time upon any public street, alley, right -of -way, or easement for the purpose of making changes in their property made necessary by the Work of this Contract. G. Irrigation System and Underground Utilities Indicated: Existing utility and irrigation lines that are indicated or the locations of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are to be retained, and all utility and irrigation lines that are exposed or constructed during excavation operations shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling and, if damaged, shall be immediately repaired or replaced by the Contractor, unless otherwise repaired by the owner of the damaged utility. if the owner of the damaged facility performs its own repairs, the Contractor shall reimburse said owner for the costs of repair. H. Irrigation System Underground Utilities Not Indicated: In the event that the Contractor damages existing irrigation or utility lines that are not indicated or are not indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents or the locations of which are not made known to the Contractor prior to excavation, a verbal report of such damage shall be made immediately to the Owner and a written report thereof shall be made promptly thereafter. If the Owner is not immediately available, the Contractor shall notify the utility owner of the damage. If directed by the Owner, repairs shall be made by the Contractor under the provisions for changes and extra work contained in Articles 10, 11, and 12 of the General Conditions. I. Costs of locating and repairing damage not due to failure of the Contractor to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating such utilities not indicated or not indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, and for equipment on the Project which was actually working on that portion of the Work which was interrupted or idled by removal or relocation of such utilities, and which was necessarily idled during such work will be paid for as extra work in accordance with the provisions of Articles 10, 11, and 12 of the General Conditions. J. Approval of Repairs: All repairs to a damaged utility or improvement are subject to inspection and approval by an authorized representative of the utility or improvement owner before being concealed by backfill or other work. K. Maintaining in Service: Unless indicated otherwise, oil and gasoline pipelines, power, and telephone or the communication cable ducts, gas and water mains, irrigation lines, sewer lines, storm drain lines, poles, and overhead power and communication wires and cables encountered along the line of the Work shall remain continuously in service during all the operations under the Contract, CVO/383498A PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES MAY 1, 2009 01530 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 unless other arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer are made with the owner of said pipelines, duct, main, irrigation line, sewer, storm drain, pole, or wire or cable. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair all damage due to its operations, and the provisions of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling. 1.04 NOTIFICATION BY THE CONTRACTOR A. Prior to any excavation in the vicinity of any existing underground facilities, including all water, sewer, storm drain, gas, petroleum products, or other pipelines; all buried electric power, communications, or television cables; all traffic signal and street lighting facilities; and all roadway and state highway rights -of -way, the Contractor shall notify the respective authorities representing the owners or agencies responsible for such facilities not less than 2 days prior to excavation so that a representative of said owners or agencies can be present during such work if they so desire. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION • CVO/383498A PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES MAY 1, 2009 01530 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 , SECTION 01532 • SITE CONDITIONS SURVEYS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall conduct thorough preconstruction and post - construction Site conditions surveys of the entire Project in the company of the Owner and Engineer. Site conditions surveys shall consist of photographs and videotape recordings. 1.02 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Videotape surveys, photographs, and other data of the preconstruction conditions shall be submitted to the Engineer for record purposes prior to, but not more than 3 weeks before, commencement of any construction activities. B. A complete set of all photographs and survey data of the post - construction conditions shall be completed and submitted prior to final inspection by the Owner and Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEO RECORDINGS A. Contractor, as a minimum, shall document pre - and post - construction conditions by preparing videotape surveys of the following: 1. Roadways used to access the Work or haul materials and equipment around the Site. 2. Work areas, including actual work sites, materials processing and stockpiling areas, access corridors, and staging areas. 3. Any work completed by other contractors at the Site that will be connected to-or otherwise affected by the Work. 4. Roads, curbs, sidewalks, and structures which might be affected by the Work. B. Supplement videotape surveys with digital photographs as required to thoroughly document the original condition and location of existing features and facilities. CVO/383498A SITE CONDITIONS SURVEYS MAY 1, 2009 01532 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 C. Videotape records shall be digital. END OF SECTION • • CVO/383498A SITE CONDITIONS SURVEYS MAY 1, 2009 01532 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL - • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01550 SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 HIGHWAY LIMITATIONS A. The Contractor shall make its own investigation of the condition of available public and private roads and of clearances, restrictions, bridge load limits, and other limitations affecting transportation and ingress and egress to the site of the Work. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to construct and maintain any haul roads required for its construction operations. 1.02 TREATMENT PLANT A. General: Continuous, unobstructed, safe, and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided to fire hydrants, commercial and industrial establishments, churches, schools, parking lots, service stations, motels, fire and police stations, and hospitals. B. Temporary Bridges: Wherever necessary, to maintain vehicular crossings, the Contractor shall provide suitable temporary bridges or steel plates over unfilled excavations, except in such cases as the Contractor shall secure the written consent of the responsible individuals or authorities to omit such temporary bridges or steel plates, which written consent shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to excavation. All such bridges or steel plates shall be maintained in service until access is provided across the backfilled excavation. Temporary bridges or steel plates for street and highway crossing shall conform to the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction in each case, and the Contractor shall adopt designs furnished by said authority for such bridges or steel plates, or shall submit designs to said authority for approval, as may be required. C. Plant Road Use: The Contractor shall conduct its operations to not interfere unnecessarily with the authorized work of the Owner, utility companies or other agencies in roadways or parking areas. Temporary provisions shall be made by the Contractor to assure the use of sidewalks and the proper functioning of all gutters, storm drain inlets, and other drainage facilities. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S WORK AND STORAGE AREAS A. The Owner will designate for the Contractor's use, portions of the Site for its exclusive and shared use during the term of the Contract as a stockpiling, storage, staging and shop areas for its construction operations on the Work. At completion of Work, the Contractor shall clean up all construction debris and CVO/383498A SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE MAY 1, 2009 01550 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 restore these areas to their original condition, including grading, surfacing and landscaping. B. Lands to be furnished by the Owner for storage, staging, construction operation, roads and other purposes are indicated. Should the Contractor find it necessary to use any additional land for its operations or for other purposes during the construction of the Work, it shall arrange for the use of such lands at its own expense. C. The Contractor shall construct and use a separate storage area for hazardous materials used in constructing the Work. 1. For the purpose of this paragraph, hazardous materials to be stored in the separate area are all products labeled with any of the following terms: Warning, Caution, Poisonous, Toxic, Flammable, Corrosive, Reactive, or Explosive. In addition, whether or not so labeled, the following materials shall be stored in the separate area: diesel fuel, gasoline, new and used motor oil, hydraulic fluid, cement, paints and paint thinners, two -part epoxy coatings, sealants, asphaltic products, glues, solvents, wood preservatives, sand blast materials, and spill absorbent. 2. Hazardous materials shall be stored in groupings according to the Material Safety Data Sheets. 3. The Contractor shall develop and submit to the Engineer a plan for storing and disposing of the materials above. 4. The Contractor shall obtain and submit to the Engineer a single EPA number for wastes generated at the Site. Also comply with the requirements set forth under Article Hazardous Waste Disposal of Section 01560, Temporary Environmental Controls. 5. The separate storage area shall meet all the requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction over the storage of hazardous materials. 6. All hazardous materials which are delivered in containers shall be stored in the original containers until use. Hazardous materials which are delivered in bulk shall be stored in containers which meet the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. D. The Contractor shall keep and maintain its construction trailer onsite until Final Completion of the Project. 1.04 PARKING A. The Contractor shall maintain traffic and parking areas in a sound condition, free of excavated material, construction equipment, mud, and construction materials. The Contractor shall repair breaks, potholes, low areas which collect standing water, and other deficiencies. CVO/383498A SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE MAY '1, 2009 01550 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION • CVO/383498A SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE MAY 1, 2009 01550 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 EXPLOSIVES AND BLASTING A. The use of explosives on the Work will not be permitted. 1.02 DUST ABATEMENT A. The Contractor shall prevent its operation from producing dust in amounts causing a nuisance to persons living in or occupying buildings in the vicinity onsite. The Contractor shall provide its own source of water or other materials for dust abatement. The Contractor shall not use waste oil or other similar materials that may cause damage to the environment for dust abatement. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from dust originating from its operations. The dust abatement measures shall be continued until the Contractor is relieved of further responsibility by the Engineer. 1.03 RUBBISH CONTROL A. During the progress of the Work, the Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas used by it in a neat and clean condition, and free from any accumulation of rubbish. The Contractor shall dispose of all rubbish and waste materials of any nature occurring at the Site, and shall establish and maintain weekly intervals of collection and disposal of such materials and waste. The Contractor shall also keep plant roads free from dirt, rubbish, and unnecessary obstructions resulting from its operations. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials shall be off the Site in accordance with local codes and ordinances goveming locations and methods of disposal, and in conformance with all applicable safety laws, and to the particular requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. Contractor shall not use Owner's dumpsters or other rubbish containers. 1.04 CHEMICALS A. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether defoliant, soil sterilant, herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other classification, shall show approval of either the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict accordance with the printed instructions of the manufacturer. CVO/383498A TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS MAY 1, 2009 01560 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 1.05 HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL A. It is the goal of the Owner to maintain category "Conditionally Exempt, Small Quantity Generator" regarding generation of Hazardous Waste. The pounds of waste generated by Contractor during construction activities shall be charged against the Contractor's EPA ID number and not against the local site EPA ID number. This will require the Contractor to remove materials that meet Oregon's definition of Hazardous Waste from Owner's property as frequently as practical. Removal shall be done before consolidation, manifesting, or shipping of the waste, preferably by each workday's end. Recycling or proper disposal of such waste shall be the responsibility of the Contractor or its agent. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CVO/383498A TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS . MAY 1, 2009 01560 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01570 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The purpose of erosion and sediment control is to improve water quality by reducing pollutants in stormwater discharges and soil erosion from the construction site. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) has been prepared to meet requirements of the Department of Environmental Quality 1200 -C Permit and is detailed in the Contract Drawings. B. The Contractor shall provide erosion control barriers, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents, the 1200 -C permit requirements, and Chapter 6 of Clean Water Services' Design and Construction Standards (June 2007). C. The Contractor shall provide erosion protection including fertilizing, seeding, and mulching for all disturbed areas, including stockpiled berms in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. At the Preconstruction Conference, the Contractor shall submit a completed 1200 -C Name Change and Permit Transfer Application to DEQ Northwest Region, 2020 S.W. 4th Avenue, Suite 400, Portland, Oregon 97201 -4987. B. Upon completion of all excavation, backfill, structural fill, site improvements, drainage, and landscaping work, the Contractor shall submit Notice of Termination Application for NPDES General Permit to Discharge Storm Water Associated with Construction Activity to DEQ Northwest Region, 2020 S.W. 4th Avenue, Suite 400, Portland, Oregon 97201 -4987. C. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FERTILIZER A. Fertilizer shall be 39 — 0 — 0 (with 5 to 8 percent sulfur). CVO/383498A EROSION AND SEDIMENT MAY 1, 2009 CONTROL ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01570 - 1 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2.02 SEED A. Provide the following seed mixture for all disturbed areas except in areas designated Agricultural Lands on the Drawings, or areas otherwise noted on the Drawings or in the Specifications for restoration. Kind of Seed Weight Percentage Elka Dwarf Perennial Rye Grass 70% Creeping Red Fescue 20% Kentucky Blue Grass 10% B. General: 1. Seeds shall be labeled in accordance with USDA Rules and Regulations under the Federal Seed Act. 2. Seed that is wet or moldy or has been damaged in transit will not be accepted. 2.03 MULCH A. Straw Mulch: Provide air -dry, clean, mildew- and seed -free, clean "fieldstraw" from Deschampsia caespitosa. B. Fiber Mulch: Biodegradable, dyed -wood, cellulose -fiber mulch; nontoxic; free of plant - growth or germination inhibitors; with maximum moisture content of 15 percent and a pH range of 4.5 to 6.5. C. Special Seeding and Mulching Equipment: Hydraulic equipment used for the application of fertilizer, seed and slurry of prepared wood - cellulose fiber shall have a built -in agitation system with an operating capacity sufficient to agitate, suspend and homogeneously mix the slurry specified. The slurry distribution lines shall be large enough to prevent stoppage. The discharge line shall be equipped with a set of spray nozzles that will provide even distribution of the slurry on the various slopes. 2.04 EROSION CONTROL MATTING A. Excelsior mat or straw blanket; staples as recommended by matting manufacturer. B. Manufacturer and Product: North American Green, Evansville, IN; SC150BN blanket. CVO/383498A EROSION AND SEDIMENT MAY 1, 2009 CONTROL ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01570 - 2 • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2.05 REINFORCED PLASTIC COVERING A. Physical Requirement (Minimum Average Roll Values): 1. Tear Strength: 130 pounds. 2. Elongation: 620 percent. 3. Minimum Thickness: 6 -mil. B. Manufacturers: 1. Reed Industries, Inc., Houston, TX. . 2. Griffolyn Co., Houston, TX. 2.06 SOIL TACKIFIER A. Soil tackifier shall be Cliffhanger Tack (Quattro Environmental, Inc.), EcoFibre & Tac (Canfor), or approved equal. 2.07 SEDIMENT FENCE A. Support Posts: As recommended by manufacturer of geotextile. B. Fasteners: Heavy -duty wire staples at least 1 -inch long, tie wires, or hog rings, as recommended by manufacturer of geotextile. C. Filter Fabric: Polyester, polypropylene, or nylon filaments, woven into a uniform pattern, distinct and measurable openings. 1. Filaments: Resistant to damage from exposure to ultraviolet rays and heat. 2. Material Edges: Finish so that filaments retain their relative positions under stress. D. In accordance with requirement of Table No. 1: Table No. 1 Filter Fabric Physical Property Required Value Test Method Weight, lbs /sq yd, min. 4 . ASTM D3776 Equivalent Opening Size, 50 -70 U.S. Standard Sieve max. Grab Tensile Strength, lb, 160 ASTM D4632 min. ARV . CVO/383498A EROSION AND SEDIMENT MAY 1, 2009 CONTROL ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01570 - 3 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Table No. 1 Filter Fabric Physical Property Required Value Test Method Elongation, % max. 25 ASTM D1682 Mullen Burst Strength, psi, 200 ASTM D3786 min. ARV Ultraviolet Radiation 70 ASTM D4355 Resistance, % Strength Retention Flow Rate, gpm/sf, min, 30 to 50 ASTM D4491 ARV • E. Manufacturers: 1. Polyfelt, Evergreen, AL. 2. Dupont Co., Wilmington, DE. 3. Mirafi, Inc., Charlotte, NC. 2.08 DUST CONTROLLER A. Nontoxic materials that do not have an adverse effect on soil structure or establishment and growth of vegetation. 2.09 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Ultraviolet stabilized polyethylene or polypropylene safety fence, 3 feet in height, and yellow or orange in color. 2.10 BIOFILTER BAGS A. Bags: Made of burlap, jute, geotextile or other pervious material capable of holding contents while allowing water to pass through bag. Bags shall have minimum dimensions of 2 feet long by 1 foot high by 1 foot wide. B. Contents: Wood chips, bark, straw or other approved material. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Erosion control measures are required during all construction and site disturbance activity and shall remain and be maintained until permanent site ground covers are in place. CVO/383498A EROSION AND SEDIMENT MAY 1, 2009 CONTROL ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01570 - 4 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. The implementation of the erosion control plan and the construction maintenance, replacement, and upgrading the erosion control devices are the responsibility of the Contractor until all construction is completed. During the construction period, the erosion control devices shall be upgraded for unexpected storm events and to ensure that sediment and sediment -laden water do not leave the site. C. Maintain existing buffer zones adjacent to project limits. Keep all construction equipment, debris, and soils out of the natural buffer zone. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE A. Provide graveled construction accesses at locations shown on the Drawings. B. Construction entrance shall comply with CWS Standard Drawing No. 855. C. Contractor shall maintain construction entrance to ensure proper function. 3.03 SOIL PREPARATION A. Areas to be seeded shall be graded and prepared for placement of topsoil. Native topsoil shall be salvaged and stockpiled, and shall be placed on areas to be restored. Prior to placement of topsoil all debris and trash shall be removed from areas to be seeded. 3.04 SEEDING A. Verify that grading and soil preparation has been completely corrected. B. Apply by hydroseeding method with approved hydraulic seeding equipment on moist soil, but only after free surface water has drained away. Seed shall be distributed uniformly over designated areas. Half of seed shall be sown in one direction, and the remainder with sower moving at right angles to first sowing. Prevent drift and displacement of mixture into other areas. On slopes steeper than 10 percent, hydroseed and mulch shall be applied with a bonding agent (tacktifier). C. Application: Prepare and apply slurry as follows: 1. Seed Mix: 90 pounds per acre. 2. Fertilizer: 100 pounds per acre. 3. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch: 2,000 pounds per acre. 4. Water: As necessary. D. Satisfactory Seeded Areas: Unless otherwise specified all seeded areas shall at end of maintenance period, exhibit a healthy, uniform, close stand of the CVO/383498A EROSION AND SEDIMENT MAY 1, 2009 CONTROL ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01570 - 5 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 specified seed mix, free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage of mix in specified proportions. E. Reestablish seeded areas that do not comply with requirements and continue maintenance until seeded areas are satisfactory. 3.05 MULCHING A. Apply uniformly on disturbed areas that will remain undisturbed for 7 days or more, as requested by Engineer, and on all seeded areas with a slope steeper than 5 percent. Do not apply mulch on seeded areas that will be immediately covered with erosion control matting. B. Application: Sufficiently loose to permit penetration of sunlight and air circulation, and sufficiently dense to shade ground, reduce evaporation rate, and prevent or materially reduce erosion or underlying soil. 1. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch: 2,000 pounds per acre. 3.06 EROSION CONTROL MATTING A. Place on Seeded Slopes: 4H:IV and steeper; on ground surfaces and stock piles exposed during wet weather season (October 15 though April 30); and as a temporary measure to provide erosion protection and assist in germination on areas seeded between October 15 through April 30. B. Apply seed and fertilizer prior to matting. 3.07 SOIL TACKIFIER A. Apply on areas mulched. B. Spray on after mulch is in place. C. The soil tackifier shall be applied at the rate per acre specified by manufacturer for applicable grades. 3.08 REINFORCED PLASTIC COVERING A. Place on areas where hydroseeding and erosion control matting have not controlled erosion, and over all temporary stockpiles. B. Install per CWS Standard Drawing No. 810. 3.09 SEDIMENT FENCE A. Install prior to starting earth disturbing activities. CVO/383498A EROSION AND SEDIMENT MAY 1, 2009 CONTROL ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01570 - 6 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. One -piece filter fabric or continuously sewn to make one -piece filter fabric for full height of fence, including portion buried in the toe trench. C. Remove silt fence after area has been permanently stabilized. D. Sediment fence shall comply with CWS Standard Drawing No. 875. 3.10 TEMPORARY SOIL STOCKPILES A. Cover temporary soil stock pile as required to prevent erosion per CWS Standard Drawing No. 810. 3.11 DUST CONTROL A. Apply appropriate dust control measures on a continuous basis until permanent stabilization measures are in place. B. Apply on construction routes and other disturbed areas subject to surface dust movement and where offsite damage may occur if dust is not controlled. C. Avoid creating erosion when using water as a dust controller. 3.12 TEMPORARY CATCH BASIN PROTECTION A. Install biofilter bags at all catch basins shown on the Drawings. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A EROSION AND SEDIMENT MAY 1, 2009 CONTROL ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01570 - 7 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. The word "Products," as used in the Contract Documents, is defined to include purchased items for incorporation into the Work, regardless of whether specifically purchased for the project or taken from Contractor's stock of previously purchased products. The word "Materials," is defined as products which must be substantially cut, shaped, worked, mixed, finished, refined, or otherwise fabricated, processed, installed, or applied to form Work. The word "Equipment" is defined as products with operational parts, regardless of whether motorized or manually operated, and particularly including products with service connections (wiring, piping, and other like items). Definitions in this paragraph are not intended to negate the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, including "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," "furnishings," special construction," and similar terms, which are self - explanatory and have recognized meanings in the construction industry. B. Neither "Products" nor "Materials" nor "Equipment" includes machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: To the greatest extent possible for each unit of Work, the Contractor shall provide products, materials, and equipment of a singular generic kind from a single source. B. Compatibility of Options: Where more than one choice is available as options for Contractor's selection of a product, material, or equipment, the Contractor shall select an option which is compatible with other products, materials, or equipment. Compatibility is a basic general requirement of product, material and equipment selections. 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. The Contractor shall deliver and store the Work in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations and by methods and means which will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss including theft. Delivery schedules shall be controlled to minimize long -term storage of products at the Site and overcrowding of construction spaces. In particular, the Contractor CVO/383498A PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS MAY 1, 2009 01600 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 shall ensure coordination to ensure minimum holding or storage times for flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive materials to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Products shall be transported by methods to avoid damage and shall be delivered in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers and packaging. B. The Contractor shall provide equipment and personnel to handle products, materials, and equipment by methods to prevent soiling and damage. C. The Contractor shall provide additional protection during handling to prevent marring and otherwise damaging products, packaging, and surrounding surfaces. 1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Products shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with seals and labels intact and legible. Sensitive products shall be stored in weather -tight climate controlled enclosures and temperature and humidity ranges shall be maintained within tolerances required by manufacturer's recommendations. B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, products shall be placed on sloped supports above ground. Products subject to deterioration shall be covered with impervious sheet covering and ventilation shall be provided to avoid condensation. C. Loose granular materials shall be stored on solid flat surfaces in a well- drained area and shall be prevented from mixing with foreign matter. D. Storage shall be arranged to provide access for inspection. The Contractor shall periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are continuously maintained under required conditions. E. Storage shall be arranged in a manner to provide access for maintenance of stored items and for inspection. 1.06 MAINTENANCE OF PRODUCTS IN STORAGE A. Stored products shall be periodically inspected on a scheduled basis. The Contractor shall maintain a log of inspections and shall make the log available on request. CVO/383498A PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS MAY 1, 2009 01600 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. The Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's product storage requirements and recommendations. C. The Contractor shall maintain manufacturer- required environmental conditions continuously. D. The Contractor shall ensure that surfaces of products exposed to the elements are not adversely affected and that weathering of finishes does not occur. E. For mechanical and electrical equipment, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer's service instructions with each item and the exterior of the package shall contain notice that instructions are included. F. Products shall be serviced on a regularly scheduled basis, and a log of services shall be maintained and submitted as a record document prior to final acceptance by the Owner in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.07 PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS A. The procedure for review by the Engineer will be as set forth in the General Conditions and will include the following: 1. If the Contractor wishes to provide a substitution item, the Contractor shall make written application to the Engineer on the "Substitution Request Form." 2. Unless otherwise provided by law or authorized in writing by the Engineer, the "Substitution Request Form(s)" shall be submitted within a 35 -day period after Notice to Proceed. 3. Wherever a proposed substitution item has not been submitted within said 35 -day period, or wherever the submission of a proposed substitution material or equipment has been judged to be unacceptable by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide the material or equipment indicated in the Contract Documents. 4. The Contractor shall certify by signing the form that the list of paragraphs on the form are correct for the proposed substitution. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CVO/383498A PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS MAY 1, 2009 01600 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01614 WIND DESIGN CRITERIA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Wind design criteria. B. Related Section: Section 01410, Regulatory Requirements. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Building Code Criteria: Design for wind in accordance with Building Code as specified in Section 01410, Regulatory Requirements. a. Basic Wind Speed: 85 miles per hour. b. Wind Exposure: B c. Wind Importance Factor, I 1.00 2. Use anchor bolts, bolts, or welded studs for anchors for resisting wind forces. Anchor bolts used to resist wind forces shall have a standard hex bolt head. Do not use anchor bolts fabricated from rod stock with an L or J shape. a. Do not use concrete anchors, sleeve anchors, flush shells, chemical anchors, powder actuated fasteners, or other types of anchor unless indicated on the Drawings or accepted in writing by the Engineer. b. Wind forces must be resisted by direct bearing on the anchors used to resist wind forces. Do not use connections which use friction to resist wind forces. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Calculations: Complete shop drawings and wind design calculations. B. Calculations shall be signed and stamped by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the state where the Project is located. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CVO/383498A WIND DESIGN CRITERIA MAY 1, 2009 01614 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01640 MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Person -Day: One person for 4 hours within regular Contractor working hours. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Training Schedule: Submit with Schedule of Value. 2. Lesson Plan: Submit with Equipment Submittals. 3. Trainer's Qualifications: Submit, with lesson plan, the resume of manufacturers training representative demonstrating compliance with the experience requirements of these Specifications. 1.03 QUALIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. Authorized representative of the manufacturer, factory trained, and experienced in the technical applications, installation, operation, and maintenance of respective equipment, subsystem, or system, with full authority by the equipment manufacturer to issue the certifications required of the .manufacturer. Additional qualifications may be specified elsewhere. B. Representative subject to acceptance by Owner and Engineer. No substitute representatives will be allowed unless prior written approval by such has been given. 1.04 EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. The following equipment requires manufacturer's services. This list may not be all- inclusive, and in no way relieves the Contractor or manufacturers of their duties required elsewhere in these Contract Documents. Days may be separated by multiple trips as required by Owner. 1. Gate Operators (minimum 2 days). CVO/383498A MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES MAY 1, 2009 01640 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A 1 1.05 EQUIPMENT REQUIRING TRAINING A. The following equipment requires manufacturer's training. This list may not be all- inclusive, and in no way relieves the Contractor or manufacturers of their duties required elsewhere in these Contract Documents. 1. Gate Operators, 8 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FULFILLMENT OF SPECIFIED MINIMUM SERVICES A. Furnish manufacturers' services when required by an individual specification section, to meet the requirements of this Section and Section 01756, Testing, Training, and Facility Start-Up. B. Where time is necessary in excess of that stated in the Specifications for manufacturers' services, or when a minimum time is not specified, the time required to perform the specified services shall be considered incidental. C. Schedule manufacturer' services to avoid conflict with other onsite testing or other manufacturers' onsite services. D. Determine, before scheduling services, that all conditions necessary to allow successful testing have been met. E. Only those days of service approved by Engineer will be credited to fulfill the specified minimum services. F. When specified in individual specification sections, manufacturer's onsite services shall. include: 1. Assistance during product (system, subsystem, or component) installation to include observation, guidance, instruction of Contractor's assembly, erection, installation or application procedures. 2. Inspection, checking, and adjustment as required for product (system, subsystem, or component) to function as warranted by manufacturer and necessary to furnish Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. 3. Providing, on a daily basis, copies of all manufacturers' representatives field notes and data to Engineer. 4. Revisiting the site as required to correct problems and until installation and operation are acceptable to Engineer. 5. Resolution of assembly or installation problems attributable to, or associated with, respective manufacturer's products and systems. CVO/383498A MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES MAY 1, 2009 01640 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 6. Assistance during functional and performance testing, and facility startup and evaluation. 7. Training of Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of respective product as required. 8. Additional requirements may be specified elsewhere. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE A. When specified in individual Specification section, submit prior to shipment of product or material. B. Engineer may permit use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by accepted certification of compliance. C. Signed by product manufacturer certifying that product or material specified conforms to or exceeds specified. Attach supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D. May reflect recent or previous test results on material or product, if acceptable to Engineer. 3.03 EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION A. When so specified, an Equipment Supplier's Certificate of Installation form, a copy of which is included in Section 01756, Testing, Training, and Facility Start-Up, shall be completed and signed by the equipment manufacturer's representative: B. Such form shall certify that the signing party is a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer, is empowered by the manufacturer to inspect, approve, and operate their equipment and is authorized to make recommendations required to - assure that the equipment is complete and operational. 3.04 TRAINING A. General: 1. Furnish manufacturers' representatives for detailed classroom and hands -on training to Owner's personnel on operation and maintenance of specified product (system, subsystem, component) and as may be required in applicable Specifications. 2. Furnish trained, articulate personnel to coordinate and expedite training, to be present during training coordination meetings with Owner, and familiar with operation and maintenance manual information specified in Section 01782, Operation and Maintenance Data. CVO/383498A MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES MAY 1, 2009 01640 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. Manufacturer's representative shall be familiar with facility operation and maintenance requirements as well as with specified equipment. 4. Furnish complete training materials, to include operation and maintenance data, to be retained by each trainee. 5. Owner may elect to video tape training sessions at Owner's cost. Contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers shall not object. B. Training Schedule: 1. List specified equipment and systems that require training services and show: a. Respective manufacturer. b. Estimated dates for installation completion. c. Estimated training dates. 2. Allow for multiple sessions when several shifts are involved. 3. Adjust schedule to ensure training of appropriate personnel as deemed necessary by Owner, and to allow full participation by manufacturers' representatives. Adjust schedule for interruptions in operability of equipment. 4. Coordinate with Section 01324, Construction Schedule, and Section 01756, Testing, Training and Facility Start-Up. C. Lesson Plan: When manufacturer or vendor training of OWNER personnel is specified, prepare for each required course, containing the following minimum information: 1. Title and objectives. 2. Recommended types of attendees (e.g., managers, engineers, operators, maintenance). 3. Course description and outline of course content in accordance with Supplement Outline of Training Session. 4. Format (e.g., lecture, self - study, demonstration, hands -on). 5. Instruction materials and equipment requirements. 6. Resumes of instructors providing the training. D. Pre - Startup Training: 1. Coordinate training sessions with Owner's operating personnel and manufacturers' representatives, and with submission of operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01782, Operation and Maintenance Data. 2. Complete at least 14 days prior to beginning of facility startup but after system is fully functional. CVO/383498A MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES MAY 1, 2009 01640 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL u� r, DURHAM PHASE 5A1 ; 0 , E. Post-startup Training: If required in Specifications, furnish ,and coordinate • training of Owner's operating personnel by respective manufacturer's _ representatives :, : - . . 3:05 SUPPLEMENT A. The 'supplement listed below, following ' "End of Section, " :is part of this Specification::` - 1. - Outline of- Training, Session. END OF, SECTION `- :_ • • • ' CVO/383498A - - MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES _ MAY 1, 2009 01640 - 5 . ©COPYRIGHT. 2009 CH2M HILL , . - DURHAM PHASE 5A1 OUTLINE OF TRAINING SESSION 1.01 OUTLINE OF TRAINING SESSION: A. Definition of Training Session Objectives: 1. Describe the goal of training session in detail. 2. State estimated time required for each major section. B. Equipment Operation: 1. Describe equipment's operating (process) function, including startup, shutdown, and normal operation. 2. Describe equipment's fundamental operating principals and dynamics. 3. Identify equipment's mechanical, electrical, and electronic components and features. 4. Identify all support equipment associated with the operation of subject equipment (i.e., instrumentation). C. Safety Considerations: Identify and describe all safety considerations and procedures pertinent to the equipment or system provided. (i.e. lockout/tag out procedures, protection from moving parts, etc.). D. Detailed Component Description: 1. Identify and describe in detail each component's function. 2. Where applicable, group related components into subsystems. Describe subsystem functions and their interaction with other subsystems. 3. Identify and describe in detail equipment safeties and control interlocks. 0 E. Equipment Preventive Maintenance (PM): O 1. Describe PM inspection procedures required to: a. Perform an inspection of the equipment in operation. 0 b. Spot potential trouble symptoms (anticipate breakdowns). c. Forecast maintenance requirements (predictive maintenance). O 2. Define the recommended PM intervals for each component. 3. Provide lubricant and replacement part recommendations and O limitations. 4. Describe appropriate cleaning practices and recommended intervals. O F. Equipment Troubleshooting: O 1. Define recommended systematic troubleshooting procedures. 2. Provide component - specific troubleshooting checklists. CVO/383498A MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES MAY 1, 2009 01640 SUPPLEMENT - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. Describe applicable equipment testing and diagnostic procedures to facilitate troubleshooting. 4. Provide clear and organized troubleshooting matrix for each item or system. 1.02 EQUIPMENT CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE: A. Describe recommended equipment preparation requirements. B. Identify and describe the use of any special tools required for maintenance of the equipment. C. Describe component removal/installation and disassembly /assembly procedures. D. Perform at least two "Hands On" demonstrations of common corrective maintenance repairs. E. Describe recommended measuring instruments and procedures and provide instruction on interpreting alignment measurements, as appropriate. F. Define recommended torquing, mounting, calibration, and/or alignment procedures and settings, as appropriate. G. Describe recommended procedures to check/test equipment following a corrective repair. END OF SUPPLEMENT CVO/383498A MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES MAY 1, 2009 01640 SUPPLEMENT - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 • SECTION 01732 CUTTING AND PATCHING • PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Cutting and patching existing and new construction. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. 2. Section 01600, Product Requirements. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. B. Cutting and Patching Plan: 1. Submit details of proposed construction before cutting and patching construction commences affecting: a. Work of Owner or of others. b. Structural integrity of element of Project. 2. Cutting and Patching Plan shall include the following: a. Identification of Work. b. Description of affected construction. c. Necessity for cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. d. Description of proposed construction. e. Scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS • A. Comply with specifications and standards for products involved. � PART 3 EXECUTION ® 3.01 PREPARATION ® A. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to ensure structural in tegrity ® of affected portion of Work. it B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage and persons from injury. O CVO/383498A CUTTING AND PATCHING ® MAY 1, 2009 01732 - 1 ® ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 1 i DURHAM PHASE 5A1 C. Provide protection from elements for that portion of Project, which may be exposed by cutting and patching, and maintain excavations free from water. 3.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, Fit, and Patch when required to: 1. Make several parts fit together properly. 2. Remove and replace construction not conforming to Contract Documents. 3. Remove samples of installed construction as specified for testing. 4. Provide routine penetrations of structural surfaces for installation of piping and electrical conduit. B. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs. C. Openings in Existing Concrete and Masonry: 1. Create openings by: a. Saw cutting completely through concrete or masonry, or b. Scoring edges of opening with saw to at least 1 -inch depth on both surfaces (when accessible) and removing concrete or masonry by chipping. 2. Do not allow saw cuts to extend beyond limits of opening. 3. Make corners square and true by combination of core drilling and grinding or chipping. 4. Prevent debris from falling into adjacent tanks or channels in service or from damaging existing equipment and other facilities. D. Sizing of Openings in Existing Concrete or Masonry: 1. Make openings sufficiently large to permit final alignment of pipe and fittings without deflections. 2. Allow adequate space for packing around pipes and conduit to ensure watertightness. E. Grouting Pipes in Place: 1. Sandblast concrete surfaces and thoroughly clean sand and other foreign material from surfaces prior to placing grout. 2. Grout pipes, sleeves, castings, and conduits in place by pouring grout under a head of at least 4 inches. Vibrate grout into place. Completely fill the spaces occupied by pipes, sleeves, castings, and conduits. 3. Water cure the grout. CVO/383498A CUTTING AND PATCHING MAY 1, 2009 01732 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 F. Connections to Existing Pipes: 1. Cut existing pipe square. 2. Properly prepare the ends for the connection indicated on the Drawings. 3. Repair any damage to existing lining and coating. G. Rehabilitate all areas affected by removal of existing equipment, equipment pads and bases, piping, supports, electrical panels, electric devices, and conduits such that little or no evidence of the previous installation remains. 1. Fill areas in existing floors, walls, and ceilings from removed piping, conduit and fasteners with non -shrink grout and finish smooth. 2. Remove concrete bases for equipment and supports by: a. Saw cutting clean, straight lines with a depth equal to the concrete cover over reinforcement minus 1/2 inch below finished surface. Do not cut existing reinforcement on floors. b. Chip concrete within scored lines and cut exposed reinforcing steel and anchor bolts. c. Patch with non - shrink grout to match adjacent grade and finish. 3. Terminate abandoned piping and conduits with blind flanges, caps, or plugs. H. Treat Existing Concrete Reinforcement as follows: 1. Where existing reinforcement is to remain, protect, clean, and extend into new concrete. 2. Where existing reinforcement is not to be retained, cut off as follows: a. Where new concrete joins existing concrete at the removal line, cut reinforcement flush with concrete surface at the removal line. b. Where concrete surface at the removal line is the finished surface, cut reinforcement 2 inches below the surface, paint ends with epoxy, and patch holes with dry pack mortar. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A CUTTING AND PATCHING MAY 1, 2009 01732 -3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01738 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Demolition of portions of structures. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Include: 1. Demolition methods of load bearing structures not indicated on the Drawings, signed and sealed by structural Professional Engineer registered in state where Project is located. 2. Method of removing embedded relics and antiques. B. Submittals for Information Only: 1. Permits and notices authorizing demolition. 2. Certificates of severance of utility services. 3. Permit for transport and disposal of debris. 4. Demolition procedures and operational sequence. C. Project Record Documents: Include locations of service lines and capped utilities. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Dispose of debris in accordance with governing regulatory agencies. B. Comply with applicable air pollution control regulations. C. Obtain permits for building demolition, transportation of debris to disposal . site and dust control. D. Refer to Section 01410, Regulatory Requirements, for Environmental Survey information. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not interfere with use of adjacent buildings. Maintain free and safe passage to and from adjacent buildings. CVO/383498A SELECTIVE DEMOLITION MAY 1, 2009 01738 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures [adjacent services, sidewalks, driveways and trees]. Provide and place bracing or shoring. Assume liability for movement, settlement or collapse. Promptly repair damage. C. Cease operations and notify Engineer immediately when safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to properly support structure. Do not resume operations until safety is restored. D. Provide, erect and maintain barricades, lighting, guard rails, and protective devices as required to protect building occupants, general public, workers, and adjoining property. 1.05 EXISTING SERVICES A. Arrange and pay for capping and plugging utility services. Disconnect and g P Y PP g P gg g Y stub off. Notify affected utility company in advance and obtain approval before starting demolition. B. Place markers to indicate location of disconnected services. 1.06 MAINTAINING TRAFFIC A. Do not close or obstruct roadways without permits. B. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private roadways. 1.07 MATERIALS A. Materials and equipment to be retained by Owner: 1. Embedded relics and antiques such as cornerstones, cornerstone contents, commemorative plaques and tablets. B. Materials and equipment to be re- installed: 1. Where indicated on the Drawings. C. Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools. equipment, devices, appurtenances, facilities and services required for performing selective demolition work. D. Erect weatherproof closures for exterior openings. Maintain exit requirements. E. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions as required to prevent spread of dust, fumes and smoke to other parts of building, including but not limited to all CVO/383498A SELECTIVE DEMOLITION MAY 1, 2009 01738 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 electrical gear. On completion, remove partitions and repair damaged surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. F. Protect interior of building from rain and water damage. G. Provide and maintain protective devices to prevent injury from falling objects. H. Locate guard rails in stairwells and around open shafts to protect workers. Post clearly visible warning signs. I. Cause as little inconvenience to adjacent occupied building areas as possible. ' J. Protect landscaping, bench marks and existing construction to remain from damage or displacement. K. Carefully remove designated materials and equipment to be retained by Owner or re- installed. Deliver materials and equipment when and where directed by Engineer. Store and protect materials and equipment to be re- installed. • 1.08 DEMOLITION A. Demolish designated portions of structures and appurtenances in orderly and careful manner. B. Assume possession of demolished materials, unless specified otherwise. Remove demolished materials from site at least weekly. C. Prevent airborne dust. Use water or dust palliative when necessary. Provide and maintain hoses and connections to water main or hydrant. D. Do not burn materials on site. E. Immediately upon discovery, remove, and dispose of contaminated, vermin • infested, or dangerous materials by safe means so as not to endanger health of workers and public. F. Remove demolished materials, tools, and equipment upon completion of demolition. 1.09 REPAIR - • A. Repair damage caused by demolition. CVO/383498A - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION MAY 1, 2009 01738 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PART_2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION • • • • • CVO/383498A SELECTIVE = DEMOLITION -; MAY T 2009 -01738 " - 4 _ ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL �' DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01756 TESTING, TRAINING, AND FACILITY START -UP PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Reference Section 01640, Manufacturers' Services. B. Reference Section 16005, Electrical, for additional requirements. C. Factory Testing: A test or tests conducted on an equipment item or system at the place of fabrication by the manufacturer. D. Performance Acceptance Test (PAT): A test performed in the presence of the Engineer and Owner to demonstrate that the installed equipment or system meets manufacturer's installation and adjustment requirements and other requirements specified including, but not limited to, noise, vibration, alignment, speed, proper electrical and mechanical connections, proper movement and initial servicing. Further, the test will demonstrate that the equipment and/or system meets the specified performance requirements including but not limited to operation under Sonitrol control. E. System: The system, or a portion thereof, that performs a specific function. A system may consist of two or more subsystems as well as several types of equipment. An example of a system on this Project is: 1. North Entrance Gate.. 2. North Exit Gate. 3. South Exit Gate. F. Significant Interruption: May include any of the following events: 1. Failure of Contractor to maintain qualified onsite startup personnel as scheduled. 2. Failure to meet specified performance for more than 4 consecutive hours. 3. Failure of any critical equipment unit, system, or subsystem that is not satisfactorily corrected within 4 hours after failure. 4. Failure of noncritical unit, system, or subsystem that is not satisfactorily corrected within 8 hours after failure. 5. As may be determined by Engineer. CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01756 - 1 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 G. Startup Test Period: 1. Startup of the entire facility or any system thereof shall be considered complete when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the facility or designated system has operated in the manner intended for 10 continuous days, except as modified in paragraph Startup Test Requirements by System herein without significant interruption. A significant interruption will require the startup then in progress to be stopped and restarted after corrections are made. 2. The startup of systems shall include the maximum number of interconnected or dependent subsystems in one startup period as approved by the Engineer. H. A day is defined as 24 continuous hours unless noted otherwise. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Equipment Supplier's Certificate of Installation as required. 2. Test Reports: Functional and performance testing, in format acceptable to Engineer and certification of functional and performance test for each piece of equipment or system specified. 3. Certifications of Calibration: Testing equipment. 4. Record Drawings: Accurate and current markups of electrical record drawings. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Factory Testing: Provide written notification at least 15 days prior to any factory testing. 2. Facility startup plan and schedule for project describing all procedures and showing all activities described or referenced herein. Submit at least 60 days prior to commencement of facility startup activities. 3. Detailed 14 -day schedule showing specific startup related activities on a daily or hourly basis as appropriate. Provide updated 14 -day schedule weekly or when changes to schedule occur. 4. Provide detailed sub - network of Progress Schedule with the following activities identified: a. Manufacturer's services. b. Installation certifications. c. Operator training. d. Submission of Operation and Maintenance Manual. e. Functional testing. f. Performance testing. g. Operational testing. CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01756 - 2 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 5. Provide testing plan with test logs for each item of equipment and each system when specified. Include testing of alarms, control circuits, capacities, speeds, flows, pressures, vibrations, sound levels, and other parameters. 6. Provide summary of shutdown requirements for existing systems which are necessary to complete start-up of new equipment and systems. 7. Revise and update start-up plan based upon review comments, actual progress, or to accommodate changes in the sequence of activities. 1.03 CONTRACTOR FACILITY STARTUP RESPONSIBILITIES A. General: 1. Perform all Work for functional and performance test specified. 2. Demonstrate proper function of each component and feature of all equipment, systems, and control devices. 3. Complete all Work associated with the system before testing, including related manufacturer's representative services. 4. Provide all related operations and maintenance manuals, and spare parts and special tools as specified before testing any unit or system. 5. Furnish qualified manufacturer's representatives when required to assist in testing. 6. Utilize the Equipment Supplier's Certificate of Installation Form, supplemented as necessary, to document all functional and performance procedures, results, problems, and conclusions. 7. Prepare testing and startup plan and schedule and attend pretest meetings related to test schedule, plan of test, materials, chemicals, and liquids required, facilities' operations interface, and other required Engineer and Owner involvement. 8. Startup Coordinator. Designate and provide one person to be responsible for coordinating and expediting Contractor's testing and startup duties. The person shall be present during all testing and startup meetings and shall be available at all times during the startup period. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate all work of vendors and subcontractors including, but not limited to, equipment suppliers and representatives, and electrical subcontractor. The Contractor shall ensure that all required work, testing, and documentation is completed and submitted in a timely manner to allow for an integrated and organized approach to the startup effort. 9. Schedule time for field testing. Allow time for Sonitrol to pull wires through conduits installed by Contractor. Complete testing, training, and startup within Contract Time. 10. Allow realistic durations in Progress Scheduling for testing, training, and start-up. CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01756 - 3 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 11. Test equipment for proper performance at point of manufacture or assembly when specified. 12. When source quality control testing is specified: a. Demonstrate equipment meets specified performance requirements. b. Provide certified copies of test results. c. Do not ship equipment until certified copies have received written acceptance from Engineer. Written acceptance does not constitute final acceptance. d. Perform testing as specified in the equipment specification sections. B. Startup Test Period: 1. As applicable to the equipment furnished, state in writing that all necessary systems have been successfully tested; that all necessary equipment systems and subsystems have been checked for proper installation, started, and successfully tested to indicate that they are all operational; that the systems and subsystems are capable of performing their intended functions; and that the facilities are ready for startup and intended operation. 2. Provide all temporary items as required for testing, unless otherwise indicated. 3. When startup has commenced, schedule remaining Work so as not to interfere with or delay the completion of startup. Support the startup activities with adequate staff to prevent delays or process upsets. This staff shall include, but not be limited to, major equipment and system manufacturers' representatives, subcontractors, and electricians. 4. Supply and coordinate specified manufacturer's startup services. 5. Make adjustments, repairs, and corrections necessary to complete startup. 1.04 OWNER/ENGINEER FACILITY STARTUP RESPONSIBILITIES A. General: 1. Review Contractor's test plan and schedule. 2. Witness testing or review testing documentation. 3. Coordinate other plant operations, if necessary, to facilitate Contractor's tests. 4. Provide power, and other items as required for testing, unless otherwise indicated. B. Startup Test Period: 1. Operate systems and devices, with support of Contractor. CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01756 - 4 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2. Designate and provide one person to be responsible for coordinating and expediting Owner and Engineer's testing and startup duties including interface with plant operations and control system software. 3. Make available special tools and operation and maintenance information for Owner - furnished equipment. C. Sonitrol Interface: 1. Coordination with the Contractor in the field testing of gates with Owner - provided Sonitrol control systems. 2. Adjustments and/or corrections of Sonitrol control systems. 1.05 CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION A. At completion of Functional Testing, furnish written report prepared and signed by manufacturer's authorized representative, certifying equipment: 1. Has been properly installed, adjusted, aligned, and lubricated. 2. Is free of any stresses imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts. 3. Is suitable for satisfactory full -time operation under full load conditions. 4. Operates within the allowable limits for vibration. . 5. Controls, protective devices, instrumentation, and control panels furnished as part of the equipment package are properly installed, calibrated, and functioning. 6. Control logic for start-up, shutdown, sequencing, interlocks, and emergency shutdown have been tested and are properly functioning. B. Furnish written report prepared and signed by the electrical and/or instrumentation Subcontractor certifying: 1. Motor control logic that resides in motor control centers, control panels, and circuit boards furnished by the electrical and/or instrumentation subcontractor has been calibrated and tested and is properly operating. • 2. Control logic for equipment start -up, shutdown, sequencing, interlocks and emergency shutdown has been tested and is properly operating. 3. Co -sign the reports along with the manufacturer's representative and subcontractors. C. See Section 01640, Manufacturers' Services, for additional requirements. 1.06 TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Provide operations and maintenance training for items of mechanical, electrical and instrumentation equipment. Utilize manufacturer's representatives to conduct training sessions. CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01756 - 5 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Coordinate training sessions to prevent overlapping sessions. Arrange sessions so that individual operators and maintenance technicians do not attend more than two sessions per week. C. Provide Operation and Maintenance Manual for specific pieces of equipment or systems 1 month prior to training session for that piece of equipment or system. D. Satisfactorily complete functional testing before beginning operator training. E. Provide training sessions for each work shift listed below during the time periods shown. Pooling of shifts will not be permitted unless accepted by Owner. F. Refer to Section 01640, Manufacturers' Services, for additional requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL SEQUENCE OF FACILITY STARTUP ACTIVITIES A. Reference attached Supplement for summary of Owner electrical and instrumentation startup procedures. B. Complete all associated structural, mechanical, instrumentation, and electrical installations for system to be tested. C. Complete ORT - Part 1, as specified in Section 16005, Electrical, including checkout of all control loops and instruments for system. D. Provide approved Preliminary O &M Manuals. E. Conduct functional tests on all individual components of system and provide Equipment Supplier's Certificate of Installation. F. Provide Owner training on the various components of the new systems. G. Complete Performance Acceptance Tests (PAT), as specified in Section 16005, Electrical. Test each component under actual operational conditions. Conduct PAT for individual components as identified in individual specifications. This testing may occur during or after the Startup Test Period. H. Achieve substantial completion of system or subsystem by correcting or completing any remaining issues as identified by a process substantial completion list provided by the Engineer. CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01756 - 6 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.02 TESTING PREPARATION A. General: 1. Schedule and attend pretest meetings related to test schedule, plan of test, facilities' operations interface, Engineer and Owner involvement. 2. Provide temporary test equipment and other materials and equipment required to conduct testing. B. Cleaning and Checking: Prior to starting functional testing: 1. Calibrate testing equipment for accurate results. 2. Inspect and clean equipment, devices, connected piping, and structures so they are free of foreign material. 3. Lubricate equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Turn rotating equipment by hand and check motor - driven equipment for correct rotation. 5. Check power supply to electric - powered equipment for correct voltage. 6. Adjust clearances and torques. 7. Obtain completion of applicable portions of Equipment Supplier's Certificate of Installation. C. Electrical Systems: As specified in Section 16005, Electrical. 1. Perform insulation resistance tests on wiring except 120 -volt lighting, wiring, and control wiring inside electrical panels. • 2. Perform continuity tests on grounding systems. 3. Test and set circuit breaker relays for proper operation. 4. Check motors for actual full load amperage draw. Compare to nameplate value. D. Ready -to -test determination will be made by Engineer based at least on the following: 1. Notification by Contractor of equipment and system readiness for testing. 2. Acceptable testing plan. 3. Acceptable Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 4. Receipt of Equipment Supplier's Certificate of Installation, if specified. 5. Adequate completion of Work adjacent to, or interfacing with, equipment to be tested. 6. Availability and acceptability of manufacturer's representative, when specified, to assist in testing of respective equipment, and satisfactory fulfillment of other specified manufacturers' responsibilities. 7. Equipment and electrical tagging complete. 8. All spare parts and special tools delivered to Owner. CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01756 - 7 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.03 STARTUP TEST PERIOD A. Test Reports: As applicable to the equipment furnished, certify in writing that: 1. Systems and subsystems have been checked for proper installation, started, and successfully tested to indicate that they are operational. 2. Systems and subsystems are capable of performing their intended functions. 3. Facilities are ready for intended operation. B. Schedule and lead planning meetings and arrange for attendants by key major equipment manufacturer representatives as required by the Contract Documents. 3.04 PERFORMANCE ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. General: 1. Begin testing at time mutually agreed upon by the Engineer, Owner, manufacturers' representative(s), and Contractor, as appropriate. a. Engineer will be present during test. b. Notify Engineer at least 14 days prior to scheduled date of test. c. Contractor shall not start or restart a PAT on a Friday, Saturday, Sunday, or the day before an -Owner observed holiday. Contractor's superintendent shall be on site for a minimum of 8 hours after the start or restart of a PAT. 2. Functionally test electrical equipment for proper operation after general startup and testing tasks have been completed. 3. Demonstrate proper movement, alignment, speed, vibration, and adjustments. Perform initial checks in the presence of and with the assistance of the manufacturer's representative. 4. Conduct continuous 8 -hour test under full load conditions. Replace parts which operate improperly. 5. Follow approved testing plan. Conduct tests as specified for each equipment item or system. Demonstrate correct function of all operational features and control functions. 6. If, in Engineer's opinion, test results do not meet requirements specified, the systems will be considered as nonconforming. 7. Unless otherwise indicated, furnish all labor, materials, and supplies for conducting the test and performance measurements. 8. Prepare performance acceptance test report summarizing test method. Include test logs, pertinent calculations, and certification of performance. CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01756 - 8 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.05 PARTIAL UTILIZATION A. After successful testing of a particular system, Owner may elect to start up a portion of the system for continuous operation in accordance with paragraph 14.10 of the General Conditions. Such operation will not interfere with testing of other systems that may still be underway, and shall not preclude the need to startup that portion operated in combination with the rest of the facility when testing is completed. 3.06 CONTINUOUS OPERATIONS A. Owner will accept equipment and systems as substantially complete and ready for continuous operation only after successful facility startup is completed and documented, and reports submitted, and manufacturers' services completed for training of Owner's personnel excluding post startup training. 3.07 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplements following "End of Section," are part of this Specification. 1. Startup and Performance Evaluation Form. 2. Equipment Supplier's Certificate of Installation. 3. CWS Electrical, Instrumentation and Control Startup Standard Procedures. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01756 - 9 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 STARTUP AND PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FORM OWNER: PROJECT: System Description: (Include description and equipment number of all equipment and devices] Startup Procedure (Describe procedure for sequential startup and evaluation)): Startup Requirements (Power etc.): Evaluation Comments: CONTRACTOR Certification that System is capable of performing its intended function(s), including fully automatic operation: Firm Name: Startup Representative: Date: • , 20 (Authorized Signature) END OF SUPPLEMENT CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01756 SUPPLEMENT - 1 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION OWNER PROJECT • CONTRACT NO. EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SECTION EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION , Authorized representative of (Print Name) (Print Manufacturer's Name) hereby CERTIFY that (print equipment name and model with serial no.) installed for the subject project has (have) been installed in a satisfactory manner, has (have) been tested and adjusted, and is (are) ready for final acceptance testing and operation on : Date: Time: CERTIFIED BY: (Signature of Manufacturer's Representative) ® Date: END OF SUPPLEMENT CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND 0 MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL '01756 SUPPLEMENT - 1 0 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 CWS ELECTRICAL, INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL STARTUP STANDARD PROCEDURES District Field Execution By Witness Test Item Specifications Submittal By Contractor(s) Contractor(s) (Yes /Optional) 1 Div 17 Pre - submittal conference Agenda 2 Div 16 & 17 Initial set — Interconnection wiring diagrams w/o approved submittals 3 Div 16 & 17 Construction set — Interconnection wiring diagrams with final approved submittals • Pre - requisite: w/ approved initial drawing • set 4 Div 16 & 17 ORT 1 form filled out • Pre - requisite: w/ approved construction drawing set 6 Div 17 Electrical continuity point -to- Optional point test (Pre -ORT 1) • Pre - requisite: Approved ORT I form filled out 7 Div 17 MFR field calibrate and/or Optional certify proper equipment installation and signed calibration and/or certification forms. • Pre - requisite: Completed electrical continuity test. 8 Div 17 ORT 1 Demonstration Yes — with • Pre - requisite: Signed Owner Software calibration /certification Developer & form by MFR field service Engineer reps. 9 Div 17 ORT 2 Demonstration — Conduct Yes — with by Owner Software Developer & Owner Software support by Contractor Developer • Pre - requisite: Signed ORT 1 forms by Contractor and Engineer CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01756 SUPPLEMENT - 1 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 District Field Execution By Witness Test Item Specifications Submittal By Contractor(s) Contractor(s) (Yes /Optional) 10 Div 16 & 17 Startup Yes — with • Pre - requisite: Completed Owner Software ORT 2 by Owner Software Developer Developer END OF SUPPLEMENT CVO/383498A TESTING, TRAINING, AND MAY 1, 2009 FACILITY START -UP ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 01756 SUPPLEMENT - 2 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 FINAL WALK THROUGH INSPECTION A. When the Contractor has informed the Engineer that the Work has been completed, the Contractor shall participate in a final walkthrough inspection with the Owner and Engineer at which time the final punch list will be prepared. The punch list shall include all previously noted preliminary punch list items and/or non - compliance or uncompleted work items. The Contractor shall complete and sign off all punch list items with the Owner. 1.02 FINAL CLEANUP A. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the vicinity of the completed Work, all rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms, construction equipment, and temporary structures and facilities used during construction. Areas to be Owner - landscaped shall be left graded as shown on Drawings and clean of all gravel and construction debris. Clean dust and debris from all new equipment, control cabinets, and electrical enclosures and components. In addition, clean dust and debris from existing equipment, control cabinets, and electrical enclosures and components affected by construction and in the following adjacent areas regardless of the source of contamination. 1. Primary Effluent Pump Station. 2. Administration Building. B. Final acceptance of the Work by the Owner will be withheld until the Contractor has satisfactorily performed the final cleanup of the Site. 1.03 CLOSEOUT TIMETABLE A. The Contractor shall establish dates for equipment testing, acceptance periods, and on -site instructional periods (as required under the Contract). Such dates shall be established not less than 10 days prior to beginning any of the foregoing items, to allow the Owner, the Engineer, and their authorized representatives sufficient time to schedule attendance at such activities. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL SUBMITTAL A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the condition that 1 percent of the Contract Price will be retained from any monies due the Contractor as progress payments, if at the 75 percent construction completion point, the CVO/383498A CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01770 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals complying with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures, has not been submitted. The aforementioned amount will be retained by the Owner as the agreed, estimated value of the approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Any such retention of money for failure to submit the approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals on or before the 75 percent construction completion point shall be in addition to the retention of any payments due to the Contractor under Article 14 of the General Conditions. In any event, the approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals must be available to the Engineer prior to any equipment start up and system testing. 1.05 FINAL SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor, prior to requesting final payment, shall obtain and submit the following items to the Engineer for transmittal to the Owner: 1. Written guarantees, where required. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals and instructions. 3. Maintenance stock items; spare parts; special tools. 4. Completed record documents (Drawings and Specifications). 5. Preconstruction, construction and post construction videos and photos. 6. Bonds for maintenance, etc., as required. 7. Certificates of inspection and acceptance by local governing agencies having jurisdiction. 8. Releases from all parties (including private property owner's whose properties were used for yard or staging areas or were damaged) who are entitled to claims against the subject project, property, or improvement pursuant to the provisions of law. 1.06 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Prior to the acceptance of the Work and final payment, the Owner will require the Contractor to submit a certificate in form substantially as follows: 1. "I (We) hereby certify that all Work has been performed and materials supplied in accordance with the Contract Documents for the above Work, and that: a. Not less than the prevailing rates of wages has been paid to laborers, workers and mechanics employed on this Work; - b. All claims for material and labor and other services performed in connection with these Specifications have been paid; c. All monies due the State Industrial Accident Fund, the State Unemployment Compensation Trust Fund (ORS 279.510), the State Tax Commission (ORS 315.575, 316.711 and 316.714), CVO/383498A CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01770 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 hospital associations and/or others, (ORS 279.320), have been paid; d. All permit final inspections and approvals are complete; e. Contractor releases and discharges Clean Water Services of and from all liabilities, claims, obligations and actions arising under the Contract; and f. Contractor and the surety for this Contract shall defend, indemnify and save Clean Water Services harmless from any liability or expense because of any claim on any Bond or any other claim related to the Contract or the Work." 1.07 CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK A. The Contractor shall comply with the defective Work correction requirements contained in Article 13 of the General Conditions. B. Replacement of earth fill or backfill, where it has settled below the required finish elevations, shall be considered as a part of such required corrective work, and any repair or resurfacing constructed by the Contractor which becomes necessary by reason of such settlement shall likewise be considered as a part of such required corrective work unless the Contractor shall have obtained a statement in writing from the affected private owner or public agency releasing the Owner from further responsibility in connection with such repair or resurfacing. C. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written order from the Owner. If the Contractor fails to make such repairs or replacements promptly, the Owner reserves the right to do the Work and the Contractor and its surety shall be liable to the Owner for the cost thereof. D. The Engineer will establish a Need for Warranty Service system with the Owner whereby the Owner will alert the Contractor of the need for warranty service during the one year Correction Period. The Contractor shall respond promptly to these requests. Should the Contractor fail to respond promptly, the Owner reserves the right to have the work performed by others and to back - charge the Contractor. 1.08 BOND A. The Contractor shall provide maintenance assurance to guarantee performance of the provisions contained in Article Correction of Defective Work above, and Article 13 of the General Conditions. CVO/383498A CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01770 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION • CVO/383498A CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES MAY 1, 2009 01770 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 01782 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall furnish equipment operation and maintenance (O &M) information, instructions and data in accordance with this Section and as required in the Technical Specifications of the Contract Documents. O &M information, instructions and data shall be provided for each maintainable material and piece of equipment. Operation and maintenance information, instructions, and data shall hereinafter be referred to as O &M Manual. 1. Provide an O &M Manual submittal per specification section as indicated in the Specifications. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit six copies of all manufacturer's operation and maintenance data. B. Number the transmittal for and O &M Manual with the original root number of the approved shop drawing for the item. C. Submit three copies until approval is received. Submit five final copies after approval is received. D. Submit O &M Manuals printed on 8 -1/2 -inch by 11 -inch size heavy first quality paper with standard three -hole punching and bound in 3 -ring binders with rigid covers. Provide binders with title and submittal number on front and spine of binder. Tab each section of manuals for easy reference with plastic- coated dividers. Provide index for each manual. Provide plastic sheet lifter prior to first page and following last page. E. Reduce drawing or diagrams bound in manuals to an 8-1/2-inch by 11 -inch or 11 -inch by 17 -inch size. However, where reduction is not practical to ensure readability, fold larger drawings separately and place in vinyl envelopes which are bound into the binder. Identify vinyl envelopes with drawing numbers. F. Enclose one electronic copy of O &M Manual in each hard -copy version. Electronic documentation shall be provided on standard CD -ROM media capable of being read by standard PC CD -ROM drives. All documents shall be provided in Adobe Systems portable document format (PDF). The resulting documents shall be viewable with Adobe Reader version 5.0 or later. The PDF CVO/383498A OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA MAY 1, 2009 01782 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 documents shall be produced using the postscript printer driver engine within Adobe Acrobat 5.0 or later. Documents shall not be scanned unless no electronic form of the document exists. In such cases and with approval of the OWNER, the document shall be scanned in color, at 100 percent image scaling and a resolution of 300 dpi. All PDF files shall be text captured, image with hidden text, optimized, searchable and indexable using the Adobe Acrobat Catalog engine. G. Transmittal Content: 1. Submission of O &M Manuals is applicable but not necessarily limited to: a. Major equipment. b. Equipment used with electrical motor loads of 1/6 hp nameplate or greater. 2. Prepare O &M Manuals to include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following detailed information, as applicable: a. Equipment function, normal operating characteristics, limiting operations. b. Assembly, disassembly, installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions. c. Operating instructions for start -up, routine and normal operation, regulation and control, shutdown, and emergency conditions. d. Lubrication and maintenance instructions. e. Guide to "troubleshooting." f. Parts list and predicted life of parts subject to wear. g. Outline, cross - section, and assembly drawings; engineering data; and electrical diagrams, including elementary diagrams, wiring diagrams, connection diagrams, word description of wiring diagrams and interconnection diagrams. h. Test data and performance curves. i. A list of recommended spare parts with a price list and a list of spare parts provided under these specifications. j. Copies of installation instructions, parts lists or other documents packed with equipment when delivered. 1.03 EQUIPMENT DATA SHEETS A. Provide equipment data sheets at the beginning of each equipment section of the O &M Manuals, summarizing the equipment manufacturer's maintenance instructions and recommendations. A blank data sheet and a sample data sheet are attached for reference. The Contractor shall use an electronic version of the equipment data sheet as provided by the Owner for submissions. CVO/383498A OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA MAY 1, 2009 01782 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. O &M Manuals shall include the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the manufacturer, nearest representative, and nearest supplier of parts. 2.02 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Instructions, procedures, and illustrations shall be provided for the following phases of operation as applicable: 1. Safety precautions. 2. Operator prestart. 3. Startup, shutdown, and post shutdown. 4. Normal operations. 5. Emergency operations. 6. Operator service requirements. 7. Environmental conditions. 2.03 PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE A. The following preventative maintenance data shall be provided. 1. Lubrication data, including recommended lubricants for specific temperature ranges; charts and diagrams showing lubrication points; lubricant types, grades, and capacities; and a lubrication schedule. 2. Preventative maintenance plan and schedule. 2.04 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE A. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be provided on procedures for correcting problems and making repairs, including the following: 1. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques. 2. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams, as applicable. • 3. Maintenance and repair procedures. 4. Removal and replacement instructions. 5. Spare parts and supply lists. 6. Corrective maintenance man - hours. • 2.05 APPENDICES A. The following additional information shall be provided: 1. Parts identification, including labeled exploded view illustrations and parts numbers. CVO/383498A OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA MAY 1, 2009 01782 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2. Warranty information. 3. Personnel training requirements. 4. Testing equipment and special tool information. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD CHANGES A. Following the acceptable installation and operation of an equipment item, the item's instructions and procedures shall be modified and supplemented by the Contractor to reflect any field changes or information requiring field data. Final Project acceptance and payment will be withheld by the Owner until final O &M Manual information reflecting field changes is submitted and accepted by the Owner. 3.02 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplements listed below, following "End of Section," are part of this Specification. 1. Equipment Data Sheet. 2. Sample Equipment Data Sheet. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA MAY 1, 2009 01782 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 EQUIPMENT DATA SHEET Preventive Maintenance and Operating Requirement Preventive Maintenance Program Equipment Record Number EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION . ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL DATA Name: Size: Tag No. Serial No.: - Model: • Vendor: Vendor Address: Type: : Mfr.: Vendor Rep.: Voltage: • Amps: Phone: Phase: Rpm: Maintenance work to be Done:: Frequency* • OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: AND REFERENCE * D. daily, W - .weekly, B - b iweekly, M - monthly, Q - quarterly, S.- semiannually, A - annually END. OF SUPPLEMENT . • CVO/383498A " OPERATI'ON AND MAINTENANCE DATA MAY 1, 2009 01782 SUPPLEMENT - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SAMPLE EQUIPMENT DATA SHEET Preventive Maintenance and Operating Requirement Sheets Preventive Maintenance Program Equipment Record Number EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL DATA Name: Raw Sewage Pump No. 1 Size: 160 hp Tag No.: P01 -1 Serial No.: 123456ABC Model: 140T Frame Vendor: ABC Pump Co. Serial No. 987654ZY Class F Insulation W /Space Heater Vendor Address: Type: 1111 Pump Circle Newport Beach, CA 92663 Mfr.: DEF Motors, Inc. Vendor Rep.: XYZ Equipment, Inc. Voltage: 460 Amps: 100 Phone: 714/752 -0505 Phase: 3 Rpm: 1.800 Maintenance work to be Done: Frequency* 1. Operate all valves and check such things as a) bearing D temperature, b) changes in running sound, c) suction and discharge gauge readings, d) pump discharge rate, and e) general condition of the drive equipment. 2. Check packing. D 3. Checking pumping unit for any dust, dirt, or debris W (Continued on attached sheet) 4. Lubricate bearing frame and motor bearings (consult Q manufacturer's instructions for type of grease or oil) 5. Disassemble and change or repair the following a) impeller, b) A shaft sleeve, c) rotary seals, and d) sleeve bearings OPERATING REQUIREMENTS AND REFERENCE For manufacturer's instructions regarding installation, operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of this equipment, see Volume , Section * D - daily, W - weekly, B - biweekly, M - monthly, Q - quarterly, S - semiannually, A - annually END OF SUPPLEMENT CVO/383498A OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA MAY 1, 2009 01782 SUPPLEMENT - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A SECTION 02200 SITE CLEARING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Interfering or Objectionable Material: Trash, rubbish, and junk; vegetation and other organic matter, whether alive, dead, or decaying; topsoil. B. Clearing: Removal of interfering or objectionable material lying on or protruding above ground surface. C. Grubbing: Removal of vegetation and other organic matter including stumps, buried logs, and roots greater than 2 -inch caliper to a depth of 6 inches below subgrade. D. Scalping: Removal of sod without removing more than upper 3 inches of topsoil. E. Stripping: Removal of topsoil remaining after applicable scalping is completed. F. Project Limits: Areas, as shown or specified, within which Work is to be performed. 1..02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Drawings clearly showing clearing, grubbing, and stripping limits. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain Engineer's approval of staked clearing, grubbing, and stripping limits, prior to commencing clearing, grubbing, and stripping. 1.04 SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING A. Prepare Site only after adequate erosion and sediment controls are in place. Limit areas exposed uncontrolled to erosion during installation of temporary erosion and sediment controls to maximum of 0.1 acre. CVO/383498A SITE CLEARING MAY 1, 2009 02200 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Clear, grub, and strip areas actually needed for waste disposal, borrow, or Site improvements within limits shown or specified. B. Do not injure or deface vegetation that is not designated for removal. 3.02 LIMITS A. As follows, but not to extend beyond Project limits. 1. Excavation 5 feet beyond top of cut slopes. 2. Fill: a. Clearing and Grubbing: 5 feet beyond toe of permanent fill. b. Stripping and Scalping: 2 feet beyond toe of permanent fill. 3. Waste Disposal: a. Clearing: 5 feet beyond perimeter. b. Scalping and Stripping: Not required. c. Grubbing: Around perimeter as necessary for neat finished appearance. 4. Other Areas: As shown. B. Remove rubbish, trash, and junk from entire area within Project limits. 3.03 CLEARING A. Clear areas within limits shown or specified. B. Fell trees so that they fall away from facilities and vegetation not designated for removal. C. Cut stumps not designated for grubbing to within 6 inches of ground surface. D. Cut off shrubs, brush, weeds, and grasses to within 2 inches of ground surface. 3.04 GRUBBING A. Grub areas within limits shown or specified. 3.05 SCALPING A. Do not remove sod until after clearing and grubbing is completed and resulting debris is removed. CVO/383498A SITE CLEARING MAY 1, 2009 02200 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Scalp areas within limits shown or specified. 3.06 STRIPPING A. Do not remove topsoil until after scalping is completed. B. Strip areas within limits to minimum depths shown or specified. Do not remove subsoil with topsoil. C. Stockpile strippings meeting requirements for topsoil, separately from other excavated material. 3.07 SALVAGE A. Sod with commercial value may be sold to Contractor's benefit. Promptly remove from Project Site. 3.08 DISPOSAL A. Clearing and Grubbing Debris: 1. Dispose of debris offsite. 2. Burning of debris onsite will not be allowed. 3. Woody debris may be chipped. Chips may be sold to Contractor's benefit. Dispose of chips that are unsaleable. 4. Limit offsite disposal of clearing and grubbing debris to locations that are approved by federal, state, and local authorities, and that will not be visible from Project. B. Scalpings: As specified for clearing and grubbing debris. C. Strippings: 1. Dispose of strippings that are unsuitable for topsoil or that exceed quantity required for topsoil offsite. 2. Stockpile topsoil in sufficient quantity to meet Project needs. Dispose of excess strippings as specified for clearing and grubbing. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A SITE CLEARING MAY 1, 2009 02200 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02240 DEWATERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Division 0 — General Provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies the definition, responsibilities, design requirements, and execution of groundwater control and dewatering related to the construction of Phase 5A1. 1. Related Sections: The work of the following sections is related to the work of this Section. Other sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents. a. Section 02200, Site Clearing. b. Section 02315, Excavation. B. Dewatering systems, discussed in this Section include, but are not limited to, any pumps, discharge lines, and other equipment, appurtenances, and related earthwork necessary to perform dewatering. C. The discharge point for water removed by dewatering system will be into an existing storm drain manhole or catch basin selected by the Owner. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. These references are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail, provided that all regulatory requirements are met. Reference Title OAR 340 -041 Water Quality Standards: Beneficial Uses, Policies, and Criteria for Oregon CVO/383498A DEWATERING MAY 1, 2009 02240 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Reference Title OAR 340 -040 Groundwater Quality Protection ASTM D422 Standard Method for Particle Size Analysis of Soils 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Shall be as described in Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. B. Informational Submittal: Discharge permits. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL • A. Keep excavations free of water during construction. B. Provide and operate the machinery and equipment necessary to keep excavations free of water. C. Dewater and dispose of the water meeting the requirements of the disposal in this Section system so as not to cause injury to public, private, or other property, or to cause a nuisance or a hazard to the public or the environment, and regulatory requirements. D. Provide onsite sufficient pumping equipment and machinery in good working condition for emergencies, including power outages and flooding. E. Provide onsite workers needed for the operation of the dewatering system. F. Maintain electric power service connections to the dewatering system. 3.02 DEWATERING DISCHARGE A. Settle and/or filter all dewatering and supplemental system collected flow in order to meet Water Quality Standards; Beneficial Uses, Policies, and Criteria for Oregon (OAR 340 -041- 0036), maximum 10 percent TSS prior to discharging to storm drain manhole or catch basin as shown on Drawing. 3.03 SYSTEM PROTECTION A. Take all reasonable and necessary precautions to provide continuous and successful system operation. CVO/383498A DEW ATERING MAY 1, 2009 02240 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL c -I - Ali' .• DURHAM: PHASE 5A1: • ti B. Clearly'mark all discharge lines, and other system components to prevent damage from vehicles or equipment , r 3.04 SOIL PROTECTION • - A. Operate tle'system so that fines are not removed from native and engineered foundation<soils during dewatering. END OF SECTION • • • • • • i • - 1 ' • CVO/383498A - _ DEWATERING MAY 1, 2009; 02240 3 ©COPYRIGHT` 2009 CH2M HILL • • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02315 EXCAVATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Excavation Plan, Detailing: a. Methods and sequencing of excavation. b. Locations of offite stockpiled excavated material as provided by Owner. c. Proposed offsite spoil disposal sites. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide adequate survey control to avoid unauthorized overexcavation. 1.03 WEATHER LIMITATIONS A. Material excavated when frozen or when air temperature is less than 32 degrees F shall not be used as fill or backfill until material completely thaws. B. Material excavated during inclement weather shall not be used as fill or backfill until after material drains and dries sufficiently for proper compaction. 1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Clearing, Grubbing, and Stripping: Complete applicable Work specified in Section 02200, Site Clearing, prior to excavating. B. Dewatering: Conform to applicable requirements of Section 02240, Dewatering, prior to initiating excavation. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Excavate to lines, grades, and dimensions shown and as necessary to accomplish Work. Excavate to within tolerance of plus or minus 0.1 foot, except where dimensions or grades are shown or specified as maximum or CVO/383498A EXCAVATION MAY 1, 2009 02315 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 minimum. Allow for forms, working space, granular base, topsoil, and similar items, wherever applicable. Trim to neat lines where concrete is to be deposited against earth. B. Do not overexcavate without written authorization of Engineer. C. Remove or protect obstructions as shown and as specified in Section 01500, Temporary Facilities and Controls, and Section 01530, Protection of Existing Facilities. 3.02 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION A. Excavation is unclassified. Complete all excavation regardless of the type, nature, or condition of the materials encountered. 3.03 TRENCH WIDTH A. Minimum Width of Trenches: 1. Single Pipes, Conduits, Direct -Buried Cables, and Duct Banks: a. Less than 4 -inch Outside Diameter or Width: 18 inches. b. Greater than 4 -inch Outside Diameter or Width: 18 inches greater than outside diameter or width of pipe, conduit, direct - buried cable, or duct bank. 2. Multiple Pipes, Conduits, Cables, or Duct Banks in Single Trench: 18 inches greater than aggregate width of pipes, conduits, cables, duct banks, plus space between. 3. Increase trench widths by thicknesses of sheeting. B. Maximum Trench Width: Unlimited, unless otherwise shown or specified, or unless excess width will cause damage to existing facilities, adjacent property, ,or completed Work. 3.04 EMBANKMENT AND CUT SLOPES A. Shape, trim, and finish cut slopes to conform with lines, grades, and cross - sections shown, with proper allowance for topsoil or slope protection, where shown. B. Remove stones and rock that exceed 3 -inch diameter and that are loose and may roll down slope. Remove exposed roots from cut slopes. C. Round tops of cut slopes in soil to not less than a 6 -foot radius, provided such rounding does not extend offsite or outside easements and rights -of -way, or adversely impacts existing facilities, adjacent property, or completed Work. CVO/383498A EXCAVATION MAY 1, 2009 02315 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.05 STOCKPILING EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. Stockpile material in designated stockpile locations shown on the Drawings. Coordinate use of stockpile area with Owner. B. Stockpile excavated material that is suitable for use as fill or backfill until material is needed. C. Post signs indicating proposed use of material stockpiled. Post signs that are readable from all directions of approach to each stockpile. Signs should be clearly worded and readable by equipment operators from their normal seated position. D. Confine stockpiles to within easements, rights -of -way, and approved work areas. Do not obstruct roads or streets. E. Do not stockpile excavated material adjacent to trenches and other excavations, unless excavation side slopes and excavation support systems are designed, constructed, and maintained for stockpile loads. F. Do not stockpile excavated materials near or over existing facilities, adjacent property, or completed Work, if weight of stockpiled material could induce excessive settlement. 3.06 DISPOSAL OF SPOIL A. Dispose of excavated materials, which are unsuitable or exceed quantity needed for fill or backfill, offsite. B. Dispose of debris resulting from removal of organic matter, trash, refuse, and junk as specified in Section 02200, Site Clearing, for clearing and grubbing debris. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A EXCAVATION MAY 1, 2009 02315 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02316 FILL AND BACKFILL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C1.17, Standard Test Method for Materials Finer Than 75- Micrometers (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing. b. C136, Standard Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. c. D75, Standard Practice for Sampling Aggregates. d. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft- lbf/ft (600 kN- m/m e. D1556, Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method. f. D1557, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft- lbf /ft (2,700 kN- m/m g. D4253, Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. h. D4254, Standard Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. i. D6938, Standard Test Methods for In -Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Relative Compaction: 1. Ratio, in percent, of as- compacted field dry density to laboratory maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D698. 2. Apply corrections for oversize material to either as- compacted field dry density or maximum dry density, as determined by Engineer. B. Optimum Moisture Content: 1. Determined in accordance with ASTM Standard specified to determine maximum dry density for relative compaction. CVO/383498A FILL AND BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02316 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2. Determine field moisture content on basis of fraction passing 3/4 -inch sieve. C. Prepared Ground Surface: Ground surface after completion of required demolition, clearing and grubbing, scalping of sod, stripping of topsoil, excavation to grade, and subgrade preparation. D. Completed Course: A course or layer that is ready for next layer or next phase of Work. E. Lift: Loose (uncompacted) layer of material. F. Geosynthetics: Geotextiles, geogrids, or geomembranes. G. Well- Graded: 1. A mixture of particle sizes with no specific concentration or lack thereof of one or more sizes. 2. Does not define numerical value that must be placed on coefficient of uniformity, coefficient of curvature, or other specific grain size distribution parameters. 3. Used to define material type that, when compacted, produces a strong and relatively incompressible soil mass free from detrimental voids. H. Influence Area: Area within planes sloped downward and outward at 60- degree angle from horizontal measured from: 1. 1 foot outside outermost edge at base of foundations or slabs. 2. 1 foot outside outermost edge at surface of roadways or shoulder. 3. 0.5 foot outside exterior at spring line of pipes or culverts. I. Borrow Material: Material from required excavations or from designated borrow areas on or near Site. J. Selected Backfill Material: Materials available onsite that Engineer determines to be suitable for specific use. K. Imported Material: Materials obtained from sources offsite, suitable for specified use. L. Structural Fill: Fill materials as required under structures, pavements, and other facilities. M. Embankment Material: Fill materials required to raise existing grade in areas other than under structures. CVO/383498A FILL AND BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02316 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Samples: Imported material taken at source. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's data sheets for compaction equipment. 2. Certified test results from independent testing agency. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Notify Engineer when: 1. Soft or loose subgrade materials are encountered wherever embankment or site fill is to be placed. 2. Fill material appears to be deviating from Specifications. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Complete applicable Work specified in Section 02200, Site Clearing; Section 02315, Excavation; and Section 02319, Subgrade Preparation, prior to placing fill or backfill. B. Do not place granular base, subbase, or surfacing until after subgrade has been prepared as specified in Section 02319, Subgrade Preparation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Gradation Tests: 1. As necessary to locate acceptable sources of imported material. 2. During production of imported material, test as follows: a. Granular Fill: 500 tons. b. Base Course Rock: 1,000 tons. c. Foundation Stabilization Rock: 500 tons. 2.02 EARTHFILL A. Excavated material from required excavations free from rocks larger than 3 inches, from roots and other organic matter, ashes, cinders, trash, debris, and other deleterious materials. CVO/383498A FILL AND BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02316 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Provide imported material of equivalent quality, if required to accomplish Work. 2.03 GRANULAR FILL A. 1 -inch minus crushed gravel or crushed rock. B. Free from dirt, clay balls, and organic material. C. Well- graded from coarse to fine and containing sufficient fines to bind material when compacted, but with maximum 8 percent by weight passing No. 200 sieve. 2.04 WATER FOR MOISTURE CONDITIONING A. Free of hazardous or toxic contaminates, or contaminants deleterious to proper compaction. 2.05 BASE COURSE ROCK A. As specified in Section 02710, Aggregate Base Courses. 2.06 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION ROCK A. Crushed rock or pit run rock. B. Uniformly graded from coarse to fine. C. Free from excessive dirt and other organic material. D. Maximum 2 -1/2 -inch particle size. 2.07 TOPSOIL A. General: Natural, friable, sandy loam, obtained from well - drained areas, free from objects larger than 1 -1/2 inches maximum dimension, and free of subsoil, roots, grass, other foreign matter, hazardous or toxic substances, and deleterious material that may be harmful to plant growth or may hinder grading, planting, or maintenance. B. Composition: As determined in accordance with USBR 514.4.4: 1. Gravel -Sized Fraction: Maximum 5 percent by weight retained on a No. 10 sieve. 2. Sand -Sized Fraction: Maximum 65 percent passing No. 10 sieve and retained on No. 270 sieve. c CVO/383498A FILL AND BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02316 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. Silt -Sized Fraction: Maximum 50 percent passing No. 270 sieve and larger than 0.002 millimeter. 4. Clay -Sized Fraction: Maximum 25 percent smaller than 0.002 millimeter. C. Organic Matter: Minimum 1.5 percent by dry weight as determined in accordance with USBR 514.8.7. D. pH: Range 6.0 to 7.2. E. Textural Amendments: Amend as necessary to conform to required composition by incorporating sand, peat, manure, or sawdust. F. Source: Stockpile material onsite, in accordance with Section 02200, Site Clearing. Import topsoil if onsite material fails to meet specified requirements or is insufficient in quantity. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Keep placement surfaces free of water, debris, and foreign material during placement and compaction of fill and backfill materials. B. Place and spread fill and backfill materials in horizontal lifts of uniform thickness, in a manner that avoids segregation, and compact each lift to specified densities prior to placing succeeding lifts. Slope lifts only where necessary to conform to final grades or as necessary to keep placement surfaces drained of water. C. During filling and backfilling, keep level of fill and backfill around each structure and buried tank even. D. Do not place fill or backfill, if fill or backfill material is frozen, or if surface upon which fill or backfill is to be placed is frozen. E. If pipe, conduit, duct bank, or cable is to be laid within fill or backfill: 1. Fill or backfill to an elevation 2 feet above top of item to be laid. 2. Excavate trench for installation of item. 3. Install bedding, if applicable, as specified in Section 02320, Trench Backfill. 4. Install item. 5. Backfill envelope zone and remaining trench, as specified in Section 02320, Trench Backfill, before resuming filling or backfilling specified in this section. CVO/383498A FILL AND BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02316 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 F. Tolerances: 1. Final Lines and Grades: Within a tolerance of 0.1 foot unless dimensions or grades are shown or specified otherwise. 2. Grade to establish and maintain slopes and drainage as shown. Reverse slopes are not permitted. G. Settlement: Correct and repair any subsequent damage to structures, pavements, curbs, slabs, piping, and other facilities, caused by settlement of fill or backfill material. 3.02 BACKFILL UNDER AND AROUND STRUCTURES AND PAVEMENT A. Under Facilities: Within influence area beneath structures, slabs, pavements, curbs, piping, conduits, duct banks, and other facilities, backfill with granular fill, unless otherwise shown. Place granular fill in lifts of 6 -inch maximum thickness and compact each lift to minimum of 95 percent relative compaction as determined in accordance with ASTM D698. B. Other Areas: Backfill with earthfill to lines and grades shown, with proper allowance for topsoil thickness where shown. Place in lifts of 6 -inch maximum thickness and compact each lift to minimum 90 percent relative compaction as determined in accordance with ASTM D698. 3.03 GRANULAR BASE AND SURFACING A. Place and Compact as specified in Section 02710, Aggregate Base Courses. 3.04 REPLACING OVEREXCAVATED MATERIAL A. Replace excavation carried below grade lines shown or established by Engineer as follows: 1. Beneath Fill or Backfill: Same material as specified for overlying fill or backfill. 2. Beneath Slabs -On- Grade: Granular fill. 3. Trenches: a. Unauthorized Overexcavation: Either trench stabilization material or granular pipe base material, as specified in Section 02320, Trench Backfill. b. Authorized Overexcavation: Trench stabilization material, as specified in Section 02320, Trench Backfill. 4. Permanent Cut Slopes (Where Overlying Area is Not to Receive Fill or Backfill): a. Flat to Moderate Steep Slopes (3:1, Horizontal Run: Vertical Rise or Flatter): Earthfrll. CVO/383498A FILL AND BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02316 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 b. Steep Slopes (Steeper than 3:1): 1) Correct overexcavation by transitioning between overcut areas and designed slope adjoining areas, provided such cutting does not extend offsite or outside easements and right -of -ways, or adversely impacts existing facilities, adjacent property, or completed Work. 2) Backfilling overexcavated areas is prohibited, unless in Engineer's opinion, backfill will remain stable, and overexcavated material is replaced as compacted earthfill. END OF SECTION • CVO/383498A FILL AND BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02316 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 . • SECTION 02319 SUBGRADE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL • 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft -lb /ft (600 kN- m/m b. D1557, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft -lbf /ft (2,700 kN- m/m 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Optimum Moisture Content: As defined in Section 02316, Fill and Backfill. B. Prepared Ground Surface: Ground surface after completion of clearing and grubbing, scalping of sod, stripping of topsoil, excavation to grade, and scarification and compaction of subgrade. C. Relative Compaction: As defined in Section 02316, Fill and Backfill. D. Subgrade: Layer of existing soil after completion of clearing, grubbing, scalping of topsoil prior to placement of fill, roadway structure or base for floor slab. 1.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Complete applicable Work specified in Sections 02200, Site Clearing; and 02315, Excavation,.prior to subgrade preparation. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Notify Engineer when subgrade is ready for compaction or whenever compaction is resumed after a period of extended inactivity. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Prepare subgrade when unfrozen and free of ice and snow. CVO/383498A SUBGRADE PREPARATION. MAY 1, 2009 02319 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) , PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Keep subgrade free of water, debris, and foreign matter during compaction or proof - rolling. B. Bring subgrade to proper grade and cross - section and uniformly compact surface. C. Do not use sections of prepared ground surface as haul roads. Protect prepared . subgrade from traffic. D. Maintain prepared ground surface in finished condition until next course is placed. 3.02 COMPACTION A. Under Earthfill: Compact upper 6 inches to minimum of 95 percent relative compaction as determined in accordance with ASTM D698. B. Under Pavement Structure: Compact the upper 12 inches to minimum of 100 percent relative compaction as determined in accordance with ASTM D698. 3.03 MOISTURE CONDITIONING A. Dry Subgrade: Add water, then mix to make moisture content uniform throughout. B. Wet Subgrade: Aerate material by blading, discing, harrowing, or other methods, to hasten drying process. 3.04 CORRECTION A. Soft or Loose Subgrade: 1. Adjust moisture content and recompact, or 2. Over excavate as specified in Section 02315, Excavation, and replace with suitable material from the excavation, as specified in Section 02316, Fill and Backfill. 0 CVO/383498A SUBGRADE PREPARATION 0 MAY 1, 2009 02319 - 2 0 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Unsuitable Material: Over excavate as specified in Section 02315, Excavation, and replace with suitable material from the excavation, as specified in Section 02316, Fill and Backfill. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A SUBGRADE PREPARATION MAY 1, 2009 02319 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02320 TRENCH BACKFILL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Public Works Association (APWA): Uniform Color Code for Temporary Marking of Underground Utility Locations. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. b. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. c. C117, Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75 Micrometer (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing. d. C136, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. e. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. f. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. g. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft- lbf/ft (600 kN- m/m h. D1140, Standard Test Method for Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No. 200 (75 micrometer) Sieve. i. DI557, Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil using Modified Effort (56,000 ft- lbf /ft (2,700 kN- m/m j. D3776, Standard Test Methods for Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Fabric. k. D4253, Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. 1. D4254, Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. m. D4318, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. n. D4533, Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles. o. D4832, Standard Test Method for Preparation and Testing of Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) Test Cylinders. CVO/383498A TRENCH BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02320 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 p. D4991, Standard Test Method for Leakage Testing of Empty Rigid Containers by Vacuum Method. q. D5034, Standard Test Method for Breaking Strength and Elongation of Textile Fabrics (Grab Test). 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): Z535.1, Safety Color Code. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Base Rock: Granular material upon which manhole bases and other structures are placed. B. Bedding Material: Granular material upon which pipes, conduits, cables, or duct banks are placed. C. Imported Material: Material obtained by Contractor from source(s) offsite. D. Lift: Loose (uncompacted) layer of material. E. Pipe Zone: Backf ll zone that includes full trench width and extends from prepared trench bottom to an upper limit above top outside surface of pipe, conduit, cable or duct bank. F. Prepared Trench Bottom: Graded trench bottom after excavation and installation of stabilization material, if required, but before installation of bedding material. G. Relative Compaction: The ratio, in percent, of the as- compacted field dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. Corrections for oversize material may be applied to either as- compacted field dry density or maximum dry density, as determined by Engineer. H. Selected Backfill Material: Material available onsite that Engineer determines to be suitable for a specific use. I. Well- Graded: A mixture of particle sizes that has no specific concentration or lack thereof of one or more sizes producing a material type that, when compacted, produces a strong and relatively incompressible soil mass free from detrimental voids. Well- graded does not define any numerical value that must be placed on the coefficient of uniformity, coefficient of curvature, or other specific grain size distribution parameters. CVO/383498A TRENCH BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02320 - 2 ()COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: Manufacturer's descriptive literature for marking tapes. 2. Samples: a. Trench stabilization material. b. Bedding and pipe zone material. c. Granular backfill. d. Earth backfill. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Catalog and manufacturer's data sheets for compaction equipment. 2. Certified Gradation Analysis: Submit not less than 30 days prior to delivery for imported materials or anticipated use for excavated materials, except for trench stabilization material that will be submitted prior to material delivery to Site. 3. Controlled Low Strength Material: Certified mix design and test results. Include material types and weight per cubic yard for each component of mix. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MARKING TAPE A. Nondetectable: 1. Inert polyethylene, impervious to known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents, and solvents likely to be encountered in soil. 2. Thickness: Minimum 5 mils. 3. Width: 3 inches. 4. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1 -inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. Reef Industries; Terra Tape. b. Mutual Industries; Non - detectable Tape. c. Presco; Non - detectable Tape. B. Detectable: 1. Solid aluminum foil, visible on unprinted side, encased in protective high visibility, inert polyethylene plastic jacket. 2. Foil Thickness: Minimum 0.35 mils. 3. Laminate Thickness: Minimum 5 mils. 4. Width: 3 inches. CVO/383498A TRENCH BACKFILL • MAY 1, 2009 02320 - 3 • ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 5. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1 -inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length. 6. Joining Clips: Tin or nickel - coated furnished by tape manufacturer. 7. Manufacturers and Products: a. Reef Industries; Terra Tape, Sentry Line Detectable. b. Mutual Industries; Detectable Tape. c. Presco; Detectable Tape. C. Color: In accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code for Temporary Marking of Underground Facilities. Color* Facility Red Electric power lines, cables, conduit, and lightning cables Orange Communicating alarm or signal lines, cables, or conduit Yellow Gas, oil, steam, petroleum, or gaseous materials Green Sewers and drain lines Blue Potable water Purple Reclaimed water, irrigation, and slurry lines *As specified in NEMA Z535.1, Safety Color Code. 2.02 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL A. Base Rock: 1. Clean, hard, durable 3 -inch minus crushed rock or angular gravel, free from clay balls, other organic materials, or debris. 2. Uniformly graded from coarse to fine, less than 8 percent by weight passing the 1/4 -inch sieve. 2.03 BEDDING MATERIAL AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL A. Unfrozen, friable, and no clay balls, roots, or other organic material. B. Clean or gravelly sand with less than 5 percent passing No. 200 sieve, as determined in accordance with ASTM D1140, or gravel or crushed rock within maximum particle size and other requirements as follows unless otherwise specified. 1. Duct Banks: 3/4 -inch maximum particle size. 2. PVC Irrigation System Piping and Ductile Iron Pipe with Polyethylene Wrap: 3/8 -inch maximum particle size. CVO/383498A TRENCH BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02320 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. Pipe Under 18 -Inch Diameter: 3/4 -inch maximum particle size, except 1/4 inch for stainless steel pipe, copper pipe, tubing, and plastic pipe under 3 -inch diameter. 4. Pipe Greater than 18 -Inch Diameter: 1 -1/2 -inch maximum particle size 4D for ductile iron pipe, concrete pipe, welded steel pipe, and pretensioned or prestressed concrete cylinder pipe. 5. Conduit and Direct -Buried Cable: a. Sand, clean or clean to silty, less than 12 percent passing No. 200 sieve. b. Individual Particles: Free of sharp edges. c. Maximum Size Particle: Pass a No. 4 sieve. d. If more than 5 percent passes No. 200 sieve, the fraction that passes No. 40 sieve shall be nonplastic as determined in accordance with ASTM D4318. 2.04 EARTH BACKFILL A. Excavated material from required excavations free from rocks larger than 3 inches, from roots or organic matter, ashes, cinders, trash, debris, and other deleterious materials. B. Provide imported material of equivalent quality, if required to accomplish Work. 2.05 GRANULAR BACKFILL A. Clean, crushed gravel or crushed rock, reasonably well - graded from coarse to fine. B. Maximum Particle Size: 1 inch. 2.06 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH FILL A. Select and proportion ingredients to obtain compressive strength between 50 and 150 psi at 28 days in accordance with ASTM D4832. B. Materials: 1. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or Type II. 2. Aggregate: ASTM C33, Size 7. 3. Fly Ash (if used): ASTM C618, Class C. 4. Water: Clean, potable, containing less than 500 ppm of chlorides. 2.07 GRAVEL SURFACING ROCK A. As specified in Section 02710, Aggregate Base Courses. CVO/383498A TRENCH BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02320 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 0 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2.08 TOPSOIL A. As specified in Section 02316, Fill and Backfill. 2.09 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform gradation analysis in accordance with ASTM C136 for: 1. Earth backfill, including specified class. 2. Trench stabilization material. 3. Bedding and pipe zone material. B. Certify Laboratory Performance of Mix Designs: Controlled low strength fill. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TRENCH PREPARATION A. Water Control: 1. As specified in Section 02240, Dewatering. 2. Remove water in a manner that minimizes soil erosion from trench sides and bottom. 3. Provide continuous water control until trench backfill is complete. B. Remove foreign material and backfill contaminated with foreign material that falls into trench. 3.02 TRENCH BOTTOM A. Firm Subgrade: Grade with hand tools, remove loose and disturbed material, and trim off high areas and ridges left by excavating bucket teeth. Allow space for bedding material if shown or specified. B. Soft Subgrade: If subgrade is encountered that may require removal to prevent pipe settlement, notify Engineer. Engineer will determine depth of overexcavation, if any required. 3.03 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL INSTALLATION A. Rebuild trench bottom with trench stabilization material. B. Place material over full width of trench in 6 -inch lifts to required grade, providing allowance for bedding thickness. C. Compact each lift so as to provide a firm, unyielding support for the bedding material prior to placing succeeding lifts. CVO/383498A TRENCH BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02320 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 • 3.04 BEDDING • A. Furnish imported bedding material. B. Place over the full width of the prepared trench bottom in two equal lifts when the required depth exceeds 8 inches. C. Hand grade and compact each lift to provide a firm, unyielding surface. D. - Minimum Thickness: 4 inches. E. Check grade and correct irregularities in bedding material. Loosen top 1 inch to 2 inches of compacted bedding material with a rake or by other means to provide - a cushion before laying each section of pipe, conduit, direct -buried cable, or duct bank. F. Install to form continuous and uniform support except at bell holes, if applicable, or minor disturbances resulting from removal of lifting tackle. G. Bell or Coupling Holes: Excavate in bedding at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection of joint and to provide uniform bearing along barrel of pipe or conduit. 3.05 BACKFILL PIPE ZONE A. Upper limit of pipe zone shall not be less than following: 1. Pipe: 12 inches, unless shown otherwise. 2. Conduit: 3 inches, unless shown otherwise. 3. Direct -Buried Cable: 3 inches, unless shown otherwise. 4. Duct Bank: 3 inches, unless shown otherwise. B. Restrain pipe, conduit, cables, and duct banks as necessary to prevent their movement during backfill operations. o Q C. Place material simultaneously in lifts on both sides of pipe and, if applicable, between pipes, conduit, cables, and duct banks installed in same trench. 1. Pipe 10 -Inch and Smaller Diameter: First lift less than or equal to 1/2 pipe diameter. - . 2. Pipe Over 10 -Inch Diameter: Maximum 6 -inch lifts. 0 D. Thoroughly tamp each lift, including area under haunches, with handheld O tamping bars supplemented by "walking in" and slicing material under haunches with a shovel to ensure voids are completely filled before placing each succeeding lift. CVO/383498A TRENCH BACKFILL Q MAY 1, 2009 02320 - 7 Q ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 E. After the full depth of the pipe zone material has been placed as specified, compact the material by a minimum of three passes with a vibratory plate compactor only over the area between the sides of the pipe and the trench walls. F. Do not use power - driven impact compactors to compact pipe zone material. 3.06 MARKING TAPE INSTALLATION A. Continuously install marking tape along centerline of all buried piping, at depth shown. Coordinate with piping installation drawings. 1. Detectable Marking Tape: Install with nonmetallic piping and waterlines. 2. Nondetectable Marking Tape: Install with metallic piping. 3.07 BACKFILL ABOVE PIPE ZONE A. General: 1. Process excavated material to meet specified gradation requirements. 2. Adjust moisture content as necessary to obtain specified compaction. 3. Do not allow backfill to free fall into the trench or allow heavy, sharp pieces of material to be placed as backfill until after at least 2 feet of backfill has been provided over the top of pipe. 4. Do not use power driven impact type compactors for compaction until at least 4 feet of backfill is placed over top of pipe. 5. Backfill to grade with proper allowances for topsoil, crushed rock surfacing, and pavement thicknesses, wherever applicable. 6. Backfill around structures with same class backfill as specified for adjacent trench unless otherwise shown or specified. B. Earth Backfill: 1. Backfill with earth backfill. 2. Leave trench with backfill material neatly mounded across the entire trench width, but not more than 6 inches above the adjacent ground surface. 3. In lawn, garden, or similar type areas, maintain trench level with the existing adjacent grade. 4. At Other Locations: a. Estimate and provide amount of backfill material required so that after normal settlement, the settled surface will match the adjacent ground surface. b. Neatly windrow material over trench, and remove excess. CVO/383498A TRENCH BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02320 - 8 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL 0 0 DURHAM PHASE 5A1 0 0 c. Correct excess or deficiency of backfill material apparent after settlement and within correction period by regrading, and disposing of excess material or adding additional material where deficient. C. Granular Backfill: Backfill trench above the pipe zone with granular backfill in lifts not exceeding 8 inches. Compact each lift to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction prior to placing succeeding lifts. D. Controlled Low Strength Fill: 1. Discharge from truck mounted drum type mixer into trench. 2. Place in lifts as necessary to prevent uplift (flotation) of new and existing facilities. 3. In traveled areas fill entire trench section to pavement finish grade for a temporary driving surface, and screed off excess and finish with a float. 4. In other areas fill the trench section as shown. 3.08 REPLACEMENT OF TOPSOIL A. Replace topsoil in top 12 inches of backfilled trench. B. Maintain the finished grade of topsoil even with adjacent area and grade as necessary to restore drainage. 3.09 MAINTENANCE OF TRENCH BACKFILL A. After each section of trench is backfilled, maintain the surface of the backfilled trench even with the adjacent ground surface until final surface restoration is completed. B. Gravel Surfacing Rock: Add gravel surfacing rock where applicable and as necessary to keep the surface of the backfilled trench even with the adjacent ground surface, and grade and compact as necessary to keep the surface of backfilled trenches smooth, free from ruts and potholes, and suitable for normal traffic flow. C. Topsoil: Add topsoil where applicable and as necessary to maintain the surface of the backfilled trench level with the adjacent ground surface. D. Asphaltic Pavement: Replace settled areas or fill with asphalt as specified in Section 02772, Asphalt Paving. E. Other Areas: Add excavated material where applicable and keep the surface of the backfilled trench level with the adjacent ground surface. CVO/383498A TRENCH BACKFILL MAY 1, 2009 02320 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 • 3.1.0 SETTLEMENT OF BACKFILL A. • Settlement of trench , backfill ; or of "fill, or facilities constructed over trerich backfill will be considered a result of defective compaction, of; trench backfill_ EN D:OF SECTION • • • • • • • • CVO/383498A TRENCH 'BACKFILL MAY- 1,.2009 • - 02320 - 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02533 MANHOLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. c. Al23, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on lion and Steel Products. d. A167, Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium- Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. e. A240, Standard Specification for Heat - Resisting Chromium and Chromium- Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels. f. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. g. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Rail -Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. h. B139, Standard Specification for Phosphor Bronze Rod, Bar, and Shapes. i. C 14, Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe. j. C387, Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete. k. C443, Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. 1. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. m. C923, Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. n. D4101, Standard Specification for Propylene Plastic Injection and Extrusion Materials. o. F593, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. p. F594, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts. CVO/383498A MANHOLES MAY 1, 2009 02533 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Cast -in -Place Manholes: Details of construction. b. Precast Manholes: Details of construction. c. Precast Base, Cones, and Top Slab Sections: Details of construction. d. Manholes Over Existing Piping: Plans and schedule for diverting flow. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Proposed curing method for cast -in -place concrete structures. 2. Precast Manhole Sections: Manufacturer's results of tests performed on representative sections to be furnished. 3. Certified load test data for precast manhole steps. 4. Plan for diversion of flow during installation of manhole over existing piping. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRECAST MANHOLES A. Riser Sections: 1. Minimum 48 inches in diameter. 2. Fabricate in accordance with ASTM C478. 3. Minimum Wall Thickness: 4 inches or 1/12 times inside diameter, whichever is greater. 4. Top and bottom shall be parallel. 5. Joints: Confined 0-ring with rubber gaskets meeting ASTM C443. B. Cone Sections: 1. Provide eccentric cones. 2. Same wall thickness and reinforcement as riser section. 3. Top and bottom shall be parallel. C. Base Sections and Base Slab: 1. Base Sections: Base slab integral with sidewalls. 2. Fabricate in accordance with ASTM C478. CVO/383498A MANHOLES MAY 1, 2009 02533 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 D. Manhole Extensions: 1. Concrete grade rings; maximum 6 inches high. 2. Fabricate in accordance with ASTM C478. E. Preformed Plastic Gaskets: Hamilton Kent of Nevada, Sparks, NV; Kent -Seal No. 2. F. Source Quality Control: 1. All test specimens shall be mat tested and meet permeability test requirements of ASTM C14. 2. Conduct tests at point of manufacture prior to delivery of any section. 3. Sections to be tested will be selected at random from stockpiled material to be supplied for the Project. 2.02 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVER A. Castings: 1. Tough, close - grained gray iron, sound, smooth, clean, free from blisters, blowholes, shrinkage, cold shuts, and defects. 2. Cast Iron: ASTM A48 Class 30B. 3. Ductile Iron: ASTM A536, Grade 60- 40 -12. 4. Plane or grind bearing surfaces to ensure flat, true surfaces. B. Cover: True and seat within ring at all points with the word DRAIN in 2 -inch raised letters. 2.03 MORTAR A. Standard premixed in accordance with ASTM C387, or proportion one part portland cement to two parts clean, well - graded sand that will pass a 1/8 -inch screen. B. Admixtures: May be included but do not exceed the following percentages of weight of cement: 1. Hydrated Line: 10 percent. 2. Diatomaceous Earth or Other Inert Material: 5 percent. C. Mix Consistency: 1. Tongue- and - Groove Type Joint: Such that mortar will readily adhere to pipe. CVO/383498A MANHOLES MAY 1, 2009 02533 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2. Confined Groove (Keylock) Joint: Such that excess mortar will be forced out of groove and support is not provided for section being placed. 2.04 IMPORTED PIPE BASE A. Furnish as specified in Section 02320, Trench Backfill. 2.05 FLEXIBLE JOINTS A. Manufacturers: 1. "Kor -N -Seal" flexible rubber boot with stainless steel accessories as manufactured by NPC, Inc., Milford, New Hampshire. 2. "Z -LOK XP" or "A -LOK" flexible connectors as manufactured by A -LOK Products, Inc., Tullytown, PA. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Remove and keep all water clear from the excavation during construction and testing operations. B. Place imported pipe base material on undisturbed earth; thoroughly compact with a mechanical vibrating or power tamper. 3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavation: As specified in Section 02315, Excavation. B. Backfill: As specified in Section 02320, Trench Backfill. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PRECAST MANHOLES A. Concrete Base: 1. Cast -in- Place: a. Vibrate to densify concrete and screed so first precast manhole section to be placed has a level, uniform bearing for full circumference. b. Deposit sufficient mortar on base to assure watertight seal between base and manhole wall, or place first precast section of manhole in concrete base before concrete has set. Properly locate and plumb first section. CVO/383498A MANHOLES MAY 1, 2009 02533 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2. Precast: a. Place on compacted imported base material. b. Properly locate, ensure firm bearing throughout, and plumb first section. B. Sections: 1. Carefully inspect precast manhole sections to be joined. 2. Thoroughly clean ends of sections to be joined. 3. Do not use sections with chips or cracks in the tongue. 4. Locate precast steps in line with each other to provide a continuous vertical ladder. C. Rubber Gasketed Joints: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Extensions: 1. Provide on manholes in streets or other locations where a subsequent change in existing grade may be likely. 2. Install to height not exceeding 12 inches. 3. Lay grade rings in mortar with sides plumb and tops level. 4. Seal joints with mortar as specified for sections, and make watertight. 3.04 MANHOLE INVERT A. Construct with smooth transitions to ensure an unobstructed flow through manhole. Remove sharp edges or rough sections that tend to obstruct flow. B. Where full section of pipe is laid through manhole, break out top section as shown and cover exposed edge of pipe completely with mortar. Trowel mortar surfaces smooth. 3.05 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS A. Set frames in bed of mortar with mortar carried over flange as shown. B. Set tops of covers flush with surface of adjoining pavement or ground surface, unless otherwise shown or directed. 3.06 MANHOLE PIPING A. Flexible Joints: 1. Provide in pipe not more than 1 -1/2 feet from manhole walls. CVO/383498A MANHOLES MAY 1, 2009 02533 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2. Where last joint of pipe is between 1 -1/2 and 6 feet from manhole wall, provide flexible joint in manhole wall. 3.07 MANHOLES OVER EXISTING PIPING A. Maintain flow through existing pipelines at all times. B. Plastic Pipe: 1. Use solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer to slightly soften the pipe wall. 2. Apply a dense coating of clean mortar sand over all areas that will be in contact with concrete. 3. Allow mortar to dry completely prior to placing concrete. C. Concrete Pipe: Apply a bonding agent on all surfaces to be in contact with concrete. D. Construct base under existing piping. E. Construct manhole as specified. F. Break out existing pipe within new manhole, cover edges with mortar, and trowel smooth. G. Protect new concrete and mortar work for 7 days after placing concrete. 3.08 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING MANHOLES A. Break out existing manhole bases or grouting as necessary. B. Clean all surfaces and apply a bonding agent. C. Regrout to provide smooth flow into and through manholes. D. Provide diversion facilities and perform work necessary to maintain flow during connection. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Hydrostatic Testing: 1. When, in Engineer's opinion, groundwater table is too low to permit visual detection of infiltration leaks, hydrostatically test all manholes. 2. Procedure: Plug inlets and outlets and fill manhole with water to height determined by Engineer. CVO/383498A MANHOLES MAY 1, 2009 02533 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. A manhole may be filled 24 hours prior to time of testing, if desired, to permit normal absorption into the pipe walls to take place. 4. Leakage in each manhole shall not exceed 0.1 gallon per hour per foot of head above the invert. 5. Repair manholes that do not meet the leakage test, or do not meet specified requirements from visual inspection. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A MANHOLES MAY 1, 2009 02533 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02631 CATCH BASINS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section: 1. American Welding Society (AWS): Code for Welding in Building Construction. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36/A36M, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. c. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. d. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. e. C387, Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete. f. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE A. Concrete shall be ready- mixed, conforming to ASTM C94/C94M, Alternate 2. • Compressive field strength shall be not less than 2,500 psi at 28 days. • Maximum size of aggregate shall be 1 -1/2 inch. Slump shall be between 2 and 4 inches. Field strength shall be assumed as equal to 85 percent of strength of laboratory-cured cylinders. 2.02 FORMS A. Exposed surfaces shall be plywood. Others shall be steel, matched boards, plywood, or other acceptable material. Form vertical surfaces. Provide fillets on re- entrant angles. Trench walls, large rock, or earth will not be acceptable form material. 2.03 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615/A61.5M, Grade 60, deformed bars. CVO/383498A CATCH BASINS MAY 1, 2009 02631 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2.04 PRECAST UNITS A. At the option of Contractor, approved precast units may be substituted for cast -in -place units. Precast units shall conform to ASTM C478. Submit details of proposed units to Engineer for review. Concrete risers for extensions shall be a maximum of 6 inches high and of same quality as sections. Risers shall be reviewed by Engineer before installation. 2.05 MORTAR A. Standard premixed mortar conforming to ASTM C387, Type S, or proportion 1 part portland cement to 2 parts clean, well - graded sand which will pass a 1/8 -inch screen. Admixtures may be used not exceeding the following percentages of weight of cement: Hydrated lime, 10 percent; diatomaceous earth or other inert materials, 5 percent. Consistency of mortar shall be such that it will readily adhere to concrete. 2.06 FRAMES AND GRATINGS A. Cast iron frames and gratings for catch basins and storm drain inlets shall be as indicated. Bearing surfaces shall be clean and shall provide uniform contact. Castings shall be tough, close - grained gray iron, sound, smooth, clean, free from blisters, blowholes, shrinkage, cold shuts, and defects, and shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 30. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavate as required to accomplish construction. Backfill shall be as specified for adjoining pipe trench. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION OF CATCH BASINS AND INLETS A. Construct inlets and catch basins at locations shown and in accordance with Drawings. Construct forms to dimensions and elevations required. Forms shall be tight and well braced. Chamfer corners of forms. B. Prior to placing concrete, remove water and debris from forms. Moisten forms just prior to placing concrete. Handle concrete from transporting vehicle to forms in a continuous manner as rapidly as practical without segregation or loss of ingredients. Immediately after placing, compact concrete with mechanical vibrator. Limit duration of vibration to time necessary to produce satisfactory consolidation without causing segregation. CVO/383498A CATCH BASINS MAY 1, 2009 02631 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 C. Screed top surface of exposed slabs and walls. When initial water has been absorbed, float surfaces with wood float and lightly trowel with steel trowel to smooth finish free from marks or irregularities. Finish exposed edges with steel edging tool. Remove forms and patch defects in concrete with mortar mixed in same proportions as original concrete mix. D. Cure concrete by preventing loss of moisture for a period of 7 days. Accomplish with a membrane - forming curing compound. Apply curing compound immediately after removal of forms or finishing of slabs. Protect concrete from damage during 7 -day curing period. 3.03 PLACING PRECAST UNITS A. If material in bottom of trench is unsuitable for supporting unit, excavate and backfill to required grade with 3 -inch minus, clean, pit -run material. Set units to grade at locations shown. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF FRAMES AND GRATES A. Set frames and grates at elevations indicated or as determined in field and in conformance with Drawings. B. Frames may be cast in, or shall be set in mortar. 3.05 CLEANING A. Upon completion, clean each structure of all silt, debris, and foreign matter. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A CATCH BASINS MAY 1, 2009 02631 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02632 STORM DRAIN AND DRAINAGE PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section and any supplemental Data Sheets: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. M36M, Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic- Coated, for Sewers and Drains. b. M190M, Standard Specification for Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches. c. M196M, Standard Specification for Corrugated Aluminum Pipe for Sewers and Drains. 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C104/A21.4, Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. b. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. c. C110 /A21.10, Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 in. Through 48 in. (75 mm Through 1200 mm) for Water and Other Liquids. d. C111 /A21.11, Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. e. C151/A21.51, Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A746, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe. b. C14, Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe. c. C76, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. d. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. e. C311, Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland - Cement Concrete. f. C361, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low -Head Pressure Pipe. g. C425, Standard Specification for Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings. h. C443, Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. CVO/383498A STORM DRAIN AND DRAINAGE PIPING MAY 1, 2009 02632 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 i. C497, Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile. j. C507, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. k. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. 1. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. m. C655, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete D -Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. n. C700, Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated. o. C1012, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hydraulic - Cement Mortars Exposed to a Sulfate Solution. p. D1248, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable. q. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. r. D2412, Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel -Plate Loading. s. D3034, Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. t. D3212, Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. u. F477, Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. v. F679, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large- Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. w. F794, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. x. F894, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Large Diameter Profile Wall Sewer and Drain Pipe. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: Manufacturer's Certification of Compliance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. As specified in the Data Sheets following "End of Section." CVO/383498A STORM DRAIN AND DRAINAGE PIPING MAY 1, 2009 02632 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PIPE, FITTINGS, AND APPURTENANCES A. General: 1. Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with spigot ends pointing in direction of flow. 2. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit correct assembly and inspection of entire joint. 3. Pipe invert may deviate from line or grade up to 1/2 inch for line and 1/4 inch for grade, provided that finished pipe line will present a uniform bore, and such variation does not result in a level or reverse sloping invert, or less than minimum slope shown. 4. Pipe bedding shall form continuous and uniform bearing and support for pipe barrel between joints. Pipe shall not rest directly on bell or pipe joint. 5. Prevent entry of foreign material into gasketed joints. 6. Plug or close off pipes that are stubbed off for manhole, concrete structure, or for connection by others, with temporary watertight plugs. B. Concrete Closure Collars: Only use concrete closure collars where shown or authorized by Engineer. 3.02 SEWER CLEANING A. Prior to final acceptance and final manhole -to- manhole inspection of the sewer system by Engineer, flush and clean all parts of the system. Remove all accumulated construction debris, rocks, gravel, sand, silt, and other foreign material from the sewer system at or near the closest downstream manhole. If necessary, use mechanical rodding or bucketing equipment. B. Upon Engineer's final manhole -to- manhole inspection of the sewer system, if any foreign matter is still present in the system, reflush and clean the sections and portions of the lines as required. CVO/383498A STORM DRAIN AND DRAINAGE PIPING MAY 1, 2009 02632 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.03 SUPPLEMENTS A. Data Sheets. Number Title -.03 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) -.05 Reinforced Concrete END OF SECTION CVO/383498A STORM DRAIN AND DRAINAGE PIPING MAY 1, 2009 02632 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02632 -03 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) Item Description Pipe: 15 -inch diameter ASTM D3034: Standard dimension ratio less than 35, except and under that the cell classification shall be 12454 -B or 12454 -C as defined in ASTM D1784. Pipe: 18- through ASTM F679: Standard dimension ratio less than 35, except that 24 -inch diameter the cell classification shall be 12454 -C as defined in ASTM D1784. Ribbed Profile Pipe: 18- ASTM F794: Minimum stiffness of 46 psi when tested in through 36 -inch accordance with ASTM D2412, except that the cell diameter classification shall be 12454 -C as defined in ASTM D1784. Joints ASTM D3212 rubber gasketed. Gaskets ASTM F477. Lubricants: As approved by manufacturer. Fittings PVC, gasketed. Provide plug when service piping is not required. Plugs Removable. Removal shall provide a socket suitable for making a flexible jointed lateral connection or extension. Source Quality Control In accordance with specified ASTM. Testing END OF SECTION CVO/383498A POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) MAY 1, 2009 02632 -03 DATA SHEET - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02632 -05 REINFORCED CONCRETE Item Description Pipe ASTM C76, Wall B, Class III. Mark each joint with pipe class. Rotating packer or platform not allowed. Cement ASTM C150, Type II, or ASTM C150, Type I, with fly ash; maximum 12 percent Tricalcium Aluminate, or ASTM C595 Rev A, Type IP, with fly ash; Cement: ASTM C150. Minimum 564 pounds per cubic yard without fly ash. Minimum 479 pounds per cubic yard with fly ash. Ratio: Water to Not over 0.49. Cementitious Materials Fly Ash ASTM C618, Class C or Class F, Tables 1 and 2 modified as follows: Loss on Ignition: Maximum 3 percent Water Requirement: Maximum 100 percent of control Ratio Percent CaO /Fe2O3: Maximum 1.5 or test cement fly ash mix in accordance with ASTM C1012. Mix: Equal to or better than ASTM C 150, Type II cement. 85 pounds per cubic yard minimum, 160 pounds per cubic yard maximum. Test: ASTM C311 and ASTM C618. Joints ASTM C443 Rev A. Captive gasket in groove. Rubber Gaskets ASTM C443. Tee Fittings Reinforced concrete, rubber gasketed. Provide plug when service piping is not required. Plugs Removable. Removal shall provide a socket suitable for making a flexible jointed lateral connection or extension. Circumferential Not closer than 1 inch to inside surface of pipe. Area of outer Reinforcement circular reinforcing cage not less than 75 percent of inner cage. Elliptical Not allowed. Reinforcement CVO /383498A REINFORCED CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 02632 -05 DATA SHEET - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02632 -05 REINFORCED CONCRETE Item Description Source Quality Load Bearing 0.01 -inch Crack, Compressive Strength and Control Testing Absorption: ASTM C76. Load Bearing Ultimate: ASTM C76. Permeability: ASTM C497. Voids: Longitudinally sawcut one pipe from each 100 lengths of pipe manufactured in half with saw that will not damage the concrete or reinforcing steel. Inspect for voids adjacent to circumferential bars. Voids will be considered continuous if a 1/16 -inch diameter pin can be inserted 1/4 inch deep. If voids exist adjacent to more than 10 percent of the circumferential bars, two additional pipes shall be tested. If either of the two pipes fail, the entire 100 lengths will be rejected. END OF SECTION CVO /383498A REINFORCED CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 02632 -05 DATA SHEET - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02710 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. T11, Standard Method of Test for Materials Finer Than 751.tm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing. b. T27, Standard Method of Test for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. c. T89, Standard Specification for Determining the Liquid Limit of Soils. d. T90, Standard Specification for Determining the Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils. e. T96, Standard Specification for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. f. T99, Standard Specification for the Moisture - Density Relations of Soils Using a 2.5 kg (5.5 pound) Rammer . and a 305 mm (12 in) Drop. g. T180, Standard Specification for Moisture- Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54 kg (10 -1b) Rammer and a 457 mm (18 -in) Drop. h. T190, Standard Specification for Resistance R -Value and Expansion Pressure of Compacted Soils. i. T265, Standard Method of Test for Laboratory Determination of Moisture Content of Soils. j. T310, Standard Specification for In -Place Density and Moisture Content of Soil and Soil - Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C88, Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. b. D 1883, Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of Laboratory Compacted Soils. c. D2419, Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate. d. D4791, Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate. CVO/383498A AGGREGATE BASE COURSES MAY 1, 2009 02710 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Completed Course: Compacted, unyielding, free from irregularities, with smooth, tight, even surface, true to grade, line, and cross - section. B. Completed Lift: Compacted with uniform cross - section thickness. C. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this section, shall mean the Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction, 2008. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Certified Test Results on Source Materials: Submit copies from commercial testing laboratory 20 days prior to delivery of materials to Project showing materials meeting the physical qualities specified. 2. Certified results of in -place density tests from independent testing agency. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BASE COURSE A. As specified for 3/4 -inch maximum base aggregate in Sections 02630 and 00641, of the Standard Specifications. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests necessary to locate acceptable source of materials meeting specified requirements. B. Final approval of aggregate material will be based on test results of installed materials. C. Should separation of coarse from fine materials occur during processing or stockpiling, immediately change methods of handling materials to correct uniformity in grading. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. As specified in Section 02319, Subgrade Preparation. B. Obtain Engineer's acceptance of subgrade before placing base course or surfacing material. CVO/383498A AGGREGATE BASE COURSES MAY1,2009 02710 -2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 • C. Do not place base course or surfacing materials in snow or on soft, muddy, or frozen subgrade. ' 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. Compaction Equipment: Adequate in design and number to provide • compaction and to obtain specified density for each layer. 3.03 HAULING AND SPREADING A. Hauling Materials: 1. Do not haul over surfacing in process of'construction. 2. Loads: Of uniform capacity. 3.. Maintain consistent gradation of material delivered; loads of widely varying gradations will be cause for rejection. B. Spreading Materials: 1. Distribute material to provide required density, depth,. grade, and dimensions with allowance for subsequent lifts. 2. Produce even distribution of material upon roadway or prepared surface without segregation. 3. Should segregation of coarse from fine materials occur during placing, immediately change methods of han dling materials to correct uniformity in grading. • 3.04 CONSTRUCTION OF COURSES • A. Untreated Aggregate Base Course: 1. Maximum Completed Lift Thickness: 6 inches. 2. Completed Course Total Thickness: As shown. 3. Spread lift on preceding course to required cross- section. 4. Lightly blade and roll surface until thoroughly compacted. 5. Add keystone to achieve compaction and as required when aggregate does not compact readily due to lack of fines or natural cementing prop_ erties, as follows: a. Use leveling course or surfacing material as keystone. b. Spread evenly on top of base course, using spreader boxes or chip spreaders. • c. Roll surface until keystone is worked into interstices of base course without excessive displacement. • d. Continue operation until course has become thoroughly keyed, compacted, and will not creep or move under roller. 6. Blade or broom surface to maintain true line, grade, and cross - section. CVO/383498A AGGREGATE BASE COURSES MAY 1, 2009 • 02710 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.05 ROLLING AND COMPACTION A. Commence compaction of each layer of base after spreading operations and continue until density of 95 percent of maximum density has been achieved as determined by AASHTO T99. B. Roll each layer of material until material does not creep under roller before succeeding layer is applied. C. Commence rolling at outer edges and continue toward center; do not roll center of road first. D. Apply water as needed to obtain specified densities. E. Place and compact each lift to required density before succeeding lift is placed. F. Surface Defects: Remedy by loosening and rerolling. Reroll entire area, including surrounding surface, until thoroughly compacted. G. Finished surface shall be true to grade and crown before proceeding with surfacing. 3.06 SURFACE TOLERANCES A. Blade or otherwise work surfacing as necessary to maintain grade and cross - section at all times, and to keep surface smooth and thoroughly compacted. B. Finished Surface of Untreated Aggregate Base Course: Within plus or minus 0.04 foot of grade shown at any individual point. C. Gravel Surfacing: Within 0.04 foot from lower edge of 10 -foot straightedge placed on finished surface, parallel to centerline. D. Overall Average: Within plus or minus 0.01 foot from crown and grade specified. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. In -Place Density Tests: 1. Provide testing laboratory at least 24 hours advance notification prior to testing. 2. Show proof that areas meet specified requirements before identifying density test locations. CVO/383498A AGGREGATE BASE COURSES MAY 1, 2009 02710 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.08 CLEANING A. Remove excess material from the Work area. Clean stockpile and staging areas of all excess aggregate. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A AGGREGATE BASE COURSES MAY 1, 2009 02710 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 • • SECTION 02761 PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. M237, Standard Specification for Epoxy Resin Adhesives for Bonding Traffic Markers to Hardened Portland Cement and Asphalt Concrete. b. M247, Standard Specification for Glass Beads Used in Traffic Paint. c. M248, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed White and Yellow Traffic Paints. d. M249, Standard Specification for White and Yellow Reflective • Thermoplastic Striping Material (Solid Form). 2. ASTM International (ASTM): D4280, Standard Specification Extended Life Type, Nonplowable, Prismatic, Raised, Retroreflective Pavement Markers. 3. Federal Specifications (FS): a. A- A- 2886A, Paint, Traffic, Solvent Based. b. TT- B- 1325C, Beads (Glass Spheres); Retroreflective. 1.02 DEFINITIONS • A. Standard Specifications: When referenced in this Section shall mean Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction, 2008. • 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Product Data: 1) Thermoplastic material. 2) Epoxies, resins, and primers to be used. b. Glass Beads: Proposed gradation. • CVO/383498A PAVEMENT MARKINGS MAY 1, 2009 02761 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Informational Submittals: 1. Description of proposed methods for removal of drips, overspray, improper markings, paint and thermoplastic material tracked by traffic, and existing markings. 2. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance for products specified in this section. 3. Equipment List: Proposed equipment to be used, including descriptive data. 4. Manufacturer's Instructions: a. Application of preformed tape. b. Application of portland cement concrete primer. c. Application of glass beads. d. Application of epoxy resin. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All products shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications. 2.02 THERMOPLASTIC MARKING A. Color: White or yellow. B. AASHTO M249. 2.03 GLASS BEADS A. In accordance with AASHTO M247, Type I. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Cleaning: 1. Thoroughly clean surfaces to be marked before application of pavement marking material. 2. Remove dust, dirt, and other granular surface deposits by sweeping, blowing with compressed air, rinsing with water or a combination of these methods. 3. Completely remove rubber deposits, surface laitance, existing paint markings, and other coatings adhering to pavement with scrapers, wire brushes, sandblasting, approved chemicals, or mechanical abrasion. CVO/383498A PAVEMENT MARKINGS MAY 1, 2009 02761 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 4. Scrub areas of old pavement affected with oil or grease with several applications of trisodium phosphate solution or other approved detergent or degreaser, and rinse thoroughly after each application. 5. Surfaces shall be completely free of dirt and ice, and dry of water at the time of application of materials specified herein. 6. Oil- Soaked Areas: After cleaning, seal with cut shellac to prevent bleeding through the new paint. 7. Reclean surfaces when the Work has been stopped due to rain. 8. Existing Pavement Markings: a. Remove existing pavement markings that may interfere or conflict with newly applied marking patterns, or that may result in a misleading or confusing traffic pattern. b. Perform grinding, scraping, sandblasting or other operations so finished pavement surface is not damaged. B. New Asphalt Pavement: Allow a minimum pavement cure time of 30 days before applying paint: 3.02 THERMOPLASTIC MARKING APPLICATION A. Following specified surface preparation, prime and apply marking and glass beads to provide a reflectorized strip as shown on Drawings. B. Application Temperatures: 1. Pavement Surface: Minimum 40 degrees F and rising. 2. Thermoplastic: Minimum 375 degrees F, maximum 425 degrees F. C. Primer: 1. On portland cement concrete and existing asphalt pavements, apply epoxy resin primer /sealer according to thermoplastic manufacturer's recommendations. 2. All primer /sealer to dry prior to applying thermoplastic. D. Thermoplastic Marking: 1. Extrude or spray in a molten state, free of dirt or tint at a minimum thickness of 0.125 inch; maximum thickness of 0.190 inch. 2. Apply centerline, skipline, edgeline, and other longitudinal type markings with a mobile applicator. 3. Apply special markings, crosswalks, stop bars, legends, arrows, and similar patterns with a portable, extrusion -type applicator. CVO/383498A PAVEMENT MARKINGS MAY 1, 2009 02761 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL � I DURHAM PHASE 5A1 E. Glass Bead Application: 1. Immediately after marker application, mechanically apply such that the beads are held by and imbedded in the surface of the molten material. ) 2. Application Rate: 1 pound per 20 square feet of compound. F. Cool completed marking to ambient temperature prior to allowing vehicular traffic. END OF SECTION • CVO/383498A PAVEMENT MARKINGS MAY 1, 2009 02761 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02771 CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): T 99, Standard Specification for the Moisture - Density Relations of Soils Using a 2.5 kg (5.5 pound) Rammer and a 305 mm (12 in.) Drop. 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 304R, Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C94, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. b. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. c. D994, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Form Material: Information on metal forms, if used, including type, condition, surface finish, and intended function. 2. Complete data on concrete mix, including aggregate gradations and admixtures in accordance with requirements of ASTM C94. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Curing Compound: Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance and application instructions. 2. Ready -mix delivery ticket for each truck in accordance with ASTM C94. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to the State of Oregon Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. CVO/383498A CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS MAY 1, 2009 02771 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Conform to the requirements of the referenced Standard Specification. 2.02 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER A. Preformed asphalt - impregnated, expansion joint material meeting ASTM D994, 1/2 -inch thick. 2.03 CONCRETE A. Ready -mixed meeting ASTM C94, Option A, with compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days. ) B. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 -1/2 inch. C. Slump: 2 inches to 4 inches. D. Concrete for curbs and curb and gutter shall be fiber reinforced. 2.04 CURING COMPOUND A. Liquid membrane forming, clear or translucent, suitable for spray application ) and meeting ASTM C309, Type 1. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Perform Work in accordance with the referenced Standard Specification. 3.02 FORMWORK A. Lumber Materials: 1. 2 -inch dressed dimension lumber, or metal of equal strength, straight, free from defects that would impair appearance or structural quality of completed curb and sidewalk. 2. 1 -inch dressed lumber or plywood may be used where short- radius forms are required. B. Metals: Steel in new undamaged condition. CVO/383498A CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS MAY 1, 2009 02771 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1• C. Setting Forms: • 1. Construct forms to shape, lines, grades, and dimensions. 2. Stake securely in place. • D. Bracing: 1. Brace forms to prevent change of shape or movement resulting from placement. 2. Construct short - radius curved forms to exact radius. E. Tolerances: 1. Do not vary tops of forms from gradeline more than 1/8 inch when checked with 10 -foot straightedge. 2. Do not vary alignment of straight sections more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Prior to placing concrete, remove water from excavation and debris and foreign material from forms. B. Place concrete as soon as possible, and within 1 -1/2 hours after adding cement to mix without segregation or loss of ingredients, and without splashing. C. Place, process, finish, and cure concrete in accordance with applicable requirements of AC1304, and this section. Wherever requirements differ, the more stringent shall govern. D. To compact, vibrate until concrete becomes uniformly plastic. 3.04 CURB CONSTRUCTION A. Construct ramps at pedestrian crossings. B. • Expansion Joints: Place at maximum 45-foot intervals and at the beginning and end of curved portions of curb, and at connections to existing curbs. Install expansion joint filler at each joint. • C. Curb Facing: Do not allow horizontal joints within 7 inches from top of curb. D. Contraction Joints: 1. Maximum 15 -foot intervals in curb. 2. Provide open joint type by inserting thin, oiled steel sheet vertically in fresh concrete to force coarse aggregate away from joint. 3. Insert steel sheet to full depth of curb. CVO/383498A CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS MAY 1, 2009 02771 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 4. Remove steel sheet with sawing motion after initial set has occurred in concrete and prior to removing front curb form. 5. Finish top of curb with steel trowel and finish edges with steel edging tool. E. Front Face: 1. Remove front form and finish exposed surfaces when concrete has set sufficiently to support its own weight. 2. Finish formed face by rubbing with burlap sack or similar device to produce uniformly textured surface, free of form marks, honeycomb, and other defects. 3. Remove and replace defective concrete. 4. Apply curing compound to exposed surfaces of curb upon completion of finishing. 5. Continue curing for minimum of 5 days. F. Backfill curb with earth upon completion of curing period, but not before 7 days has elapsed since placing concrete. 1. Backfill shall be free from rocks 2 inches and larger and other foreign material. 2. Compact backfill firmly. 3.05 SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION A. Thickness: 1. 4 inches in walk areas. 2. 6 inches in driveway areas. B. Connection to Existing Sidewalk: 1. Remove old concrete back to an existing contraction joint. 2. Clean the surface. 3. Apply a neat cement paste immediately prior to placing new sidewalk. C. Expansion Joints: Place in adjacent curb, where sidewalk ends at curb, and around posts, poles, or other objects penetrating sidewalk. Install expansion joint filler at each joint. Align joints with expansion joints in curb. D. Contraction Joints: 1. Provide transversely to walks at locations opposite contraction joints in curb. 2. Dimensions: 3/16 -inch by 1 -inch weakened plane joints. CVO/383498A CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS MAY 1, 2009 02771 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE,5A1, • - 3. Construct. straight and at right angles `to surface of walk. •_. E. Finish: = 1. Broom :surface with fine-hair brooni at right angles to length of walk and.tooLat,edges, joints, and markings: • 2. ' walks transversely at -foot. intervals with jointing tool; finish _edges with= rounded steel edging tool 3. Apply'curing compound to exposed surfaces =upon completion of . finishing: 4. Protect sidewalk from damage and allow to cure for at least 7 days. END OF SECTION : - • • • • • • • • • r .. CVO/383408A 'CURBS,: GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS MAY 1-, 2009 02771 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT -2009 CH2M,HILL- DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02772 ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. M17, Standard Specification for Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures. b. M81, Standard Specification for Cut -Back Asphalt (Rapid Curing Type). c. M82, Standard Specification for Cut -Back Asphalt (Medium Curing Type). d. M140, Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt. e. M208, Standard Specification for Cationic Emulsified Asphalt. f. T166, Standard Method of Test for Bulk Specific Gravity of Compacted Asphalt Mixtures Using Saturated Surface -Dry Specimens. g. T176 Standard Method of Test for Plastic Fines in Graded Aggregates and Soils by Use of the Sand Equivalent Test. h. T230, Standard Method of Test for Determining Degree of Pavement Compaction of Bituminous Aggregate Mixtures. i. T245, Standard Method of Test for Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus. j. T246, Standard Method of Test for Resistance to Deformation and Cohesion of Bituminous Mixtures by Means of Hveem Apparatus. k. T247, Standard Method of Test for Preparation of Test Specimens of Bituminous Mixtures by Means of California Kneading Compactor. 1. T283, Standard Method of Test for Resistance of Compacted Bituminous Mixture to Moisture Induced Damage. m. T304, Standard Method of Test for Uncompacted Void Content of Fine Aggregate (Method A). 2. Asphalt Institute (AI): a. Manual Series No. 2 (MS -2), Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete. b. Superpave Series No. 2 (SP -2), Superpave Mix Design. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D2041, Test Method for Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures. CVO/383498A ASPHALT PAVING MAY 1, 2009 02772 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 b. D4318, Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. c. D4791, Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate. d. D5821, Test Method for Determining the Percentage of Fractured Particles in Coarse Aggregate. e. E329, Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and /or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Combined Aggregate: All mineral constituents of asphalt concrete mix, including mineral filler and separately sized aggregates. B. RAP: Reclaimed asphalt pavement. C. Standard Specifications: Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction, 2008. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Job -mix formula for pavements. B. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance for the following materials: a. Aggregate: Gradation. b. Asphalt for Binder: Type and grade. c. Prime Coat: Type and grade of asphalt. d. Tack. Coat: Type and grade of asphalt. e. Mixes: Conforms to job -mix formula. 2. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. 3. Certification from independent testing agency. 4. Certified Test Results: a. Mix Design: 1) Aggregate gradation: 2) Asphalt content. 3) Stability number. b. Asphalt Concrete Cores: 1) Permeability. 2) Density. c. Uncompacted Mix: 1) Asphalt content. 2) Aggregate gradation. d. Asphalt cement for binder. CVO/383498A ASPHALT PAVING MAY 1, 2009 02772 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Independent Testing Laboratory: In accordance with ASTM E329. 2. Asphalt concrete mix formula shall be prepared by approved certified independent laboratory under the supervision of a certified asphalt technician. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Temperature: Do not apply asphalt materials or place asphalt mixes when ground temperature is lower than 10 degrees C (50 degrees F) or air temperature is lower than 4 degrees C (40 degrees F). Measure ground and air temperature in shaded areas away from heat sources or wet surfaces. B. Moisture: Do not apply asphalt materials or place asphalt mixes when application surface is wet. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Tack Coat: Emulsified asphalt, Grade CSS -1, CSS -lh conforming to AASHTO M208. 2.02 ASPHALT CONCRETE MIX A. Asphalt Concrete: Level 2, 3/4 -inch dense as specified in Sections 00744.12 and 00744.13 of the Standard Specifications. B. Composition: Hot -plant mix of aggregate, mineral filler if required, and paving grade asphalt cement. The several aggregate fractions shall be sized, uniformly graded, and combined in such proportions that resulting mixture meets grading requirements of mix formula. C. Aggregate: 1. General: As specified in Section 00744.10 of the Standard Specifications for hot plant mix bituminous pavement. D. Mineral Filler: In accordance with Section 00745 of the Standard Specifications. E. Asphalt Cement: Paving Grade 64 -22 or 70 -22, as specified in the Standard Specifications. CVO/383498A ASPHALT PAVING MAY 1, 2009 02772 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Traffic Control: 1. In accordance with Section 01500, Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2. Minimize inconvenience to traffic, but keep vehicles off freshly treated or paved surfaces to avoid pickup and tracking of asphalt. 3.02 LINE AND GRADE A. Provide and maintain intermediate control of line and grade, independent of underlying base, to meet finish surface grades and minimum thickness. 3.03 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT A. In accordance with Sections 00745.20, 00745.21, 00745.22, 00745.23, and 00745.24 of the Standard Specifications. 3.04 PREPARATION A. Prepare subgrade as specified in Section 02319, Subgrade Preparation. B. Existing Roadway: 1. Modify profile by grinding, milling, or overlay methods as approved, to provide meet lines and surfaces and to produce smooth riding connection to existing facility. 2. Remove existing material to a minimum depth of 25 millimeters (1 inch). 3. Paint edges of meet line with tack coat prior to placing new pavement. C. Thoroughly coat edges of contact surfaces (curbs, manhole frames) with emulsified asphalt or asphalt cement prior to laying new pavement. Prevent staining of adjacent surfaces. 3.05 PAVEMENT APPLICATION A. General: Place asphalt concrete mixture on approved, prepared base in conformance with this section. B. Tack Coat: 1. Apply uniformly to clean, dry surfaces avoiding overlapping of applications. CVO/383498A ASPHALT PAVING MAY 1, 2009 02772 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2. Do not apply more tack coat than necessary for the day's paving operation. 3. Touch up missed or lightly coated surfaces and remove excess material. 4. Application Rate: Minimum 0.25 liter to maximum 0.70 liter of asphalt (residual if diluted emulsified asphalt) per square meter (0.05 to 0.15 gallon per square yard) of surface area. C. Pavement Mix: 1. Prior to Paving: a. Sweep primed surface free of dirt, dust, or other foreign matter. b. Patch holes in primed surface with asphalt concrete pavement mix. c. Blot excess prime material with sand. 2. Place asphalt concrete pavement mix in two equal lifts. 3. Total Compacted Thickness: As shown. 4. Apply such that meet lines are straight and edges are vertical. 5. Collect and dispose of segregated aggregate from raking process. Do not scatter material over finished surface. 6. Joints: a. Offset edge of each layer a minimum of 150 millimeters (6 inches) so joints are not directly over those in underlying layer. b. Offset longitudinal joints in roadway pavements so longitudinal joints in wearing layer coincide with pavement centerlines and lane divider lines. c. Form transverse joints by cutting back on previous day's run to expose full vertical depth of layer. 7. Succeeding Lifts: Apply tack coat to pavement surface between each lift. 8. After placement of pavement, seal meet line by painting a minimum of 150 millimeters (6 inches) on each side of joint with cut -back or emulsified asphalt. Cover immediately with sand. D. Compaction: Roll until roller marks are eliminated and density of 92 percent of measured maximum density determined in accordance with ASTM D2041 is obtained. E. Tolerances: 1. General: Conduct measurements for conformity with crown and grade immediately after initial compression. Correct variations immediately by removal or addition of materials and by continuous rolling. 2. Completed Surface or Wearing Layer Smoothness: a. Uniform texture, smooth, and uniform to crown and grade. CVO/383498A ASPHALT PAVING MAY 1, 2009 02772 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 b. Maximum Deviation: 3 millimeters (1/8 inch) from lower edge of a 3.6 -meter (12 -foot) straightedge, measured continuously parallel and at right angle to centerline. c. If surface of completed pavement deviates by more than twice specified tolerances, remove and replace wearing surface. 3. Transverse Slope Maximum Deviation: 6 millimeters (1/4 inch) in 3.6 meters (12 feet) from rate of slope shown. 4. Finished Grade: a. Perform field differential level survey on maximum 15 -meter (50 -foot) meter grid and along grade breaks. b. Maximum Deviation: 6 millimeters (0.02 foot) from grade shown. 3.06 PATCHING A. Preparation: 1. Remove damaged, broken, or unsound asphalt concrete adjacent to patches. Trim to straight lines exposing smooth, sound, vertical edges. 2. Prepare patch subgrade as specified in Section 02319, Subgrade Preparation. B. Application: 1. Patch Thickness: 75 millimeters (3 inches) or thickness of adjacent asphalt concrete, whichever is greater. 2. Place asphalt concrete mix across full width of patch in layers of equal thickness. 3. Spread and grade asphalt concrete with hand tools or mechanical spreader, depending on size of area to be patched. C. Compaction: 1. Roll patches with power rollers capable of providing compression of 350 to 525 Newtons per linear centimeter (200 to 300 pounds per linear inch). Use hand tampers where rolling is impractical. 2. Begin rolling top course at edges of patches, lapping adjacent asphalt surface at least 1/2 the roller width. Progress toward center of patch overlapping each preceding track by at least 1/2 width of roller. 3. Make sufficient passes over entire area to remove roller marks and to produce desired finished surface. D. Tolerances: 1. Finished surface shall be flush with and match grade, slope, and crown of adjacent surface. CVO/383498A ASPHALT PAVING MAY 1, 2009 02772 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2. Tolerance: Surface smoothness shall not deviate more than plus 6 millimeters (1/4 inch) or minus 0 millimeter when straightedge is laid across patched area between edges of new pavement and surface of old surfacing. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Owner will provide services of approved certified independent testing laboratory to conduct tests. _ B. Field Density Tests: Measure with properly operating and calibrated nuclear density gauge in accordance with ASTM D2950. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A ASPHALT PAVING MAY 1, 2009 02772 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 02821 FENCES AND GATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. Al21, Standard Specification for Metallic - Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire. b. A313/A313M, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire. c. A392, Standard Specification for Zinc- Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric. d. A491, Standard Specification for Aluminum- Coated Steel Chain - Link Fence Fabric. e. A497/A497M, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete. f. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. g. A780, Standard Specification for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot - Dipped Galvanized Coatings. h. A824, Standard Specification for Metallic- Coated Steel Marcelled Tension Wire for Use with Chain Link Fence. i. A1011/A1.011M, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot - Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High- Strength Low -Alloy and High- Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability. j. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. k. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 1. C387, Standard Specifications for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete. m. F552, Standard Terminology Relating to Chain Link Fencing. n. F567, Standard Practice for Installation of Chain -Link Fence. o. F626, Standard Specification for Fence Fittings. p. F668, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) and Other Organic Polymer- Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric. q. F900, Standard Specification for Industrial and Commercial Swing Gates. r. F934, Standard Specification for Standard Colors for Polymer - Coated Chain Link Fence Materials. s. F1043, Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Metal Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework. CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 t. F1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot - Dipped Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures. u. F1183, Standard Specifications for Aluminum Alloy Chain Link Fence Fabric. v. F1184, Standard Specifications for Industrial and Commercial Horizontal Slide Gates. w. F1379, Standard Terminology Relating to Barbed Tape. x. F1911, Standard Practice for Installation of Barbed Tape. y. F1916, Standard Specification for Selecting Chain Link Barrier Systems with Coated Chain Link Fence Fabric and Round Posts for Detention Applications. 2. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), Inc.: C2, National Electrical Safety Code. 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 volts max.). 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Terms as defined in ASTM F552. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components, and finishes for chain link fences and gates. 1) Fence, gate posts, rails, and fittings. 2) Chain link fabric. 3) Gates and hardware, rail and post reinforcement, and attachments. 4) Gate operators, motors, and mounting arrangements, switches, and controls; include operating instructions. 5) In coordination with Sonitrol Pacific, the plant's access control provider, provide complete information on the entire gate access system, including access control features, power and control wiring diagrams including gate controller terminal boards and terminal numbering, and operating instructions. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. 2. Evidence of Supplier and installer qualifications. CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. Operation and Maintenance Data as specified in Section 01782, Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Automatic Gate Operator System Supplier: 5 years' experience in gate operator systems. 2. Automatic Gate Operator System Installer: Experienced installer who has completed chain link fences and gates similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for Project and whose work has resulted with a record of successful in- service performance with a minimum 3 years' experience. • B. Design, supply of equipment and components, installation, and on -call service shall be product of individual company with record of installations meeting requirements specified. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at project Site with gate installer to verify layout and operations of automatic gate operating system. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify layout for ornamental fences and gates as shown on Drawings in relation to property survey and existing conditions. Verify dimensions by field measurements. -1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Site in undamaged condition. Store materials off the ground to provide protection against oxidation caused by ground contact. 1.07 SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING A. Complete necessary Site preparation and grading before installing chain link fence and gates. B. Interruption of Existing Utility Service: Notify owner of utility 72 hours prior to interruption of utility services. Do not proceed with interruption of utility service without written permission from utility owner. • 1.08 SPECIAL GUARANTEE A. Provide manufacturer's extended guarantee or warranty, with Owner named as beneficiary, in writing, as special guarantee. Special guarantee shall • CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 provide for correction, or at the option of the Owner, removal and replacement of the following items found defective during a period of 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion. Duties and obligations for correction or removal and replacement of defective Work shall be as specified in the General Conditions. 1. Faulty operations of gate operators and controls. 2. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 3. Deflection of fence fabric beyond limits. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Match style, finish, and color of each fence component with that of other fence components. 2.02 CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC A. Galvanized fabric conforming to ASTM A392, Type II, Class 1, 1.2 ounces per square foot. B. PVC - coated or Polymer- coated galvanized fabric conforming to ASTM F668, Class 1 or Class 2a over metallic- coated steel wire. 1. Color: Black, complying with ASTM F934. C. Height:72 inches, unless otherwise shown. D. Core Wire Gauge: No. 9. E. Pattern: 2 -inch diamond -mesh. F. Diamond Count: Manufacturer's standard and consistent for fabric furnished of same height. G. Loops of Knuckled Selvages: Closed or nearly closed with space not exceeding diameter of wire. H. Wires of Twisted Selvages: 1. Twisted in a closed helix three full turns. 2. Cut at an angle to provide sharp barbs that extend minimum 1/4 inch beyond twist. CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2.03 CHAIN LINK FENCE POSTS A. General: 1. Strength and Stiffness Requirements: ASTM F1043, heavy industrial fence, except as modified in this section. 2. Round Steel Pipe, Schedule 40: ASTM F1083. 3. Roll - Formed Steel Shapes: Roll - formed from ASTM A1011 /A1011M, Grade 45, High- Strength Low -Alloy steel. 4. Lengths: Manufacturer's standard with allowance for minimum embedment below finished grade of 34 inches. 5. Protective Coatings: a. Zinc Coating: ASTM F1043, Type A external and internal coating. 6. Color Coating: ASTM F1043, minimum 10 mils thickness over zinc coating to match color of chain link fabric. B. Line Posts: 1. Round Steel Pipe: a. Outside Diameter: 2.375 inches. b. Weight: 3.65 pounds per foot. C. End, Corner, Angle, and Pull Posts: 1. Round Steel Pipe: a. Outside Diameter: 2.875 inches. b. Weight: 5.79 pounds per foot. D. Posts for Swing Gates 8 Feet High and Under: 1. ASTM F900. 2. Round Steel Pipe: a. Outside Diameter: 4 inches. b. Weight: 6.56 pounds per foot. E. Posts for Horizontal Sliding Gates: 1. ASTM F1184, Type II, Class 1. 2. Round Steel Pipe: a. Outside Diameter: 4 inches. b. Weight: 6.56 pounds per foot. CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2.04 CHAIN LINK FENCE TOP AND BRACE RAILS A. Galvanized Round Steel Pipe: 1. ASTM F1083. 2. Outside Diameter: 1.66 inches. 3. Weight: 2.27 pounds per foot. B. Protective Coatings: As specified for posts. C. Color Coating: ASTM F1043, minimum 10 -mil thickness over zinc coating to match color of chain link fabric. D. Strength and Stiffness Requirements: ASTM F1043, top rail, heavy industrial fence. 2.05 CHAIN LINK FENCE FITTINGS A. General: In conformance with ASTM F626, except as modified by this article. B. Post and Line Caps: Designed to accommodate passage of top rail through cap, where top rail required. C. Tension and Brace Bands: No exceptions to ASTM F626. D. Tension Bars: 1. One- piece. 2. Length not less than 2 inches shorter than full height of chain link fabric. 3. Provide one bar for each gate and end post, and two for each corner and pull post. E. Truss Rod Assembly: 3/8 -inch diameter, steel, hot -dip galvanized after threading rod and turnbuckle or other means of adjustment. F. Tie Wires, Clips, and Fasteners: According to ASTM F626. 2.06 TENSION WIRE A. Zinc - coated steel marcelled tension wire conforming to ASTM A824, Type II, Class 2. CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2.07 CHAIN LINK GATES A. General: 1. Gate Operation: Opened and closed easily by one person. 2. Metal Pipe and Tubing: Galvanized steel. Comply with ASTM F1043 and ASTM F1083 for materials and protective coatings. 3. Frames and Bracing: Fabricate members from round galvanized steel tubing with outside dimension and weight according to ASTM F900. 4. Gate leaves more than 8 -feet wide shall have intermediate tubular members and diagonal truss rods to provide rigid construction, free from sag or twist. 5. Gate Fabric Height: Same as for adjacent fence height. 6. Welded Steel Joints: Paint with zinc -based paint. 7. Chain Link Fabric: Attached securely to gate frame at intervals not exceeding 15 inches. 8. Latches: Arranged for padlocking so padlock will be accessible from both sides of gate. B. Swing Gates: Comply with ASTM F900 for single and/or double swing gate types. 1. Leaf Width: As shown. 2. Hinges: Offset type, malleable iron. a. Furnished with large bearing surfaces for clamping in position. b. Designed to swing either 180 degrees outward, 180 degrees inward, or 90 degrees in or out, as shown, and not twist or turn under action of gate. 3. Latches: Plunger bar arranged to engage stop, except single gates of openings less than 10 feet wide may each have forked latch. 4. Gate Stops: Mushroom type or flush plate with anchors, suitable for setting in concrete. 5. Locking Device and Padlock Eyes: Integral part of latch, requiring one padlock for locking both leaves of double gate. 6. Hold -Open Keepers: Designed to automatically engage gate leaf and hold it in open position until manually released. 2.08 ORNAMENTAL FENCES AND GATES A. All fence and gate components must meet the design criteria for wind loading per ASCE 7 -05 and as follows: 1. Wind Speed (3- Second Gust): 85 mph. 2. Wind Importance Factor: 1.0, unless otherwise indicated in ASCE 7 -05. 3. Exposure Category: B. CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Material for Framework including Tubular Pickets, Rails, and Posts: Galvanized steel having a tensile strength of 50,000 psi and conforming to ASTM 653/653M or ASTM 513. C. Finish: 1. Fence and Gate Manufacturer's Factory Applied Finish, Comprising the Following: a. Six -stage pretreatment and wash with zinc phosphate. b. Electrostatically applied powder coat system: 1) First Coat: Zinc rich epoxy coating, 2 mils minimum thickness. 2) Second Coat: Polyester powder coat finish, 2 mils minimum thickness. 2. Corrosion Resistance: Less than 1/8 -inch undercut or medium No. 8 blister when tested over 3,000 hours in accordance with ASTM B117, with scribe in accordance with ASTM D 1654. 3. Color: Black. 4. Finish to be also applied to all hardware. D. Picket and Post Configuration: 1. Pickets: 1 -inch square, 14 -gauge tubing, 5 -inch center spacing between pickets. 2. Rails: 1 -3/4 -inch square, 14 -gauge tubing. 3. Posts: 3 -inch square, 12 -gauge tubing. E. Completed Fence Panel Configuration: 1. Style: Three -rail, see Drawings. 2. Overall Height: See Drawings. 3. Overall Width: See Drawings. 4. Design Criteria: Capable of supporting a 600 -pound load, applied at the midspan, without permanent deformation. F. Gates: Fabricate using specified fence panel material, finish, and components. 1. Overall Height: See Drawings. 2. Overall Width: As shown on Drawings. 3. Type: Sliding gate as indicated on Drawings. 4. Motor Operated: Provide Gate Operator System as specified herein. 5. Provide gate stop and hardware receiver at interior side of gate. 6. Provide manufacturer's standard hinges at top and bottom of gate. Coordinate hardware with door security consultant. CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 8 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 G. Manufacturer and Product: Ameristar Fence Products, Inc; Aegis 11, Majestic, 3 Rail. 2.09 GATE OPERATOR SYSTEM A. General: Provide factory- assembled automatic operating system designed for gate size, type, weight, and operation frequency. Provide operation control system with characteristics suitable for Project conditions, safety devices, and weatherproof enclosures; coordinate electrical requirements with Section 16005, Electrical. 1. Provide operator designed so motor may be removed without disturbing limit- switch adjustment and without affecting auxiliary emergency operator. 2. Provide operator with UL approved components. 3. Provide electronic components with built -in troubleshooting diagnostic feature. 4. Provide unit designed and wired for both right - hand/left -hand opening, permitting universal installation. 5. Provide with NEMA Type 4X stainless steel heavy -duty safety switch for service disconnect adjacent to controller cabinet. Mount disconnect to suitable structure or provide stainless steel stanchion for mounting. B. Motor Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, within installed environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate rating or considering service factor. C. Gate Operator: 1. Heavy -duty, high frequency, electrical models designed to open and . close gates provided. 2. For each gate, supply manufacturer of gate operator with complete details of gate, hardware, track rollers, adjacent fence posts, and fence construction for development and detailing of gate operator. 3. Furnish with following features: a. Metal enclosure, including attachments shall be constructed with finish and design suitable for exterior installation in all- weather environment. b. Minimum 2 -hp motor, 480V ac, three- phase, 60 -Hz electric power, reversible. c. Electric motor driven hydraulic power pack with the following: 1) Slide Gate: Hard rubber wheels in contact with operating type secured to gate. Transmission of opening or closing CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 forces to gate shall be by rotation of wheels against operating type. d. Positive limit switch, to sense position of gate and provide control to prevent damage to gate operator. e. NEMA 250, Type 3R enclosure, steel enclosure with polyester powder coat paint, for motor control components. f. Motor Overload Protection: Industrial quality with manual reset. g. 24V ac control circuit to power remote control gate activation devices. h. Manual operation feature or disconnect, without use of tools, for easy operation during power failure, malfunction, or emergency. i. Aluminum drive rail designed for attachment to sliding gate in manner that reinforces gate assembly. j. Gate Travel Speed: 1) Minimum 1 foot per second. 2) Speed adjusting feature that provides range of appropriate speeds for slide gate operation is acceptable but not • required. 3) Maximum Gate Weight: 2,000 pounds. 4) Frequency of Use: 30 cycles per hour. 5) Operating Type: Roller chain with manual release. k. Compatible with gate operator control devices provided. 4. Manufacturers: a. Basis of Design: 1) Sliding Gate: Hy- Security Slide Driver 30F. b. Alternate Manufacturers (Provide Equivalent Product): l) Automated Equipment Co., Seattle, WA. 2) Stanley. 3) Richards Wilcox, Aurora, IL. D. Access System: 1. Card reader, control enclosure, and wiring to control enclosure in PEPS Building is provided under a separate contract by Sonitrol Pacific. 2. For safety, provide loop detectors minimum of 4 feet away from each side of gate and other metallic objects. a. Induction Loops: Induction loops shall meet the requirements listed below. Induction loops may be used for vehicle presence detection. Induction loops shall be capable of detecting passenger vehicles, bicycles, motorcycles, and high bed trucks. Tests for all three types of vehicles shall be conducted on each installed loop during the Performance Verification Test. 1) Tuning: Automatic, with temperature compensation. CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2) Loop Input: To withstand minimum 2000V, both normal and common modes. 3) Loop Sensing Frequency: Minimum four user selectable frequencies to minimize cross talk with adjacent loops. 4) Sensitivity: User selectable, minimum 12 ranges, 20 to 2500 mH with a Q factor of minimum 5. 5) Diagnostic: Provide diagnostics and related indication for short and open loop circuit. 6) Detector Output: Dry form C contact set, rated a minimum of 0.25 A at 24V dc. 7) Operating Humidity: 0 to 95 percent. 8) Operating Temperature: Minus 40 to 77 degrees C (minus 40 to plus 170 degrees F). 9) Vibration: NEMA TS -2 -2.1.9 or better. 10) Shock: NEMA TS -2- 2.1.10 or better. 11) User Selectable Operation Modes: Presence, pulse on entrance, pulse on exit - factory set on presence mode. 12) User Selectable Operation: Fail Safe or Fail Secure - factory set at Fail Safe. • 13) User selectable sensitivity boost feature, which boosts sensitivity after a presence detection and holds the increased sensitivity until the detection drops out, at which time sensor sensitivity returns to the original setting. 14) Loop Wire: a) Provide number of inductive loops as per the Drawings. b) Ensure that the loop slots in which the loop wire is laid are free from debris, sharp objects, and are completely dry. Clean out slots with compressed air before installing loop wire. c) Install loop wire in layers. Install backer rods over top wire at a minimum of 300 mm (1 foot) spacing to ensure uniform placement of wire in the slot. Fill the loop slots with sealant per recommendation of the Loop wire manufacturer. d) Use 16 AWG stranded cable with Cross Linked Polyethylene insulation installed in a PVC sleeve. Loop wire extending from the loop to the loop amplifier shall be twisted with a minimum twist pitch of 18 per m (6 per foot). e) Check conductor resistance to ground with "megger" of 500V or higher. Remove and replace the whole installation if ground resistance of less than 10 mega - Ohms is measured. CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 11 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 f) Provide TVSS (Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor) for both loop -wire terminations at or near the loop detector module. Ground the TVSS with minimum 10 AWG insulated ground wire of high strand -count to the closest ground termination point. 15) Loops shall be rectangular with 6 -inch radius rounded corners. Loops shall be 4 feet wide in direction of traffic and wide enough perpendicular to traffic to ensure no vehicle can pass around the loops. 3. Gate Operation: a. North Entry Gate: Gate opens when activated by valid card or fob at either reader or signal from telephone line is generated by the telephone gate controller based on a phone call to a specific phone number provided by CWS. Gate closes after adjustable time period up to 90 seconds and loop and proximity sensors indicate gate is free of obstruction. b. North Exit Gate: Gate opens when activated by detector loop in pavement. Gate closes same as North Entry Gate. 4. Proximity Sensors: Provide two through -bean type proximity sensors for each gate and provide wiring to the gate operator to ensure each gate does not close onto a vehicle. Provide mounting structure to mount one sensor at 24 inches abovegrade and one sensor at 60 inches abovegrade for the North Entry, North Exit, and South Exit gates. 5. Telephone Gate Controller - Telephone System Interface: Provide an interface system that will accept a telephone or cell phone call input and provide a corresponding contact closure output to the North Entry Gate operator to open the gate. Verify the interface device compatibility with the CWS phone system and the gate operator control input requirements. a. Manufacturers: Verify telephone input from CWS analog phone line is compatible with the Wheelock CA -312 -1 (no substitute). E. Existing South Exit Gate to be Relocated: Salvage, install, and test existing control devices and operator at the new gate location. Where any device is not functional or salvageable, provide new compatible devices that ensure the functionality described in this Section. Gate opens by detection loop inside plant or by RF antenna (garage door opener). Gate closes same as North Entry Gate. 2.10 PUSHBUTTON LOCKS FOR PEDESTRIAN GATES A. Simplex pushbutton lever with key bypass. B. Color: Dull chrome. CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 12 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 C. Box: Weldable steel gate box K -BXSIM for Simplex 1000 Series /CL5000 Series. D. Cores: To be provided by Owner. E. Provide tamperproof box around lever on interior. 2.11 GATE OPERATOR LOCK BOXES A. General: The Contractor shall furnish and install two gate access lock boxes at the North Entry Gate. Each lock box shall be provided with one unique Knox lock with dust cover and keyway provided respectively for Tualatin Valley Fire and Rescue and Portland General Electric access to the plant site. Each lock box shall be provided with an access control fob which shall activate the gate operator. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the installation of appropriate keyways with the lock box manufacturer, Tualatin Valley Fire and Rescue, and the Portland General Electric. After installation of the north entrance lock boxes, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with written approval from Tualatin Valley Fire and Rescue and the Portland General Electric that the lock boxes meet with their respective access requirements. Each box shall be'of a specialized color or labeled marking as specified by Tualatin Valley Fire and Rescue and Portland General Electric (Contractor shall coordinate with each entity to determine specific requirements prior to procurement). B. Manufacturer: 1. Knox Company, 800 - 552 -5669; Knox Box 3200 Series with recessed mounting kit. 2. Or equal. 2.12 CONCRETE A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 deformed bars. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A497/A497M. C. Formwork: Plywood. D. Mix: ASTM C94/C94M, Option A. 1. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I/II, with maximum alkyl content of 0.606 percent. 2. Coarse Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch. 3. Design for Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days: 3,000 psi. CVO/383498A • FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 13 • ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2.13 FENCE GROUNDING A. Conductors: Bare, solid wire for No. 6 AWG and smaller; stranded wire for No. 4 AWG and larger. 1. Material above Finished Grade: Copper. 2. Material on or below Finished Grade: Copper. 3. Bonding Jumpers: Braided copper tape, 1 -inch wide, woven of No. 30 AWG bare copper wire, terminated with copper ferrules. B. Connectors and Grounding Rods: Comply with UL 467. 1. Connectors for Below -Grade Use: Exothermic welded type. 2. Grounding Rods: Copper -clad steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install fences and gates in accordance with ASTM F567, except as modified in this section, and in accordance with fence manufacturer's recommendations, as approved by Engineer. Erect fencing in straight lines between angle points. B. Provide necessary hardware for a complete fence and gate installation. C. Any damage to galvanized surfaces, including welding, shall be repaired with paint containing zinc dust in accordance with ASTM A780. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clear area on either side of fence to the extent specified in Section 02200, Site Clearing. Eliminate ground surface irregularities along fence line to the extent necessary to maintain a 2 -inch clearance between bottom of fabric and finish grade. B. Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of 500 feet or line of sight between stakes. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures, benchmarks, and property monuments. C. Embedment Coating: Coat portion of galvanized or aluminum- coated steel posts that will be embedded in concrete. Extend coating 1 inch above top of concrete. CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 14 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.03 POST SETTING A. Drill or hand - excavate holes for posts to diameters and spacing indicated, in firm, undisturbed soil. Driven posts are not acceptable. Postholes shall be clear of loose materials. Waste materials from postholes shall be removed from Site or regraded into slopes on Site. B. Posthole Depth: 1. Minimum 3 feet below finished grade. 2. 2 inches deeper than post embedment depth below finish grade. C. Set posts with minimum embedment below finished grade of 34 inches and with top rail at proper height above finished grade. Verify posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing. Brace posts, as necessary, to maintain correct position and plumbness until concrete sets. D. Backfill postholes with concrete to 2 inches above finished grade. Vibrate or tamp concrete for consolidation. Protect above ground portion of posts from concrete splatter. E. Before concrete sets, crown and finish top of concrete to readily shed water. F. Terminal Posts: Locate terminal end, corner, and gate posts per ASTM F567 and terminal pull posts at changes in horizontal or vertical alignment of 15 degrees or more. G. Line Posts: Space line posts uniformly at 10 feet on centers between terminal end, corner, and gate posts. 3.04 POST BRACING A. Install according to ASTM F567, maintaining plumb position, and alignment of fencing. Install braces at gate, end, pull, and corner posts diagonally to adjacent line posts to ensure stability. Install braces on both sides of corner and pull posts. 1. Locate horizontal braces at mid - height of fabric or higher, on fences with top rail, and 2/3- fabric height on fences without top rail. Install so posts are plumb when diagonal truss rod assembly is under proper tension. 3.05 TOP RAILS A. Install according to ASTM F567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Run rail continuously through line post caps and terminating into CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 15 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 rail end attached to posts or posts caps fabricated to receive rail at terminal posts. Install top rail sleeves with springs at 105 feet maximum spacing to permit expansion in rail. 3.06 TENSION WIRE A. Install according to ASTM F567 and ASTM F1916, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Pull wire taut, without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with tie wires at a maximum spacing of 24 inches on center. B. Install tension wire within 6 inches of bottom of fabric and tie to each post with not less than same diameter and type of wire. 3.07 CHAIN LINK FABRIC A. Do not install fabric until concrete has cured minimum 7 days. B. Install fabric with twisted and barbed selvage at top. C. Apply fabric to outside of enclosing framework. Pull fabric taut to provide a smooth and uniform appearance free from sag, without permanently distorting fabric diamond or reducing fabric height. Tie fabric to posts, rails, and tension wires. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released. D. Splicing shall be accomplished according to ASTM F1916 by weaving a single picket into the ends of the rolls to be joined. E. Leave 2 inches between finish grade or surface and bottom selvage, unless otherwise indicated. F. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts with tension bands spaced not more than 15 inches on center. G. Tie Wires: Fasten ties to wrap a full 360 degrees around rail or post and a minimum of one complete diamond of fabric. Twist ends of tie wire three full twists, and cut off protruding ends to preclude untwisting by hand. 1. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts at 12 inches on center and to brace and top rails at 24 inches on center. 3.08 GATES A. Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb and secure for full opening without interference. Attach fabric and hardware CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 16 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 to gate using tamper- resistant or concealed means. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary so gates operate satisfactorily from open or closed position. B. Set gate stops in concrete to engage center drop rod or plunger bar. C. Provide pushbutton lock at each pedestrian gate. 3.09 GATE OPERATOR SYSTEMS A. Install gate operator systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, aligned and true to fence line and grade. B. Furnish with equipment and accessories necessary for complete installation. C. Hand excavate holes for pads in firm undisturbed soil to dimensions, depths, and locations as required by gate operator component manufacturer's written instructions and as shown on the drawings. D. Vehicle Loop Detector System: Cut grooves in pavement and bury and seal wire loop according to manufacturer's written instructions. Connect to equipment operated by detector. 3.10 ELECTRICAL GROUNDING A. Ground fences at a maximum interval of 1,000 feet in accordance with applicable requirements of IEEE C2, National Electrical Safety Code. B. Protection at Crossings of Overhead Electrical Power Lines: Ground fence at location of crossing and at a maximum distance of 150 feet on each side of crossing. C. Grounding Method: At each grounding location, drive a grounding rod vertically until top is 6 inches below finished grade. Connect rod to fence with No. 6 AWG conductor. Connect conductor to each fence component at grounding location. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Post and Fabric Testing: Test fabric tension and line post rigidity according to ASTM F1916. B. Gate Tests: 1. Prior to acceptance of installed gates, demonstrate proper operation of gates under each possible open and close condition specified. CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 17 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2. Adjust gate to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. 3. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing and binding. C. Automatic Gate Operator: 1. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. 2. Adjust operators, controls, safety devises, and limit switches. 3. Start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation free of binding. Test and adjust all gate controls for proper operation. 4. Test with all possible vehicle types (obtain list from Owner) to ensure gates do not close on any vehicle before they clear the gate. Demonstrate to the Owner's representative. 5. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 6. Lubricate hardware, gate operator and other moving parts. 3.12 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Provide manufacturer's representative at Site in accordance with Section 01640, Manufacturers' Services, to train Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain gates. 3.13 CLEANUP A. Remove excess fencing materials and other debris from Site. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A FENCES AND GATES MAY 1, 2009 02821 - 18 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 03210 REINFORCING STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 318/318R, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. b. SP -66, Detailing Manual. 2. American Welding Society (AWS): D1.4 /D1.4M, Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A82, Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. b. A185, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. c. A497, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. d. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. e. A706/A706M, Standard Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. f. A767/767M, Standard Specification for Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): a. Placing Reinforcing Bars. b. Manual of Standard Practice. 5. International Code Council (ICC): Evaluation Services Report. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings prepared in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice and ACI SP -66 Detailing Manual: a. Bending lists. b. Placing drawings. 2. Welded, metallic sleeve splice, and mechanical threaded connection. CVO /383498A REINFORCING STEEL MAY 1, 2009 03210 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Informational Submittals: 1. Lab test reports for reinforcing steel showing stress - strain curves and ultimate strengths. 2. Welding Qualification: Prior to welding, submit welder qualifications and nondestructive testing procedures in accordance with AWS D 1.4/D 1.4M. 3. Test results of field testing. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welder Qualifications: Certified in accordance with AWS D1.4 /D1.4M. • 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Unload, store, and handle bars in accordance with CRSI publication "Placing Reinforcing Bars." PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Deformed Billet -Steel Reinforcing Bars: 1. Includes stirrups, ties, and spirals. 2. ASTM A615, Grade 60, where welding is not required. 3. ASTM A706/A706M, Grade 60, for reinforcing to be welded. 4. ASTM A767/767M, Grade 60, for galvanized bars. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Tie Wire: 1. Black, soft - annealed 16 -gauge wire. 2. Nylon -, epoxy -, or plastic- coated wire. B. Bar Supports and Spacers: 1. Use precast concrete bar supports and side form spacers, unless noted otherwise. Do not use other types of supports or spacers. 2. Bar supports shall have sufficient strength and stiffness to carry loads without failure, displacement, or significant deformation. Space bar supports so minimum concrete cover is maintained for reinforcing between supports. 3. Use only precast concrete bar supports where concrete surfaces are exposed to weather, earth, water, chloride intrusion, or corrosive CVO /383498A REINFORCING STEEL MAY 1, 2009 03210 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 chemicals. Bar supports shall be nonconductive and have geometry and bond characteristics that deter movement of moisture from the surface to the reinforcement. 4. Precast concrete supports shall have same minimum strength and shall be made from same materials as that of the concrete in which they are to be embedded. Precast concrete supports shall be cast and properly cured for at least 7 days before use and shall have a wire or other device cast into each block for the purpose of attaching them securely to the reinforcing steel. 5. In Beams, Columns, Walls, and Slabs Exposed to View after Form Removal: Use small precast concrete blocks made of same color as concrete in which they are embedded. 6. Design and fabricate special bar supports for top reinforcing bars in slabs where standard bar supports do not possess necessary geometry, strength, or stiffness. 7. Precast Concrete Supports: Total bond precast high performance concrete bar supports as supplied by Con Sys Inc., Pinawa, MB, Canada. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Follow CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. B. Bend bars cold. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean reinforcing bars of loose mill scale, oil, earth, and other contaminants. B. Coat wire projecting from precast concrete bar supports with dielectric material, epoxy, or plastic. 3.02 REINFORCING BAR INSTALLATION A. Bundle or space bars, instead of field bending where construction access through reinforcing is necessary. B. Spacing and Positioning: Conform to ACI 318/318R. C. Location Tolerances: In accordance with CRSI publication, "Placing Reinforcing Bars ". CVO /383498A REINFORCING STEEL MAY 1, 2009 03210 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 D. Splicing: 1. Follow ACI 318/318R. 2. Use lap splices, unless otherwise shown or permitted in writing by Engineer. E. Tying Reinforcing Bars: 1. Tie every other intersection on mats made up of Nos. 3, 4, 5, and 6 bars to hold them firmly at required spacing. 2. Bend tie wire away from concrete surface to provide clearance of 1 inch from surface of concrete to tie wire. F. Reinforcement around Openings: On each side and above and below pipe or opening, place an equivalent area of steel bars to replace steel bars cut for opening. Extend steel reinforcing a standard lap length beyond opening at each end. G. Welding Reinforcement: 1. Only ASTM A706/A706M bars may be welded. 2. Do not perform welding until welder qualifications are approved. H. Straightening and Rebending: Field bending of reinforcing steel bars is not permitted. I. Unless permitted by Engineer, do not cut reinforcing bars in field. 3.03 TESTS AND INSPECTION A. An independent testing agency will be retained by Owner to visually inspect and test reinforcing steel welds in accordance with AWS D1.4/D1.4M. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A REINFORCING STEEL MAY 1, 2009 03210 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 211.1, Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. b. 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete. c. 304R, Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. d. 305R, Hot Weather Concreting. e. 306.1, Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. f. 309R, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C31 /C31M, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. b. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. c. C39/C39M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. d. C88, Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. e. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. f. C143/C143M, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. . g. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. h. C157/C157M, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic- Cement Mortar and Concrete. i. C192/C192M, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory. j. C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. k. C260, Standard Specification for Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 1. C311, Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use in Portland- Cement Concrete. m. C494/C494M, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. n. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 o. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. 3. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST): Handbook 44, Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices. 4. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA). 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Architectural Concrete: Concrete that is exposed as an interior or exterior surface in the completed structure that contributes to visual character of the completed structure, as indicated on Drawings. B. Defective Areas: Surface defects that include honeycomb, rock pockets, indentations greater than 3/16 inch, cracks 0.005 inch wide and larger, spalls, chips, air bubbles greater than 3/4 inch in diameter, pinholes, bug holes, . embedded debris, lift lines, sand lines, bleed lines, leakage from form joints, fins and other projections, form popouts, texture irregularities, and stains and other color variations that cannot be removed by cleaning. C. New Concrete: Less than 60 days old. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Product Data: Admixtures, bonding agent, bond breaker, and patching materials. b. Design Data: Concrete mix designs signed by qualified mix designer. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for addition at Project site. c. Gradation for coarse and fine aggregates, and combined together. List gradings, percent passing through each sieve size, in accordance with ASTM C33. d. Concrete repair methods and materials. 2. Samples: a. One Sample of each type of architectural concrete wall finish, 24 inches by 24 inches square by 1 -1/2 inches thick. b. Prior to starting work on mockup panels, submit Sample for wall finish Type W -11, 24 inches by 24 inches square by 1 -1/2 inches thick. c. Demonstrate use of bonding agent. CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturers' Certificate of Compliance: a. Portland cement. b. Admixtures. 0 c. Aggregates. d. Bond breaker. e. Patching materials. O f. Cement used in architectural concrete. 2. Test Reports: a. Admixtures, test reports showing chemical ingredients and percentage of chloride in each admixture and fly ash. b. For each trial concrete mix design and signed by a qualified mix designer. 0 3. Concrete Delivery Tickets: For each batch of concrete before unloading at Site. // 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: O " 1. Mix Designer: Licensed professional engineer registered in the State of ft Project. 2. Batch Plant: Currently certified by the National Ready Mixed Concrete O Association. „ B. Preinstallation Conference: 1. Required Meeting Attendees: a. Contractor, including pumping, placing and finishing, and curing subcontractors. b. Testing and sampling personnel. 2. Schedule and conduct prior to incorporation of respective products into Project. Notify Engineer of location and time. 3. Agenda shall include: a. Admixture types, dosage, performance, and redosing at Site. b. Mix designs, test of mixes, and Submittals. c. Placement methods, techniques, equipment, consolidation, and form pressures. d. Slump and placement time to maintain slump. e. Finish, curing, and water retention. f. Protection procedures for weather conditions. g. Other specified requirements requiring coordination. CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: Furnish from one source. 1. Portland Cement Type I or Type II: a. Meet ASTM C150. b. Alkalies: Maximum 0.60 percent. B. Aggregates: Furnish from one source. 1. Natural Aggregates: a. Free from deleterious coatings and substances in accordance with ASTM C33, except as modified herein. b. Free of materials and aggregate types causing popouts, discoloration, staining, or other defects on surface of concrete. 2. Nonpotentially Reactive: In accordance with ASTM C33, Appendix XI, Paragraph X1.1. 3. Aggregate Soundness: Test for fine and coarse aggregates in accordance with ASTM C33 and ASTM C88 using sodium sulfate solution. 4. Fine Aggregates: a. Clean, sharp, natural sand. b. ASTM C33. c. Materials Passing 200 Sieve: 4 percent maximum. d. Limit deleterious substances in accordance with ASTM C33, Table 1 with material finer than 200 sieve limited to 3 percent, coal and lignite limited to 0.5 percent. 5. Coarse Aggregate: a. Natural gravels, combination of gravels and crushed gravels, crushed stone, or combination of these materials containing no more than 15 percent flat or elongated particles (long dimension more than five times the short dimension). b. Materials Passing 200 Sieve: 0.5 percent maximum. c. Limit deleterious substances in accordance with ASTM C33, Table 3 for exposed concrete. C. Admixtures: Furnish from one manufacturer. 1. Characteristics: Compatible with each other and free of chlorides or other corrosive chemicals. 2. Air - Entraining Admixture: a. ASTM C260, nontoxic after 30 days and contains no chlorides. CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 b. Concrete with air - entrainment admixture added shall maintain air percentage as batched, within plus or minus 2 percent for time required for placement into structure. 3. Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type A or Type D. a. Manufacturers and Products: 1) BASF Admixtures Inc., Shakopee, MN; Pozzolith or Polyheed. 2) Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Eucon WR -91. 3) W. R. Grace & Co., Cambridge, MA; WRDA with HYCOL. D. Water: Clean and potable containing less than 500 ppm of chlorides. 2.02 ANCILLARY MATERIALS A. Form Liner: Pattern 14347 - Fluted Rib, as manufactured by Fitzgerald Form Liners or equal. • B. Bonding Agent: 1. Furnish two - component epoxy. 2. • Consult manufacturer for surface finish, pot life, set time, vertical or horizontal application, and forming restrictions. 3. Manufacturers and Products: • a. BASF Building Systems Inc., Shakopee, MN; Concresive. b. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Euco Epoxy System. c. Sika Chemical Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; Sikadur 32. C. Bond Breaker: 1: Nonstaining type, providing positive bond prevention. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Burke Co., San Mateo, CA; Burke Clean Lift Bond Breaker or Burke Tilt Free Bond Breaker. b. Nox -Crete Products Group, Omaha, NE; Silcoseal Select. c. Williams Distributors, Inc., Seattle, WA; Williams Tilt -Up Compound. D. Repair Material: • 1. Contain no chlorides or other chemicals causing steel corrosion. 2. Repair mortar specifically mixed and then tested at Job Site for appearance compatibility prior to use in exposed areas. 3. Low pressure spray or hand applied silica fume mortar, for vertical and overhead repair. • CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 4. Repair mortar system submitted and approved for horizontal concrete surface repairs. 2.03 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Design: Select and proportion ingredients using trial batches; sample, cure and test concrete mix through approved independent testing laboratory in accordance with ACI 211.1. 1. Concrete Compressive Strength, F'c: a. 4,000 psi at 28 days, unless otherwise shown, except 3,000 psi at 28 days for secondary concrete elements such as curbs, sidewalks, and pipe /conduit encasements. b. Design lab -cured trial mix cylinders. c. Use additional cement or cement plus fly ash above minimum specified if required to meet average compressive strength, F'cr. d. Use F'cr as basis for selection of concrete proportions as set forth in ACI 301. e. F'cr: Equal to F'c plus 1,200 when data are not available to establish standard deviation. B. Proportions: 1. Design mix to meet aesthetic and structural concrete requirements. 2. In accordance with ACI 211.1, unless specified otherwise. 3. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: a. 517 pounds per cubic yard for concrete with 1 -1/2 -inch maximum size aggregate. b. Increase cementitious materials content as required to obtain strength requirements and water - cement ratio. C. Admixtures: 1. Air Content: 4 percent to 6 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C231. 2. Use at Contractor's option. D. Slump Range at Site: 3 inches minimum and 5 inches maximum. E. Combined Aggregate Gradation: 1. Structures: Select one of the gradations shown in the following table. 2. Architectural Concrete with Type W -11, Abrasive Blast - Sandblast Finish: 3/4 -inch maximum grading. CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. Combined.Gradation Limits: Limits shown are for coarse aggregates and fine aggregates mixed together (combined). Combined Gradation Percentage Passing 1 -1/2" Sieve Sizes Max. 2" - 100 1 -1/2" 95 - 100 1" 65 -85 3/4" 55.- 75 1/2" - 3/8" 40 - 55 No.4 30 -45 No. 8 23 - 38 No. 16 16 - 30 No.30 10 -20 • No. 50 4 - 10 No. 100 0 - 3 No. 200 0 - 2 2.04 CONCRETE MIXING A. General: In accordance with ACI 304R. • B. Concrete Mix Temperatures: As shown below for various stages of mixing and placing: Concrete Temperatures Concrete Member Size, Minimum Dimension Ambient Air Temp. <12" 12 " -36" 36 " -72" >72" Minimum concrete temperature as mixed for indicated air temperature: Above 30 deg F 60 deg F 55 deg F 50 deg F 45 deg F 0 to 30 deg F 65 deg F 60 deg F 55 deg F 50 deg F Below 0 deg F 70 deg F 65 deg F 60 deg F 55 deg F CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE • MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Concrete Temperatures Concrete Member Size, Minimum Dimension Ambient Air Temp. _ <12" 12 " -36" 36 " -72" J >72" Maximum allowable gradual temperature drop in first 24 hours after curing period and after end of rotection: 50 deg F 40 deg F 30 deg F 20 deg F C. Truck Mixers: 1. Equip with electrically actuated counters to readily verify number of revolutions of drum or blades. 2. Counter: a. Resettable, recording type, mounted in driver's cab. b. Actuated at time of starting mixers at mixing speeds. 3. Truck mixer operation shall furnish concrete batch as discharged that is homogeneous with respect to consistency, mix, and grading. 4. If slump tests taken at approximately 1/4 point and 3/4 point of load during discharge give slumps differing by more than 2 inches when specified, slump is more than 4 inches, discontinue use of truck mixer unless causing condition is corrected and satisfactory performance is verified by additional slump tests. 5. Before attempting to reuse unit, check mechanical details of mixer, such as water measuring, and discharge apparatus, condition of blades, speed of rotation, general mechanical condition of unit, admixture dispensing equipment, and clearance of drum. 6. Do not use nonagitating or combination truck and trailer equipment for transporting ready -mixed concrete. 7. Concrete Volume in Truck: a. Limit to 63 percent of total volume capacity in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M when truck mixed. b. Limit to 80 percent of total volume capacity when central mixed. 8. Mix each batch of concrete in truck mixer for minimum 70 revolutions of drum or blades at rate of rotation designated by equipment manufacturer. 9. Perform additional mixing, if required, at speed designated by equipment manufacturer as agitating speed. 10. Place materials, including mixing water, in mixer drum before actuating revolution counter for determining number of mixing revolutions. D. Aggregates: Thoroughly and uniformly wash before use. CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 8 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 E. Admixtures: 1. Air - Entraining Admixture: Add at plant through manufacturer- approved dispensing equipment. 2. Water Reducers: Add prior to addition of high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizers). 3. High range water reducing admixture (superplasticizers) and Air - Entraining Admixtures: a. Add at concrete plant only through equipment furnished or approved by admixture manufacturer. b. Accomplish variations in slump, working time, and air content for flowable mixes by increasing or reducing high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizers) dose or air - entraining admixture dose at ready -mix plant only. c. Equipment shall provide for easy and quick visual verification of admixture amount used for each dose. d. Add discharge amount to each load of concrete into separate dispensing container, verify amount is correct, and add to concrete. e. Additional dosage of high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizers) may be added in field using manufacturer - approved dispensing when unexpected delays cause too great of slump loss. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACING CONCRETE A. Preparation: Meet requirements and recommendations of ACI 304R and ACI 301, except as modified herein. B. Inspection: Notify Engineer at least 1 full working day in advance before starting to place concrete. C. Discharge Time: 1. As determined by set time, do not exceed 1 -1/2 hours after adding cement to water unless special approved time delay admixtures are used. Coordinate time delay admixture information with manufacturer and Engineer prior to placing concrete. 2. Adjust slump or air content at Site by adding admixtures for particular load when approved by Engineer. Then, adjust plant dosage for remainder of placement. Additional dosage at Site shall be through approved dispenser supplied by admixture manufacturer. CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. Maintain required slump throughout time of concrete placement and consolidation. Discontinue use of high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizers) and provide new mix design if it fails to maintain slump between 4 inches to 8 inches and produce good consolidation for length of time required. Redesign mix adjusting set control admixtures to maintain setting time in range required. D. Placement into Formwork: 1. Before depositing concrete, remove debris from space to be occupied by concrete. 2. Prior to placement of concrete, dampen .fill under slabs on ground and dampen wood forms. 3. Reinforcement: Secure in position before placing concrete. 4. Place concrete as soon as possible after leaving mixer, without segregation or loss of ingredients, without splashing forms or steel above, and in layers not over 1.5 feet deep. Place and consolidate successive layers prior to initial set of first layer to prevent cold joints. 5. Use placement devices, for example, chutes, pouring spouts, and pumps. 6. Vertical Free Fall Drop to Final Placement: 5 feet in forms 8 inches or less wide and 8 feet in forms wider than 8 inches, except as specified. a. For placements where drops are greater than specified, use placement device such that free fall below placement device conforms to required value. b. Limit free fall to prevent segregation caused by aggregates hitting reinforcing steel. 7. Do not use aluminum conveying devices. 8. Provide sufficient illumination in the interior of forms so concrete deposition is visible, permitting confirmation of consolidation quality. 9. If reinforcement is in direct sunlight or is more than 20 degrees F higher in temperature than concrete temperature before placement, wet reinforcement with water fog spray before placing concrete to cool reinforcement. 10. Trowel and round off top exposed edges of walls with 1/4 -inch radius steel edging tool. E. Conveyor Belts and Chutes: 1. Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates, and other points of concrete discharge throughout conveying, hoisting, and placing system for concrete to pass without becoming segregated. 2. Do not use chutes longer than 50 feet. 3. Minimum Slopes of Chutes: Angled to allow concrete to readily flow without segregation. CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 4. Conveyor Belts: a. Approved by Engineer. b. Wipe clean with device that does not allow mortar to adhere to belt. c. Cover conveyor belts and chutes. F. Retempering: Not permitted for concrete where cement has partially hydrated. G. Pumping of Concrete: 1. Provide standby pump, conveyor system, crane and concrete bucket, or other system onsite during pumping, for adequate redundancy to assure completion of concrete placement without cold joints in case of primary placing equipment breakdown. 2. Minimum Pump Hose (Conduit) Diameter: 4 inches. 3. Replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits) that are not functioning properly. H. Maximum Size of Concrete Placements: 1. Limit size of each placement to allow for strength gain and volume change as a result of shrinkage. 2. Joints: Locate expansion, control, contraction, and construction joints where shown. I. Minimum Time between Adjacent Placements: 1. Construction Joints: 14 days (7 days wet cure and 7 days dry cure). J. Removal of Water: Remove water from space to be occupied by concrete. K. Consolidation and Visual Observation: 1. Consolidate concrete with internal vibrators with minimum frequency of 8,000 cycles per minute and amplitude as required to consolidate concrete in section being placed. 2. Provide at least one standby vibrator in operable condition at placement Site prior to placing concrete. 3. Consolidation Equipment and Methods: ACI 309R. 4. Vibration consolidation shall not exceed distance of 3 feet from point of placement. 5. Vibrate concrete in vicinity of joints to obtain impervious concrete. CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 11 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 L. Hot Weather: 1. Prepare ingredients, mix, place, cure, and protect in accordance with ACI 305R. 2. Placement frequency shall be such that lift lines will not be visible in exposed or architectural concrete finishes. 3. Maintain concrete temperature below 80 degrees F at time of placement, or furnish test data or provide other proof that admixtures and mix ingredients do not produce flash set plastic shrinkage, or cracking as a result of heat of hydration. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain fresh concrete temperatures as specified or less. 4. Provide for windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ice, wet cover, or other means as necessary to maintain concrete at or below specified temperature. 5. Prevent differential temperature between reinforcing steel and concrete. 6. Evaporation Retardant: Apply to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 pound per square foot per hour before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before finishing. M. Cold Weather Placement: 1. Do not place concrete when ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F or approaching 40 degrees F and falling, without special protection as specified or approved by Engineer. 2. Do not place concrete against frozen earth or ice, or against forms and reinforcement with frost or ice present. 3. Provide heated enclosures when air temperatures are below 40 degrees F. 4. Maintain surface temperature of concrete above 40 degrees F and cure concrete as specified in ACI 306.1, for minimum of 7 days. 5. Provide maximum and minimum thermometers placed on concrete surfaces spaced throughout Work to allow monitoring of concrete surface temperatures representative of Work. 6. In accordance with ACI 306.1 and AC1 301. 7. External Heating Units: a. Vent heating units to atmosphere and do not locally heat or dry concrete. Where water cure is specified, maintain wet condition. b. Do not exhaust heater flue gases (causes concrete carbonation as a result of concentrated carbon dioxide) directly into enclosed area. 8. Maintain curing conditions as specified in ACI 308.1. CVO/383498A CAST -1N -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 12 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.02 REPAIRING CONCRETE A. General: 1. Obtain quantities of repair material and manufacturer's detailed instructions for use to provide repair with finish to match adjacent surface or apply sufficient repair material adjacent to repair to blend finish appearance. 2. Repair of concrete shall provide structurally sound surface finish, uniform in appearance or upgrade finish by other means until acceptable to Engineer. B. Tie Holes: 1. Fill with nonshrink grout. 2. Match color of adjacent concrete and demonstrate on mockup panels first. 3. Compact grout using steel hammer and steel tool to drive grout to high density. Cure grout with water. C. Exposed Metal Objects: 1. Metal objects not intended to be exposed in as -built condition of structure including wire, nails, and bolts, shall be removed by chipping back concrete to depth of 1 inch and then cutting or removing metal object. 2. Repair area of chipped -out concrete. D. Blockouts at Pipes or Other Penetrations: 1. Install per details shown on Drawings or submit proposed blockouts for review. 2. Use nonshrink, nonmetallic grout. 3.03 CONCRETE WALL FINISHES A. Type W -1 (Ordinary Wall Finish): 1. Patch tie holes. 2. Knock off projections. 3. Patch defective areas. B. Type W -2 (Smooth Wall Finish): 1. Patch tie holes. 2. Grind off projections, fins, and rough spots. CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 13 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. Patch defective areas and repair rough spots resulting from form release agent failure or other reasons to provide smooth uniform appearance. C. Type W -11 (Abrasive Blast - Sandblast Finish): 1. Intent of this procedure is to remove surface skin to depth no more than 1/16 inch, and expose only fine aggregate and air holes near surface, thus producing uniform texture. 2. Perform sandblasting on building or on concrete surfaces in same area of view at same time and obtain uniformity of appearance. 3. Same person shall accomplish sandblasting on one structure and on concrete in same area. 4. Perform sandblasting to match approved mockup panel. 5. Abrasive: Use clean silica sand, free of foreign materials, and supplied in sealed sacks. 6. Blast surface with 100 psi air pressure at rate of 2 square feet to 3 square feet per minute with nozzle held approximately 2 feet from surface and perpendicular thereto. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. Provide adequate facilities for safe storage and proper curing of concrete test cylinders onsite for first 24 hours, and for additional time as may be required before transporting to test lab. 2. Provide concrete for testing of slump, air content, and for making cylinders from the point of discharge into forms. When concrete is pumped, Samples used shall be taken from discharge end of pump hose. 3. Evaluation will be in accordance with ACI 301 and Specifications. 4. Specimens shall be made, cured, and tested in accordance with ASTM C31 /C31M and ASTM C39/C39M. 5. Frequency of testing may be changed at discretion of Engineer. • 6. Pumped Concrete: Take concrete samples for slump (ASTM C143/C143M) and test cylinders (ASTM C31 /C31M and ASTM C39/C39M). 7. Reject concrete represented by cylinders failing to meet strength and air content specified. 3.05 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Repair defective areas and areas damaged by construction. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MAY 1, 2009 03300 - 14 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 SECTION 16005 ELECTRICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A167, Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium- Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. b. A240/A240M, Standard Specification for Heat - Resisting Chromium and Chromium - Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels. c. A1011 /A1011M, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot - Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High - Strength Low -Alloy and High - Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability. d. B8, Standard Specification for Concentric -Lay- Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium -Hard, or Soft. e. C857, Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. 2. Electronic Industries Association (EIA/TIA): 569, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. 3. Federal Specifications (FS): a. W -C -596, Connector, Electrical, Power, General Specification for. b. W -S -896, Switch, Toggle (Toggle and Lock), Flush Mounted (General Specification). 4. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE): a. C62.41, Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low- Voltage AC Power Circuits. b. PC62.41.1, Draft Guide on the Surge Environment in Low- Voltage (1000 V and less) AC Power Circuits. c. 112, Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. d. 114, Standard Test Procedures for Single -Phase Induction Motors. 5. International Electrical. Testing Association (NETA): ATS, Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 6. National Electrical Contractor's Association, Inc. (NECA): 1, Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting. 7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. C80.1, Rigid Steel Conduit -Zinc Coated. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 b. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum). c. ICS 1, Industrial Control and Systems: General Requirements. d. ICS 2, Industrial Control and Systems: Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC. e. ICS 2.3, Industrial Control and Systems: Instructions for the Handling, Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Motor Control Centers. f. MG 1, Motors and Generators. g. PB 1, Panelboards. h. RN 1, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. i. TC 2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. j. TC 3, PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. k. WC 55, Instrumentation Cables and Thermocouple Wire. 1. WC 70, Standard for Non - Shielded Power Cables Rated 2000 V or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy. m. WC 71, Standard for Non - Shielded Cables Rated 2001 -5000 Volts for use in the Distribution of Electrical Energy. n. WD 1, General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices. 8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 9. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): a. 1, Flexible Metal Conduit. b. 6, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit- Steel. c. 13, Power - Limited Circuit Cables. d. 44, Thermoset Insulated Wires and Cables. e. 67, Panelboards. f. 98, Enclosed and Dead -Front Switches. g. 198E, Class R Fuses. h. 360, Liquid -Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. i. 486A, Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors. j. 486C, Splicing Wire Connectors. k. 489, Molded -Case Circuit Breakers, Molded -Case Switches, and Circuit Breaker Enclosures. 1. 508, Industrial Control Equipment. m. 510, Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape. n. 514B, Fittings for Cable and Conduit. o. 651, Schedule 40 and 80 PVC Conduit. p. 870, Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings. q. 943, Ground -Fault Circuit Interrupters. r. 1059, Terminal Blocks. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 • 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. AHJ: Authority Having Jurisdiction. B. MCOV: Maximum Allowable Continuous Operating Voltage. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Boxes and device plates.. 2. Junction and pullboxes. 3. Precast handholes. 4. Wiring devices. 5. Circuit breakers and switches. 6: Control devices, terminal blocks, and relays. 7. Support and framing channels. 8. Nameplates and nameplate schedule. 9. Conduit, fittings, and accessories. - 10. Wireways. 11. Conductors, cable, and accessories. 12. Grounding materials. 13. Luminaires. 14. Lighting controls. 15. Identification products and tags indicate proposed text sizes, lettering and background coloring, and related information. 16. Motors (including motors supplied with packaged systems: gate operators, etc.). B. Informational Submittals: • 1. Field test reports. 2. Signed permits indicating Work is acceptable to regulatory authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Operation and Maintenance Data: a. Provide for all equipment, as well as each device having features that can require adjustment, configuration, or maintenance. b. Minimum information shall include manufacturer's preprinted instruction manual, one copy of the approved submittal information for the item, tabulation of any settings, and copies of any test reports. 1.04 APPROVAL BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION A. Provide the Work in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). Where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), material CVO/383498A - ELECTRICAL . MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 and . equipment shall be labeled or listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory or other organization acceptable to the AHJ, in order to provide a basis for approval under the NEC. B. Materials and equipment manufactured within the scope of standards published by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. shall conform to those standards and shall have an applied UL listing mark or label. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. PVC - Coated, Rigid Steel Conduit Installer: Must be certified by conduit manufacturer as having received minimum 2 hours of training on installation procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Products shall comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA 70. B. Equipment and Devices Installed Outdoors or in Unheated Enclosures: Capable of continuous operation within ambient temperature range of 0 degree F to 104 degrees F. C. Equipment Finish: 1. NEMA 1, 3R, and 12 enclosures shall be steel coated with ANSI 61 . grey paint. 2. NEMA 4X enclosures shall be uncoated Type 316 stainless steel. 2.02 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES A. Cast Metal (Interior Use Only): 1. Box: Cast ferrous metal. 2. Cover: Gasketed, weatherproof, and cast ferrous metal with stainless steel screws. 3. Hubs: Threaded. 4. Lugs: Cast Mounting. 5. Manufacturers and Products, Nonhazardous Locations: a. Crouse - Hinds; Type FS or FD. b. Appleton; Type FS or FD. 6. Manufacturers and Products, Hazardous Locations: • a. Crouse - Hinds; Type GUA or EAJ. b. Appleton; Type GR. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. PVC - Coated Cast Metal (All Exterior Locations): 1. Type: One-piece. 2. Material: Malleable iron, cast ferrous metal, or cast aluminum. 3. Coating: a. All Exterior Surfaces; 40 mils PVC. b. All Interior Surfaces, 2 mils urethane. 4. Manufacturers: a. Robroy Industries. b. Ocal. 2.03 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Outlet Boxes Used as Junction or Pull Box: As specified under Article Outlet and Device Boxes. B. Conduit Bodies Used as Junction Boxes: As specified under Article Conduit and Fittings. C. Large Stainless Steel Box: 1. NEMA 250, Type 4X. 2. Box: 14- gauge, ASTM A240, Type 316 stainless steel. 3. Cover: Hinged with clamps. 4. Hardware and Machine Screws: ASTM A167, Type 316 stainless steel. 5. Manufacturers: a. Hoffman Engineering Co. b. Robroy Industries. D. Concrete Box, Nontraffic Areas: 1. Box: Reinforced, cast concrete with extension. 2. Cover: Steel diamond plate with locking bolts. 3. Cover Marking: ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, or as shown. 4. Size: 10 inch by 17 inch (minimum). 5. Manufacturer and Product: Utility Vault Co.; Series 36- 1017PB, with cover DP. 2.04 PRECAST HANDHOLES A. Construction: Precast concrete with closed bottoms. Provide a sump directly below cover opening for portable sump pump lowering. B. Loading: AASHTO H -20, in accordance with ASTM C857. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 C. Drainage: 1. Slope floors toward drain points leaving no pockets or other nondraining areas. 2. Provide drainage outlet at low point of floor. D. Raceway Entrances: Provide knockout panels on all four sides. E. Handhole Frames and Covers: 1. Material: Steel, hot - dipped galvanized. 2. Cover Type: Solid, bolt -on or hinged, of cast iron design with pick - holes. Bolted to cast in with inner lid with 25 -inch clear openings. 3. Cover Loading: As noted below. 4. Cover Designation: Lettering minimum 2 inches in height, as shown. 5. Handholes shall have inside opening dimensions of 3 feet long by 3 feet wide by 3 feet deep. F. Hardware: Steel, hot -dip galvanized. G. Furnish knockout for ground rod in each handhole. H. Manufacturer and Models: Utility Vault Company, Neenah Foundary No. R- 1755 -G, or equal. 2.05 CIRCUIT BREAKER, INDIVIDUAL, 0 TO 600 VOLTS A. UL 489 listed for use at location of installation. B. Minimum Interrupt Rating: Match existing equipment. C. Thermal- magnetic, quick -make, quick- break, indicating type showing ON /OFF and TRIPPED indicating positions of operating handle. D. Suitable for use with 75 degrees C wire at full NFPA 70, 75 degrees C ampacity. E. Locking: Provisions for padlocking handle. F. Manufacturers: Match existing equipment. 2.06 SUPPORT AND FRAMING CHANNELS A. Stainless Steel Framing Channel: Rolled, ASTM A167, Type 316 stainless steel, 12 gauge. 1. All hardware (nuts, bolts, washers, etc.) shall be stainless steel. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 6 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2. Where in contact with concrete or dissimilar metals, provide suitable non - metallic insulators to prevent corrosion. 3. Attachment anchors for concrete shall be Type 316 stainless steel expansion type (Rawl -bolt, Rawl -stud, Lok -bolt, or equal). Wood plugs are not allowed. B. Manufacturers: 1. B -Line Systems, Inc. 2. Unistrut Corp. 2.07 NAMEPLATES A. Material: Laminated plastic. B. Attachment: Stainless steel screws. C. Color: White, engraved to a black core, or as shown. D. Engraving: 1. Devices and Equipment: Name or tag shown, or as required. E. Letter Height: 1. Pushbuttons, Selector Switches, and Other Devices: 1/8 inch. 2. Equipment: 1/4 inch. 2.08 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGS): 1. Meet requirements of NEMA C80.1 and UL 6. 2. Material: Hot -dip galvanized, with chromated protective layer. B. PVC Schedule 40 Conduit: 1. Meet requirements of NEMA TC 2 and UL 651. 2. UL listed for concrete encasement, underground direct burial, concealed, or direct sunlight exposure, and 90 degrees C insulated conductors. C. PVC - Coated Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit: 1. Meet requirements of NEMA RN 1. CVO /383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 2. Material: a. Meet requirements of NEMA C80.1, NEMA RN 1, Federal Specification WW- C -581E, and UL 6. b. Exterior Finish : PVC coating, 40 mils nominal thickness, bond to metal shall have tensile strength greater than PVC. c. Interior finish: Urethane coating, 2 mils nominal thickness. 3. Threads: Hot - dipped galvanized and factory coated with urethane. 4. Bendable without damage to either interior or exterior coating. 5. Manufacturer and Product: Robroy; Perma -Cote, or equal. D. Flexible Non- metallic, Liquid -Tight Conduit: 1. UL 360 listed for 105 degrees C insulated conductors. 2. Material: Extruded PVC. E. Fittings: 1. Provide bushings, grounding bushings, conduit hubs, conduit bodies, couplings, unions, conduit sealing fittings, drain seals, drain/breather fittings, expansion fittings, and cable sealing fittings, as applicable. 2. Rigid Galvanized Steel: a. Meet requirements of UL 514B. b. Type: Threaded, galvanized. 3. PVC Conduit: a. Meet requirements of NEMA TC 3. b. Type: PVC, slip -on. 4. PVC - Coated Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit: a. Meet requirements of UL 514B. b. Fittings: Rigid galvanized steel type, PVC - coated by conduit manufacturer. c. Conduit Bodies: Cast metal hot - dipped galvanized or urethane finish. Cover shall be of same material as conduit body. PVC- coated by conduit manufacturer. d. Finish: 40 -mil PVC exterior, 2 -mil urethane interior. e. Overlapping pressure sealing sleeves. f. Conduit Hangers, Attachments, and Accessories: PVC - coated. g. Manufacturers: 1) Robroy Industries. 2) Ocal. 2.09 CONDUIT ACCESSORIES A. Identification Devices: 1. Raceway Tags: a. Material: Permanent, nylon. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 8 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 b. Shape: Round. c. Raceway Designation: Pressure stamped, embossed, or engraved. d. Tags relying on adhesives or taped -on markers not permitted. 2. Warning Tape: a. Material: Polyethylene, 4 -mil gauge with detectable strip. b. Color: Red. c. Width: Minimum 6 inches. d. Designation: Warning on tape that electric circuit is located below tape. e. Identifying Letters: Minimum 1 -inch high permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length. B. Raceway Band: 1. Slip -on Type: a. Provide heat - shrinkable, black, medium -wall polyolefin tubing with factory- applied adhesive /sealant. Select product size based upon raceway outside diameter. b. Manufacturer and Product: 3M; Type IMCSN, medium wall cable sleeve. 2. Wrap- around Type: a. Provide 4 -inch width, 20 -mil thickness, nonprinted black PVC corrosion protection tape with primer. b. Manufacturer and Product: 3M; Type Scotchrap 51 with Scotchrap Pipe Primer. 2.10 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conductors 600 Volts and Below: 1. Conform to applicable requirements of NEMA WC 71, WC 72, and WC 74. 2. Conductor Type: Stranded copper only. 3. Insulation: Type XHHW -2. B. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Telephone and Data Cable, 300V: 1. Category 6 UTP, UL listed, and third party verified to comply with TIA/EIA 568 -B.2 -1 Category 6 requirements. 2. Suitable for high speed network applications including gigabit ethernet and video. Cable shall be interoperable with other standards compliant products and shall be backward compatible with Category 5 and Category 5e. 3. Provide four each individually twisted pair, 23 AWG conductors, with FEP insulation and blue PVC jacket. 4. Provide with gel infusion for underground application. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 5. Cable shall withstand a bend radius of 1 -inch minimum at a temperature of minus 20 degrees C maximum without jacket or insulation cracking. 6. Manufacturer and Product: Belden; 7852A. C. Accessories: 1. Tape: a. General Purpose, Flame Retardant: 7 mils, vinyl plastic, Scotch Brand 33, rated for 90 degrees C minimum, meeting requirements of UL 510. b. Flame Retardant, Cold and Weather Resistant: 8.5 mils, vinyl plastic, Scotch Brand 88. c. Arc and Fireproofing: 1) 30 mils, elastomer. 2) Manufacturers and Products: a) 3M; Scotch Brand 77, with Scotch Brand 69 glass cloth tapebinder. b) Plymount; Plyarc 53, with Plyglas 77 glass cloth tapebinder. 2. Identification Devices: a. Computer printed or preprinted, self - laminating heat shrink type. b. Manufacturers: Brady, 3M, or equal. 3. Connectors and Terminations: a. Nylon, Self - Insulated Crimp Connectors: 1) Manufacturers and Products: a) Thomas & Betts; Sta -Kon. b) Burndy; Insulug. c) ILSCO. 4. Cable Lugs: a. In accordance with NEMA CC 1. b. Rated 600 volts of same material as conductor metal. c. Uninsulated Crimp Connectors and Terminators: 1) Suitable for use with 75 degrees C wire at full NFPA 70, 75 degrees C ampacity. 2) Manufacturers and Products: a) Thomas & Betts; Color - Keyed. b) Bumdy; Hydent. c) ILSCO. d. Uninsulated, Bolted, Two -Way Connectors and Terminators: 1) Manufacturers and Products: a) Thomas & Betts; Locktite. b) Bumdy; Quiklug. c) ILSCO. 5. Cable Ties: a. Nylon, adjustable, self - locking, and reusable. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 b. Manufacturer and Product: Thomas & Betts; TY -RAP. 6. Heat Shrinkable Insulation: a. Thermally stabilized, crosslinked polyolefin. b. Manufacturer and Product: Thomas & Betts; SHRINK -KON. D. Automated Gate Access Wiring: Wiring for the automated gate access control systems shall conform to the following table, or equal: Manufacturer AWG No. of Conductors or Equal Part Number 18 2 Belden #8442 18 4 Belden #8471 22 2 Belden #B6500UE -U1000 22 4 Belden #B6502UE-U1000 22 6 (SH) Belden #8303 22 8 (SH) Belden #8304 22 2 pair (SH) Belden #6541 PA 12 4 Belden #27111A 22 8 Belden #8757 2.11 GROUNDING A. Ground Rods: Provide copper -clad with minimum diameter of 3/4 -inch, and length of 10 feet. B. Ground Conductors: As specified in Article Conductors and Cable. C. Connectors: 1. Exothermic Weld Type: a. Outdoor Weld: Suitable for exposure to elements or direct burial. b. Indoor Weld: Utilize low - smoke, low- emission process. c. Manufacturers: 1) Erico Products, Inc.; Cadweld and Cadweld Exolon. 2) Thermoweld. 2. Compression Type: a. Compress - deforming type; wrought copper extrusion material. b. Single indentation for conductors 6 AWG and smaller. c. Double indentation with extended barrel for conductors 4 AWG and larger. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 11 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 d. Single barrels prefilled with oxide - inhibiting and antiseizing compound. e. Manufacturers: 1) Burndy Corp. 2) Thomas and Betts Co. 3) ILSCO. 3. Mechanical Type: a. Split -bolt, saddle, or cone screw type; copper alloy material. b. Manufacturers: 1) Burndy Corp. 2) Thomas and Betts Co. 2.12 MOTORS A. Three- Phase: 1. For multiple units of the same type of equipment, furnish identical motors and accessories of a single manufacturer. 2. Meet requirements of NEMA MG 1. 3. Motors shall be specifically designed for use and conditions intended, with a NEMA design letter classification to fit application. 4. Lifting lugs on motors weighing 100 pounds or more. 5. Operating Conditions: Maximum ambient temperature not greater than 40 degrees C. 6. Horsepower Rating: As designated on the Drawings. Brake horsepower of the driven equipment at any operating condition shall not exceed motor nameplate horsepower rating, excluding any service factor. 7. Service Factor: 1.15 minimum at rated ambient temperature, unless otherwise shown. 8. Voltage and Frequency Rating: 460V ac, 60 Hz, unless otherwise indicated in motor -driven equipment specifications. 9. Suitable for full voltage starting. 10. Efficiency and Power Factor: Provide premium efficiency units, except for under 1 hp, multispeed, or short-time rated motors, or motors driving gates, valves, elevators, cranes, trolleys, and hoists. Provide standard power factor. 11. Insulation Systems: Unless otherwise indicated in motor -driven equipment specifications, Class B or Class F at nameplate horsepower and designated operating conditions, except EXP motors that shall be Class B with Class B rise. 12. Enclosures: a. TEFC: Furnish with a drain hole with porous drain/weather plug. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 12 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 • B. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric: 2. Reliance Electric. 3. U.S. Electrical Motors. • C. Factory Testing: 1. Tests: a. In accordance with IEEE 112 for polyphase motors and IEEE 114 for single -phase motors. b. Provide routine (production) tests on all motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1. Test multispeed motors at all speeds. c. For premium efficiency motors, test efficiency and power factor at 50, 75, and 100 percent of rated horsepower: • 1) In accordance with IEEE 112, Test Method B, and NEMA MG 1, Paragraphs 12.54 and 12.57. 2. Test Report Forms: a. Routine Tests: IEEE 112, Form A -1. b. Efficiency and power factor by Test Method B, IEEE 112, Form A -2, and NEMA MG 1, Paragraph (table) 12.57. 2.13 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL A. General: 1. Make adjustments as necessary to wiring, conduit, disconnect devices, motor starters, branch circuit protection, and other affected material or equipment to accommodate motors and motor ratings actually provided. 2. Suitable for use with 75 degrees C wire at full NFPA 70, 75 degrees C ampacity. 3. Operating Conditions: a. Ambient Temperature: Maximum 40 degrees C. b. Equipment to be fully rated without any derating for operating conditions listed above. • B. Manufacturers: Match new units to existing line up. 2.14 LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES • A. Specific requirements relating to fixture type, lamp type, and mounting hardware are provided in the Luminaire Schedule on Drawings CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 13 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 B. Poles: 1. Rating (With Luminaire): 100 mph steady winds, without incurred damage. 2. Material: Extruded aluminum. 3. Provide nameplates and identification in accordance with Article Identification Products, below. 2.15 LIGHTING CONTROL A. Photocell: 1. Automatic ON /OFF switching photo control. 2. Housing: Self - contained, die -cast aluminum, unaffected by moisture, vibration, or temperature changes. 3. Setting: ON at dusk and OFF at dawn. 4. Time delay feature to prevent false switching. 5. Field adjustable to control operating levels. 6. Manufacturers: a. Tork. b. Paragon Electric Company. 2.16 IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Identification Tags - Electrical Equipment, General: 1. Identification tags shall utilize the CWS standard numbering system for equipment supplied and installed as part of this project. Identification tags installed for outdoor equipment shall be rated for weatherproof type. 2. When identifying a power source for equipment, the tag shall include the source name and circuit or compartment number (i.e., "100MCC0101 -4F" or "100IP0101, CKT. #1"). 3. For all equipment, identification shall include the descriptive name on the first line, the CWS standard tag number on the second line and the power source on the third line (e.g., — Secondary Clarifier 7 RAS Pump #1 — 46P1801 — Power Source 100MCC0101 -4F). 4. Text shall be centered on all nameplates and identification devices. B. Identification Tags — Electrical Equipment: 1. MCC Compartments /Buckets, Gate Controllers, Safety Disconnects, and Similar Electrical Equipment: Each compartment/bucket shall be identified with a phenolic nameplate for the load it serves (e.g., "Secondary Clarifier 7 RAS Pump #1, 46P1801 "). Stand -alone equipment shall also identify the power source for the equipment. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 14 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 Nameplates shall be attached using S.S. self - tapping screws. Nameplates shall be not less than 2 -inch high, with 1/2 -inch high lettering and 1/2 -inch high tag number lettering. 2. Local Control Panels (LCP) and Local Control Stations (LCS): Each LCP /LCS shall include a nameplate on the enclosure face identifying the panel name and tag number. Include the power source for each panel. Each panel- mounted device (internal and external) shall be identified. Pilot devices shall utilize collar -type, oversize nameplates provided with the pilot devices. Non -pilot devices shall have phenolic nameplates, attached using permanent adhesive. Internal panel devices shall have phenolic identification plates (hand markings not permitted), and shall be attached using permanent adhesive. Wiring and terminal blocks shall be as described in the sections below. a. LCP/LCS master nameplate shall be not less than 1 -inch high with not less than 1/2 -inch lettering. 3. Raceways, Pull and Junction Boxes: a. Exposed and encased raceways shall be identified at each end, at each room entry/exit and every 50 feet of the raceway route. The identification shall be in strict accordance with CWS standards. Conduit identification shall be by a stamped or engraved stainless steel tag attached to the conduit using stainless steel wire. Tag shall be 3/4 -inch by 2 -inch minimum using 1 /4 -inch lettering, minimum. Markings by pen or marker are not acceptable. b. Pullboxes, junction boxes and terminal boxes shall be identified using a stainless steel tag attached to the enclosure using S.S. self - tapping screws. Identify the box as "Power ", "Control ", "Signal" or "Fiber Optic" as applicable. Assign unique box numbers in accordance with CWS standards. 4. Wiring Devices and Similar Equipment Fed From a Panelboard: Each switch, receptacle and similar device shall include a nameplate indicating the power source and circuit number providing power to the switch or receptacle. For circuits other than 120V ac, identify the voltage and phase (e.g., "277 V, 1 0" or "480 V, 3 0 "). 5. Exterior Lighting and Pole Lighting: Each exterior and pole- mounted luminaire shall include a nameplate that includes information for the lamp type, wattage, voltage rating and power source for the luminaire. Nameplates shall be readable standing at grade, 2 -inch high with 1/2 -inch high lettering. Nameplates shall be stainless steel with stamped or engraved lettering. 6. Conductors: a. The Contractor shall assign to each control and instrumentation wire and cable a unique identification number following CWS standards. Identification labels shall be installed at each conductor termination using wrap- around, computer printed labels as manufactured by Brady, or approved equal. Cable tags using hand CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 15 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 markings, paper or cardboard, or string attachments shall not be permitted. b. Terminal strips shall be identified by computer printable, self - sticking marker strips attached to the terminal strip. c. Spare wiring and terminals shall be tagged as "spare ". d. Power conductors shall be color coded as follows: For 120 /208 -volt systems, Phase A- black, Phase B -red, Phase C -blue, and Neutral- white. For 120 /240 -volt systems, Line 1- black, Line 2 -red, and neutral- white. For 277/480 -volt systems, Phase A- brown, Phase B- orange, Phase C- yellow, and neutral - gray. Use colored insulation in accordance with NEC requirements. Insulated ground wires shall be green. e. Labels shall be installed on the exterior of all panels containing . power wiring of multiple system voltages (e.g., 120 /240 -volt and 277/480 -volt) that identify the color code for each voltage system, in strict accordance with NEC requirements. In addition, this label shall be installed on each panelboard, MCC and other power distribution panel. f. Shielded instrumentation signal wiring shall use black for negative ( -) and white for positive ( +) connections. 7. Manholes and Handholes: Each manhole and handhole lid shall be clearly identified as "Electric" or "Telecom." In addition, include a 2 -inch by 6 -inch stainless steel identification tag utilizing 1/2 -inch lettering. The tag shall include the identification number shown on the drawings, and shall further identify the manhole or handhole as "Medium Voltage Power ", "Low Voltage Power ", "Control ", "Signal" or "Communication ", as applicable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Work shall comply with all applicable provisions of NECA 1. C. Install materials and equipment in hazardous areas in a manner acceptable to regulatory authority having jurisdiction for the class, division, and group of hazardous areas shown. D. Electrical Drawings show general locations of equipment, devices, and raceway, unless specifically dimensioned. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 16 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.02 DEMOLITION A. General Demolition: 1. Where shown, de- energize and disconnect nonelectrical equipment for removal by others. 2. Where shown, de- energize, disconnect, and remove electrical equipment. 3. Remove affected circuits and raceways back to serving panelboard or control panel. Where affected circuits are consolidated with others, remove raceways back to first shared condulet or box. Where underground or embedded raceways are to be abandoned, remove raceway to I inch below surface of structure or 12 inches belowgrade and restore existing surface. 3.03 PROTECTION FOLLOWING INSTALLATION A. Protect materials and equipment from corrosion, physical damage, and effects of moisture on insulation. B. Cap conduit runs during construction with manufactured seals. C. Close openings in boxes or equipment during construction. D. Energize space heaters furnished with equipment. 3.04 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES A. Install suitable for conditions encountered at each outlet or device in wiring or raceway system, sized to meet NFPA 70 requirements. B. Size: 1. Depth: Minimum 2 inches, unless otherwise required by structural conditions. Box extensions not permitted. 2. Switch and Receptacle: Minimum 2 -inch by 4 -inch sheet steel device box. C. Locations: Drawing locations are approximate. D. Install plumb and level. E. Flush Mounted: 1. Install with concealed conduit. 2. Install proper type extension rings or plaster covers to make edges of boxes flush with finished surface. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 17 ( ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 F. Support boxes independently of conduit by attachment to building structure or structural member. G. Box Type (Steel Raceway System): 1. Outdoor Locations: PVC - coated cast metal. 2. Indoor Dry Locations: a. Exposed Rigid Conduit: Cast metal. H. Box Type, Corrosive Locations (PVC- Coated rigid Galvanized Steel Raceway System): PVC - coated cast metal with matching cover. 3.05 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Install where shown and where necessary to terminate, tap -off, or redirect multiple conduit runs. B. Install pull boxes where necessary in raceway system to facilitate conductor installation. C. Install in conduit runs at least every 150 feet or after the equivalent of three right -angle bends. D. Use outlet boxes as junction and pull boxes wherever possible and allowed by applicable codes. E. Use conduit bodies as junction and pull boxes where no splices are required and their use is allowed by applicable codes. F. Installed boxes shall be accessible. G. Do not install on finished surfaces. H. Install plumb and level. I. Support boxes independently of conduit by attachment to building structure or structural member. J. At or Belowgrade: 1. Install boxes for belowgrade conduit flush with finished grade in locations outside of paved areas, roadways, or walkways. 2. If adjacent structure is available, box may be mounted on structure surface just above finished grade in accessible but unobtrusive location. 3. Obtain Engineer's written acceptance prior to installation in paved areas, roadways, or walkways. 4. Use boxes and covers suitable to support anticipated weights. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 18 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 K. Mounting Hardware: • 1. Noncorrosive Indoor Dry Areas: Galvanized. • 2. Outdoor or Noncorrosive Indoor Wet Areas: Stainless steel. 3. Corrosive Areas: Stainless steel. I - L. Location/Type: 1. Indoor, Dry: NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Indoor and Outdoor, Wet: NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless steel. 3. Indoor and Outdoor, Wet and Corrosive: NEMA 250, Type 4X, stainless steel. 4. Underground Conduit: Concrete. 5. ' Corrosive: NEMA 250, Type 4X, stainless steel. 6. Outdoor, Where Indicated Weatherproof (WP): NEMA 250, Type 3R. M. Install Drain/breather fittings in NEMA 250, Type 4 and Type 4X enclosures. 3.06 PRECAST HANDHOLES A. Excavate, shore, brace, backfill, and final grade in accordance with Section 02315,. Excavation, and Section 02320, Trench Back.fill. B. Do not install until fmal raceway grading has been determined. C. Install such that raceways enter at nearly right angles and as near as possible to one end of wall, unless otherwise shown. 3.07 TERMINAL BLOCKS A. Install for termination of control circuits entering or leaving equipment and local control panels. 3.08 SUPPORT AND FRAMING CHANNELS A. Install where required for mounting and supporting electrical equipment and raceway systems. B. Channel Type: 1. All Locations: Type 316 stainless steel. 3.09 NAMEPLATES • A. Provide identifying nameplate on all equipment. ' I CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 19 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.10 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. General: 1. Crushed or deformed raceways not permitted. 2. Maintain raceway entirely free of obstructions and moisture. 3. Immediately after installation, plug or cap raceway ends with watertight and dust -tight seals until time for pulling in conductors. 4. Sealing Fittings: Provide drain seal in vertical raceways where condensate may collect above sealing fitting. 5. Avoid moisture traps where possible. When unavoidable in exposed conduit runs, provide junction box and drain fitting at conduit low point. 6. Group raceways installed in same area. 7. Follow structural surface contours when installing exposed raceways. Avoid obstruction of passageways. 8. Run exposed raceways parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members, or intersections of vertical planes. 9. Block Walls: Do not install raceways in same horizontal course with reinforcing steel. 10. Install watertight fittings in outdoor, underground, or wet locations. 11. Paint threads and cut ends, before assembly of fittings, galvanized conduit, PVC - coated galvanized conduit, installed in exposed or damp locations with zinc -rich paint or liquid galvanizing compound. 12. Metal conduit to be reamed, burrs removed, and cleaned before installation of conductors, wires, or cables. 13. Do not install raceways in concrete equipment pads, foundations, or beams. 14. Horizontal raceways installed under floor slabs shall lie completely under slab, with no part embedded within slab. 15. Install concealed, embedded, and buried raceways so that they emerge at right angles to surface and have no curved portion exposed. 16. Install conduits for fiber optic cables, telephone cables, and category type data cables in strict conformance with the requirements of EIA/TIA 569. B. Conduit Application: 1. Diameter: a. Interior Minimum: 3/4 inch. b. Exterior Minimum: 3/4 inch. 2. Outdoor, Exposed: PVC - coated rigid galvanized steel. 3. Indoor, Exposed: Rigid galvanized steel. 4. Direct Earth Burial: a. PVC Schedule 40. b. PVC - coated rigid galvanized steel for shielded or analog cables. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 20 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 5. Under Slabs -On- Grade: PVC - coated rigid galvanized steel. 6. Corrosive Areas: PVC - coated rigid galvanized steel. C. Connections: 1. Lighting Fixtures in Dry Areas: Flexible metal, liquid -tight conduit. 2. Outdoor areas, process areas exposed to moisture, and areas required to be oiltight and dust - tight: Flexible non - metallic, liquid -tight conduit. 3. Transition From Underground or Concrete Embedded to Exposed: PVC - coated rigid steel conduit. 4. Under Equipment Mounting Pads: PVC - coated rigid steel conduit. 5. Exterior Light Pole Foundations: PVC - coated rigid steel conduit. D. Penetrations: 1. Make at right angles, unless otherwise shown. 2. Notching or penetration of structural members, including footings and beams, not permitted. 3. Fire -Rated Walls, Floors, or Ceilings: Firestop openings around penetrations to maintain fire - resistance rating. 4. Concrete Walls, Floors, or Ceilings (Aboveground): Provide nonshrink grout dry-pack. 5. Entering Structures: a. General: Seal raceway at the first box or outlet with oakum or expandable plastic compound to prevent the entrance of gases or liquids from one area to another. b. Existing or Precast Wall (Underground): Core drill wall and install watertight entrance seal device. c. Nonwaterproofed Wall or Floor (Underground, without Concrete Encasement): 1) Provide Schedule 40 galvanized pipe sleeve or watertight entrance seal device. 2) Fill space between raceway and sleeve with expandable plastic compound or oakum and lead joint on each side. d. Handholes: 1) Metallic Raceways: Provide insulated grounding bushings. 2) Nonmetallic Raceways: Provide bell ends flush with wall. E. Support: 1. Support from structural members only, at intervals not exceeding NFPA 70 requirements, and in any case not exceeding 8 feet. Do not support from piping, pipe supports, or other raceways. 2. Multiple Adjacent Raceways: Provide ceiling trapeze. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 21 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3. Application/Type of Conduit Strap: a. Steel Conduit: Zinc - coated steel, pregalvanized steel, or malleable iron. b. PVC- Coated Rigid Steel Conduit: PVC - coated metal. 4. Provide and attach wall brackets, strap hangers, or ceiling trapeze as follows: a. Concrete or Brick: Expansion shields, or threaded studs driven in by powder charge, with lock washers and nuts. b. Steelwork: Machine screws. c. Location/Type of Hardware: 1) All Areas: Stainless steel. F. Bends: 1. Install concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance. 2. Make bends and offsets of longest practical radius. 3. Install with symmetrical bends or cast metal fittings. 4. Avoid field -made bends and offsets, but where necessary, make with acceptable hickey or bending machine. Do not heat metal raceways to facilitate bending. 5. Make bends in parallel or banked runs from same center or centerline with same radius so that bends are parallel. 6. Factory elbows may be installed in parallel or banked raceways if there is change in plane of run and raceways are same size. 7. PVC Conduit: a. Bends 30 Degrees and Larger: Provide factory-made elbows. b. 90- Degree Bends: Provide rigid steel elbows, PVC coated where direct buried. c. Use manufacturer's recommended method for forming smaller bends. 8. Flexible Conduit: Do not make bends that exceed allowable conductor bending radius of cable to be installed or that significantly restricts conduit flexibility. G. PVC Conduit: 1. Solvent Welding: a. Provide manufacturer recommended solvent; apply to all joints. b. Install such that joint is watertight. 2. Adapters: a. PVC to Metallic Fittings: PVC terminal type. b. PVC to Rigid Metal Conduit or IMC: PVC female adapter. 3. Belled -End Conduit: Bevel the unbelled end of the joint prior to joining. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 22 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 H. PVC - Coated Rigid Steel Conduit: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. All tools and equipment used in the cutting, bending, threading, and installation of PVC - coated rigid steel conduit shall be designed to limit damage to the PVC coating. 3. Provide PVC boot to cover all exposed threading. I. Termination at Enclosures: 1. Cast Metal Enclosure: Provide manufacturer's premolded insulating sleeve inside metallic conduit terminating in threaded hubs. 2. Nonmetallic, Cabinets, and Enclosures: Terminate conduit in threaded conduit hubs, maintaining enclosure integrity. 3. Sheet Metal Boxes, Cabinets, and Enclosures: a. Rigid Galvanized Conduit: 1) Provide one lock nut each on inside and outside of enclosure. 2) Install grounding bushing. 3) Provide bonding jumper from grounding bushing to equipment ground bus or ground pad; if neither ground bus nor pad exists, connect jumper to lag bolt attached to metal enclosure. 4) Install insulated bushing on ends of conduit where grounding is not required. 5) Provide insulated throat when conduit terminates in sheet metal boxes having threaded hubs. 6) Utilize threaded hubs on outside of NEMA 3R and NEMA 12 enclosures. . 7) Terminate conduits with threaded conduit hubs at NEMA 4 and 4X boxes and enclosures. b. PVC - Coated Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit: Provide PVC - coated, liquid- tight, metallic connector. c. PVC Schedule 40 Conduit: Provide PVC terminal adapter with locknut. J. Underground Raceways: 1. Grade: Maintain minimum grade of 4 inches in 100 feet, either from one manhole, handhole, or pull box to the next, or from a high point between them, depending on surface contour. 2. Cover: Maintain minimum 2 -foot cover above conduit, unless otherwise shown. 3. Make routing changes as necessary to avoid obstructions or conflicts. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 23 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 4. Couplings: In multiple conduit runs, stagger so couplings in adjacent runs are not in same transverse line. 5. Union type fittings not permitted. 6. Spacers: a. Provide preformed, nonmetallic spacers, designed for such purpose, to secure and separate parallel conduit runs in a trench. b. Install at intervals not greater than that specified in NFPA 70 for support of the type conduit used, but in no case greater than 10 feet. 7. Support conduit so as to prevent bending or displacement during backfilling. 8. Installation with Other Piping Systems: a. Crossings: Maintain minimum 12 -inch vertical separation. b. Parallel Runs: Maintain minimum 12 -inch separation. c. Installation over valves or couplings not permitted. 9. Metallic Raceway Coating: Along entire length, coat with raceway coating. K. Empty Raceways: 1. Provide permanent, removable cap over each end. 2. Provide PVC plug with pull tab for underground raceways with end bells. 3. Provide nylon pull cord. 4. Identify with waterproof tags attached to pull cord at each end, and at intermediate pull point. L. Identification Devices: 1. Raceway Tags: a. Identify origin and destination. b. Install at each terminus, near midpoint, and at minimum intervals of every 50 feet of exposed raceway, whether in ceiling space or surface mounted. c. Provide nylon strap for attachment. 2. Warning Tape: Install approximately 18 inches above underground or concrete - encased raceways. Align parallel to, and within 12 inches of, centerline of runs. 3.11 METAL WIREWAYS A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Locate with cover on accessible vertical face of wireway, unless otherwise shown. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 24 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5Al • 3.12 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conductor storage, handling, and installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii. C. Conduit system shall be complete and cleared of moisture and debris prior to • drawing conductors. Lubricate prior to pulling into conduit. Lubrication type _ shall be as approved by conductor manufacturer. D. Terminate all conductors and cables, unless otherwise shown. E. Do not splice conductors, unless specifically indicated or approved by Engineer. F. Bundling: Where single conductors and cables in manholes, handholes, vaults, cable trays, and other indicated locations are not wrapped together by some other means, bundle conductors from each conduit throughout their exposed length with cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding 12 inches. G. Wiring within Equipment and Local Control Panels: Remove surplus wire, dress, bundle, and secure. H. Power Conductor Color Coding: 1. No. 6 AWG and Larger: Apply general purpose, flame retardant tape at each end, and at accessible locations wrapped at least six full overlapping turns, coverin•an area 1 -1/2 to 2 inches wide. 2. No. 8 AWG and Smaller: Provide colored conductors. 3. Colors:. a. Neutral Wire: White. b. Live Wires, 120/240-Volt, Single-Phase System: Black, red. c. Live Wires, 120 /208 -Volt, Three -Phase System: Black, red, or • • blue. d. Live Wires, 277/480 -Volt, Three -Phase System: B rown, orange, or yellow. e. Ground Wire: Green. I. Circuit Identification: 1. Circuits Not Appearing in Circuit Schedules: Assign circuit name based on. Owner's standard criteria. 2. Method: Identify with sleeves. Taped -on markers or tags relying on adhesives not permitted. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 25 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 J. Connections and Terminations: 1. Shielded instrumentation cable shall be grounded at the loop power source end only. 2. Install nylon self - insulated crimp connectors and terminators for instrumentation and control circuit conductors. 3. Tape insulate all uninsulated connections. 4. Install crimp connectors and compression lugs with tools approved by connector manufacturer. 5. Splices are not allowed except where specifically indicated on plans or by written permission of the Engineer. 3.13 GROUNDING A. Grounding shall be in compliance with NFPA 70 and as shown. B. Shielded Instrumentation Cables: 1. Ground shield to ground bus at power supply for analog signal. • 2. Expose shield minimum 1 inch at termination to field instrument and apply heat shrink tube. 3. Do not ground instrumentation cable shield at more than one point. C. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Provide in all conduits containing power conductors and control circuits above 50 volts. D. Ground Rods: Install full length with conductor connection at upper end. Install one ground rod in each handhole. 3.14 LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install plumb and level at mounting heights shown. C. Provide proper hangers, pendants, and canopies as necessary for complete installation. D. Pole Mounted Fixtures: Provide cast -in -place concrete bases as shown. E. Install symmetrically with suspended ceiling pattern in finished areas. F. Unfinished Areas: Locate luminaires to avoid conflict with other building systems or blockage of luminaire light output. G. Building Exterior: Provide flush - mounted back box and concealed conduit, unless otherwise shown. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 26 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL • DURHAM PHASE 5A1 3.15 LIGHTING CONTROL A. Outdoor Luminaires: Photocells shall switch lights ON at dusk and OFF at dawn. • 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: • 1. Test equipment shall have an operating accuracy equal to, or greater than, requirements established by NETA ATS. 2._ Test instrument calibration shall be in accordance with NETA ATS. 3. Perform inspection and electrical tests after equipment has been installed. 4. Perform tests with apparatus de- energized whenever feasible. 5. Inspection and electrical tests on energized equipment are to be: - a. Scheduled with Owner prior to de- energization. b. Minimized to avoid extended period of interruption to the operating plant equipment. B. Operational Readiness Test (ORT1): Prior to startup test period and PAT (Performance Acceptance Tests), inspect test, and document that all associated equipment is ready for operation. (Note: ORT2 not used.) 1. Purpose: To demonstrate that the physical installation is complete and the systems are ready for testing. 2. Prerequisites: The following activities shall be completed prior to ORT: a. Electrical and equipment installation complete. b. Approved wiring diagrams and interconnect diagrams. c. An approved ORT procedure. d. Notification of the Contractor's intent to perform ORT submitted 30 days prior to the scheduled start of the ORT. 3. Description of Test: The Contractor shall test and document that all systems, excluding Owner - provided systems, such as Sonitrol access control, telephone and camera interface are ready for operation. a. Component Inspections and Tests: 1) Check all systems for proper installation, calibration, and adjustment on a circuit -by- circuit and a component -by- component basis. Troubleshoot any failing tests. 2) Structure tests to include circuits internal to panels, MCCs, control panels, and all other equipment. 3) Provide space on forms for Contractor sign signoff. • CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 27 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 C. Performance Acceptance Test (PAT): These are the activities that Section 01756, Testing, Training, and Facility Start-Up, refer to as performance testing. 1. Once ORT has been completed and the facility has been started up, perform a witnessed PAT on all systems to demonstrate that it is operating as required by the Contract Documents and manufacturer's standards. Demonstrate each required function. 2. Perform manual tests before proceeding to automatic tests. 3. Where possible, verify test results using visual confirmation of the equipment. Exercise and observe devices supplied by others as needed to verify overall system functionality. 4. Make one copy of O &M manuals available to Engineer and Owner at the both before and during the testing. D. Tests and inspection shall establish that: 1. Electrical equipment is operational within industry and manufacturer's tolerances. 2. Installation operates properly. 3. Equipment is suitable for energization. 4. Installation conforms to requirements of Contract Documents and NFPA 70. E. Perform inspection and testing in accordance with NETA ATS, industry standards, and manufacturer's recommendations. F. Adjust mechanisms and moving parts for free mechanical movement. G. Adjust adjustable relays and sensors to correspond to operating conditions, or as recommended by manufacturer. H. Verify nameplate data for conformance to Contract Documents. I. Realign equipment not properly aligned and correct unlevelness. J. Properly anchor electrical equipment found to be inadequately anchored. K. Tighten accessible bolted connections, including wiring connections, with calibrated torque wrench to manufacturer's recommendations, or as otherwise specified. L. Clean contaminated surfaces with cleaning solvents as recommended by manufacturer. M. Provide proper lubrication of applicable moving parts. CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 28 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM PHASE 5A1 N. Investigate and repair or replace: 1. Electrical items that fail tests. 2. Active components not operating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Damaged electrical equipment. O. Electrical Enclosures: 1. Remove foreign material and moisture from enclosure interior. 2. Vacuum and wipe clean enclosure interior. 3. Remove corrosion found on metal surfaces. 4. Repair or replace, as determined by Engineer, door and panel sections having damaged surfaces. 5. Replace missing or damaged hardware. P. Provide certified test report(s) documenting the successful completion of specified testing. Include field test measurement data. Q. Test the following equipment and materials: 1. Conductors: Insulation resistance, No. 4 and larger only. 2. Panelboards, switches, and circuit breakers. 3. Motor controls. 4. Grounding electrodes. 5. Motors. R. Controls: 1. Test control and signal wiring for proper termination and function. 2. Test local control panels and other control devices for proper terminations, configuration and settings, and functions. S. Equipment Line Current: Check line current in each phase for each piece of equipment. END OF SECTION CVO/383498A ELECTRICAL MAY 1, 2009 16005 - 29 ©COPYRIGHT 2009 CH2M HILL DURHAM FACILITY ACCESS ROAD IMPROEMENTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES INDEX TO DESIGN DETAILS DETAIL NUMBER DETAIL DESCRIPTION (SERIES 2600 2605 -017 CONDUIT SUPPORT ON STRUCTURE 2605 -304 CONDUIT ENTRANCE 2605 -423a TRENCH AND CONDUIT PLACEMENT 2605 -444 HANDHOLE 2605 -445 CONDUIT HANDHOLE/MANHOLE ENTRANCE 2605 -448 CABLE RACK 2650 -207 AREA LIGHT POLE FOOTING (SERIES 3100 II . 3123 -110 TYPICAL TRENCH 3123 -115 SURFACE RESTORATION 3123 -120 TRENCH PIPE CROSSING (SERIES 3200 3212 -210 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3212 -215 PAVEMENT CONNECTION 3213 -220 TYPICAL CONCRETE SIDEWALK 3213 -226 SIDEWALK ACCESS RAMP /MID -BLOCK 3213 -250 CONCRETE TO ASPHALT TRANSITION 3216 -310 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 3216 -315 CONCRETE CURB 3216 -330 CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER 3216 -400 CONCRETE MOW STRIP 3216 -405 FENCE/MOWING STRIP 3231 -410 CHAIN LINK FENCE 3231 -420 PEDESTRIAN GATE (SERIES 3300 3305 -710 MANHOLE BASE SECTION - 6" TO 24" PIPE 3305 -720 ECCENTRIC MANHOLE TOP SECTION 3305 -725 MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER 3305 -730 PIPE CONNECTIONS 3344 -781 CURB AND GUTTER CATCH BASIN 3344 -782 CATCH BASIN FRAME AND GRATE 110DOT STANDARD DRAWINGS RD 500 PRECAST CONCRETE BARRIER PIN AND LOOP ASSEMBLY RD 516 SECURING CONCRETE BARRIER TO ROADWAY TM 570 TRAFFIC DELINEATORS TM 687 PERFORATED STEEL SQUARE TUBE (PSST) ANCHOR FOUNDATON (CITY OF TIGARD STANDARD DETAILS 142 STANDARD DRIVEWAY W /CURB -TIGHT SIDEWALK 162 ALTERNATE COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY 5/13/2009 iaw2605- 017.dgn 5/12/2009 , WALL OR COLUMN 0 0 70.0 0 0 '0 --Y i 00 CONDUIT —N 00 CONDUIT SST CONCRETE CLAMP r� ANCHOR L& i g i ' N— FORMED STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL 3d .0 0 A e . 00 o • o 00 NOTE: 1. SUPPORT ALL EXPOSED CONDUITS ON FORMED STAINLESS STEEL CHANNELS. CONDUIT SUPPORT ON STRUCTURE NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES C 2605-017 DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CHZMH 383498 iaw2605- 304.dgn 5/12/2009 EXISTING BUILDING WALL INTERIOR --Y oo• O, p o0 o'. °O LB a . LB CONDULET CONDULET °• PVC COATED o0 co PVC COATED GALVANIZED o o RIGID CONDUIT AND .---1 FITTINGS -' ) f FINISH GRADE • a • • a . o O O • '�O ;: Ill(- -IrI II1 1 I i, 1111P- PVC COATED GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUIT AND FITTINGS 0 •o o a Q• o __ SCHEDULE 40 PVC NOTES: 1. INSTALL CONDUITS THROUGH EXISTING WALLS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS DETAIL IF NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. DRILL HOLE USING METHODS THAT LEAVE A SMOOTH OPENING. SEAL OPENING AROUND CONDUIT, INSIDE, AND OUTSIDE, WITH ONE PART POLYURETHANE IMMERSIBLE SEALANT. CONDUIT ENTRANCE NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES ( 2605-304 DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 1aw2605 -423a.dgn 5/12/2009 1' -2" MIN (2- DUCTS) 8" MIN FINISH (1 -DUCT) GRADE i 1111 =f i t 1 1 l l f Miff: I 1 -1111 SEE SURFACE > RESTORATION C 1 23 -11 0 0 cc v COMPACTED z EARTH 2" "D" 2" BACKFILL MIN N k,. , i::::A COMPACTED BEDDING AND O • PIPE ZONE to • MATERIAL • z • f /��:`:�'e1 4 0":% CONDUIT D = 3" MIN FOR 2 "AND LARGER CONDUIT D = 2" MIN FOR 1 1/2" AND SMALLER CONDUIT TRENCH AND CONDUIT PLACEMENT NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES (2605-423a) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON 3898 CH2MHILL iaw2605- 444.dgn 5/12/2009 4 LIFTING LENGTH 18" MIN INSERTS INSCRIBE 1 o o 0 ELECTRICAL Z r _ ihrLi - LIFT BRACKETS o ,,,,,,,,,, _ W �..... — — 1 2 Q` 1 0 0 o..„, �o HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED COVER LOCKING STEEL OR ALUMINUM TRAFFIC SCREWS, DUTY COVER AND FRAME PLAN (TYP FOR 4) HS -20 LOADING HINGED COVER _ FINISH NI GRADE GRADING RINGS 4 V V I I f ff U 1I AS REQUIRED I 1 H N GROUT TO FULL o' T o o WALL THICKNESS Z CONDUIT �o z . 0 0' • AROUND PIPES AT z + KNOCKOUTS, TYP P o � M� a P1 N 111 Q N :� d CABLE RACKS OR 9 z SUPPORT BRACKET � � ALL SIDES. MAY BE o o o> o 0 0 0 . EMBEDDED OR 0 .9 ° : <0 a „: 0 1 ' 0. FOR CONDUIT BOLTED •; �; ;r;v : :Vile : ovIV: ,. `:,`:• ENTRANCE, COMPACTED •!i:: t.O: !.;■ (2605 -445) GRAVEL, 12" DEEP, MIN 4" TYP _ 3/4" MINUS SECTION GROUND ROD W/ #6 CU 6" MIN DRAIN TO ALL EXPOSED METAL WITH GRATE SURFACES. NOTES: 10 CF 1" TO 1 1/2" 1. ALL SPLICES WITH IN HANDHOLE SHALL GRAVEL, ALL HANDHOLE N BE LISTED WATER. FOR SUBMERSIBLE APPLICATION AROUND SUMP NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES ( 2605-444 ,) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 iaw2605-445.dgn 5/12/2009 INSIDE FACE OF HANDHOLE/ I MANHOLE WALL o ° o .off 'O o— OUTSIDE FACE OF HANDHOLE/ • 0 00 o .o c )IIl MANHOLE WALL '' • p b _=) 1 I) } 0—.0 Oo v°. •¢ v .0 .0c • ' • 9, 00. , : c _' )III �) I I PVC CONDUIT PVC END BELL )�1� ° c GROUT TO FULL o• c'6.-:° WALL THICKNESS AROUND PIPES AT KNOCKOUTS, TYP '6. n ..q-• z___-im °o)I14= k, • CONDUIT HANDHOLE /MANHOLE ENTRANCE NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES (2605-445 DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MH 383498 iaw2605 -448.dgn 5/12/2009 • I - O O o • o • ( ` • CABLE RACK, HOOKS AND o °' INSULATORS; NUMBER AND • °o;° SIZE AS REQUIRED O .o • o.0 0 • a. t' • Q .. o •o. o Q . ( 1` o ••o • Q ° • • • ( • CABLE RACK • NTS ; • CLEAN WATER SERVICES DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY C 2605 -448 • - TIGARD, OREGON • ( CH2MHILL 383498 1aw2650- 207.dgn 5/12/2009 LIGHT POLE, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS #6 CU GROUND TO POLE BASE COVER PVC COATED RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL BASE PLATE CONDUIT NON- SHRINK GROUT 1" CHAMFER Q ANCHOR BOLTS AND BOLT CIRCLE AS REQUIRED BY POLE MANUFACTURER. NUTS TOP PE ∎ii!/w AND BOTTOM FOR LEVELING. CONDUIT, SEE 1, l)))� )��� J „ II) I��- {III ELECTRICAL A DRAWINGS FINISH PVC GRADE 2" CLR THERMAL / -' WELD !,I, GROUND ROD — DIA 6 -#5 ETICAL REIN #4 HOOPS @ 6" MAX POLE DIAMETER "L" VERTICALS HEIGHT 25' 2' -0" 6' -0" 6 #5 40' 2'-0" 8' -0" 6 #6 60' 2'-6" 11' -0" 8 #8 NOTES: 1. USE STAINLESS STEEL NUTS AND LOCKWASHERS. 2. INSTALL 2 CONDUITS (MINIMUM) PER POLE. CAP ANY CONDUITS NOT SHOWN TO BE USED ON DRAWINGS (FOR FUTURE USE) 3. CONDUITS SHALL BE STUBBED UP TO WITHIN 6 INCHES OF THE POLE HANDHOLE. 4. FOR PROPER ORIENTATION OF POLE, COORDINATE WITH SITE PLANS. AREA LIGHT POLE FOOTING NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES ( 2650-207) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MH 383498 13123- 110.dgn 5/12/2009 NEW SURFACING, OR SURFACE RESTORATION, SEE PLANS 123 -1155) TRENCH Ilill(4{{ 1111 -1111 � L±" BACKFILL Mi DEPTH OF ABOVE COVER PIPE ZONE •• MARKING 12 "MIN ' SPECIFIED PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER PIPE ZONE PIPE BEDDING 411 MATERIAL TRENCH STABILIZATION �- WHERE REQD WIDTH AS SPECIFIED TYPICAL TRENCH NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES (3123-110) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 i3123- 115.dgn 5/12/2009 CUT PRIOR TO TRENCHING 1' -0" MIN SEAL AND COVER AC PAVEMENT 1 r COAT, IF SPECIFIED 212-21() IT _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EXISTING ASPHALT ,/ 1 �! 7-_ : ���� � CONCRETE SAW CUT JUST E-,- ;•i�=il•Itt PRIOR TO PAVING �'� PRIME COAT, AC PAVEMENT SECTION rg: IF SPECIFIED gaTVIdarik TRENCH BACKFILL ZINI ABOVE PIPE ZONE BASE COURSE ASPHALT SURFACING 1'-0" IN SAWCUT, TYP 1 tSEENOTE1 IO O P , 6472:::°1-: . . a® JACKHAMMERED L C � ' �- y �. ----- EXISTING CONCRETE EDGE, TYP M �S COMPACTED BASE N om ''' 1 PCC CONCRETE, COURSE OR CLSF SEE NOTE 2 TRENCH BACKFILL CONC PAVEMENT ABOVE PIPE ZONE SECTION PCC CONCRETE SURFACING 0 TRENCH BACKFILL f GRAVEL SURFACING ABOVE PIPE ZONE - ti GRAVEL SURFACING NOTES: 1. IF LOCATION OF TRENCH SAW CUT IS WITHIN 2 FEET OF AN EXISTING JOINT OR EDGE OF CONCRETE, REPLACE ENTIRE CONCRETE TO THE JOINT OR EDGE. 2. CONSTRUCT JOINTS ACROSS NEW CONCRETE TO MATCH EXISTING JOINT TYPES AND LOCATIONS. SURFACE RESTORATION NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES (3123-115) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHIL.L 383498 i3123- 120.dgn 5/12/2009 CONTROLLED LOW- STRENGTH i FILL (CLSF) MINIMUM ALLOWABLE - CLEARANCE IS 3" SOW 0 CLSF 1 I J 12" TYP 12" TYP PLAN SECTION NOTES: CLSF SUPPORT IS REQUIRED: 1. WHEN BOTH PIPELINES ARE NEW AND CLEARANCE BETWEEN THEM IS LESS THAN 12 ". 2. WHEN A NEW PIPELINE IS CROSSING OVER AN EXISTING PIPELINE AND THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN THEM IS LESS THAN 12 ". 3. AT ALL PIPE CROSSINGS WHERE A NEW PIPELINE IS CROSSING UNDER AN EXISTING PIPELINE. 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 31 23 33 FOR CLSF REQUIREMENTS. TRENCH PIPE CROSSING NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY 3123 -120 TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 13212- 210.dgn 5/12/2009 FINISH GRADE AS SHOWN TACK COAT ASPHALT CONCRETE VwPs TOP OF : AGGREGATE PREPARED t 1 EN BASE COURSE SUBGRADE . PREPARED /// / \" SUBGRADE (AS SPECIFIED i ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES C DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY ( 3212-210) C TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL ( 383498 i3212- 215.dgn 5/12/2009 • • SAW CUT 2' MIN JUST PRIOR TO PAVING CRACK SEAL, TYP, SEE NOTE EDGE OF EXISTING PAVEMENT EXISTING PAVEMENT NEW PAVEMENT rw-A ref Air • ;I. 0 • 0 0 • 4 --M •i• tot •to i iro ∎lipwriv�����i�% A d \— EXISTING BASE o 0 0 0 0 p X 711 NEW BASE •. N COURSE o 0 c, COURSE— PREPARED SUBGRADE • NOTE: PAINT EDGE OF EXISTING ASPHALT WITH TACK COAT PRIOR TO PAVING. CRACK SEAL JOINT AFTER PAVING OPERATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED. PER ASTM D3406 PAVEMENT CONNECTION NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY C 3212-215 J 1 TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 13213- 220.dgn 5/12/2009 WIDTH AS NOTED ON PLANS 1' -0" FINISH MIN SLOPE ARADE, 6" J w SHOWN ON TYP w O SLOPE 1 /4 " /FT O. GRADING PLANS � Z OR AS SHOWN 2 1:1, TYP mo o• M BASE COURSE 0 \` V O Z WWF PREPARED ; 4x4 - W4xW4, TYP SUBGRADE TYPICAL SECTION WIDTH AS NOTED ON PLANS WWF 4x4 - W4xW4, TYP (NI TOOLED w 1/2" PJF COLD JOINT w O SLOPE 1 /4 " /FT (WHERE AGAINST CI) Z OR AS SHOWN STRUCTURE) ._..Q =a = BASE COURSE W/A PREPARED / '' SUBGRADE TYPICAL CURB SECTION NOTES: 1. SIDEWALKS 8 FEET AND WIDER SHALL HAVE A LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT AT THE MIDPOINT. 2. CONCRETE DEPTH FOR STANDARD SIDEWALKS SHALL BE NOMINAL 4" MINIMUM, THICKNESS IN DRIVEWAY SHALL BE 6" MINIMUM. 3. PROVIDE CONTRACTION JOINTS AT 5' SPACING. TYPICAL CONCRETE SIDEWALK NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES ( 3213-220) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 13213- 226.dgn 5/12/2009 t LANDING s , W L H A llti = , 5' 4.84' 4 -7/8" k‘ � 5.5' 4.46' 4 -1 /2" 1 ' 6' 4.08' 4-1/8" ;' A ., ' "!`;••- 6.5' 3.70' 3 -3/4" ` s , 's ' 7' 3.32' 3- 5/16" _�� 7.5' 2.94' 2- 15/16" `'J 8' 2.56' 2- 9/16" STANDARD CURB 8.5' 2.18' 2- 3/16" AND GUTTER 9' 1.80' 1- 13/16" CURB RAMP (TYPE 3) 9.5' 1.42' 1 -3/8" 10' 1.04' 1- 1/16" 10.5' 0.66' 0 -5/8" 4' MIN ipp4' LANDING NO LIP 20:1 r 12:1 50:1 !� RAMP r • �i•i•••••i' i • • ' i•i M IN 4" BASE ��, %•;s•S %SSS ::•:•;•;•:;_ COURSE ' '�' 6' ` _ � 411W, TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH COMBINED CURB RAMP CURB AND 6 �, GUTTER CURB RAMP (TYPE 4) NOTES: 1. EXCEPTIONS TO THE REQUIREMENTS IN THIS DRAWING MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER AND MUST COMPLY WITH THE "AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT" (ADA). 2. LANDINGS SHALL BE PLACED AT THE TOP OF EACH RAMP. LANDING SLOPES SHALL NOT EXCEED 50:1 IN ANY DIRECTION. THE SLOPE OF THE SURFACING AT THE BOTTOM OF THE RAMP SHALL NOT EXCEED 20:1 FOR A DISTANCE OF 2' (SEE TYPICAL SECTION ABOVE). 3. MINIMUM LANDING DIMENSIONS SHALL BE 4'x4'. 4. RAMP SURFACE SHALL BE TEXTURED WITH YELLOW TRUNCATED DOMES. TRUNCATED DOMES SHALL BE CAST—IN—PLACE IN FRESH CONCRETE AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SIDEWALK ACCESS RAMPS /MID -BLOCK NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY ( 3213-226) TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 13213- 250.dgn 5/12/2009 (V /. \ f,' \ r" 0 O . a o • O . i 0. o' • o' /I • / • I • JOINT SEALANT, j it i AS SPECIFIED \ ; j . ■ O 0 C . . ao. ° PREFORMED \ x : 0' 'o e / BACKER ROD JOINT SEAL '\ % �•" EDGE OF CONCRETE 1" DEEP x 3/4" WIDE AS SHOWN ON PLAN SAW CUT GROOVE. FILL WITH CRAO TYPE SEALANT i TACK COAT SURFACES ■ PAVEMENT GREASE AND CAP I ASPHALT CONCRETE SLAB -SIDE OF DOWEL N I O - . O O • .•0 , 'O O. a O. O. N ///,�' //,(C�\� r y gam CONCRETE PAVEMENT BASE COURSE 18 "x1 1/4" STEEL BURIED SLAB DOWELS @ 12" OC, CENTERED IN IMPACT SLAB PREPARED SUBGRADE CONCRETE EXPANSION JOINT CONCRETE TO ASPHALT TRANSITION NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY ( 3213 -250 TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 i3216- 310.dgn 5/12/2009 W H O TOP OF CURB Z 3/4" R 6" w AT DRIVEWAY • PAVEMENT al BATTER 1:6 APPROACH SURFACE - 1" 2 "R cr) co � �����A SEE NOTE 2 - \\ \ \ \ \' o 0 000° • O a e LII 0 /km O 0 00 1 0 1 CG 1 BASE COURSE PREPARED 1. 6" 2' -0" SUBGRADE 3000 PSI FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE NOTE: 1. 1/4" PAVEMENT LIP ON LOW SIDE GUTTERS ONLY. 2. WHEN USED ON THE HIGH SIDE OF ROADWAYS, THE CROSS SLOPE OF THE GUTTER SHALL MATCH THE SLOPE OF THE ADJACENT PAVEMENT, UNLESS OTHERWISE DETAILED ON THE PLANS. CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES (3216-310) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 i3216- 315.dgn 5/12/2009 3/4" RADIUS, TYP 1 TOP OF CURB AT DRIVEWAY APPROACH PAVEMENT 6" BACKFILL SURFACE BEHIND CURB V ifl c+. o ► / / / / / / / / /Amos ° 3000 PSI FIBER •rwit•. •4'5; %•, o REINFORCED , BASE CONCRETE COURSE -\... 0 / Vv \ \:).8080 00 oa t / //A / /c��` PREPARED 6" 8" 6" SUBGRADE --.-_ 1 CONCRETE CURB NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES ( 3216-315 ) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 13216- 330.dgn 5/12/2009 3/4" R, #4 @ 12" TYP 5% 5% SEE 0° NOTE 2 • • • • 1 M SEE NOTE 3 1 ' - V 3' -0" 6" NOTES: 1. * = THICKNESS OF ASPHALT PAVING. 2. PLACE PREMOLDED FILLER AGAINST VERTICAL FACE WHERE VALLEY GUTTER ABUTS CONCRETE. 3. CONSTRUCT 6" x * DEPRESSED BENCH WHERE VALLEY GUTTER ABUTS ASPHALT PAVEMENT. 4. WHEN BENCH IS NOT REQUIRED, CONSTRUCT 1" BATTER ON VERTICAL FACE. 5. PROVIDE 3" MINIMUM COVER ON ALL REINFORCING STEEL. CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES (3216-330) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 i3216- 400.dgn 5/12/2009 LANDSCAPE CHAMFERED EDGE PLANTING BED CONCRETE MOW STRIP FINISH GRASS 8" FINISH GRASS • V ' • . ' �� •l$ GRAVEL 6" DEPTH � , % oI/ OVER COMPACTED .��% , 00,1 4,0 SUBGRADE Ann, \ . „,. „, NOTE: 1. CONCRETE SHALL BE 3000 PSI MAXIMUM. 2. MOWSTRIPS SHALL HAVE EXPANSION JOINTS EVERY 20 LINEAR FEET AND SCORE JOINTS EVERY 5 FEET WITH SMOOTH FINISH CONCRETE MOW STRIP NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY C 3216-400 l TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL :383498 i3216- 405.dgn 5/12/2009 CL OF FENCE 9 " 9 " SEE NOTE SEE NOTE SMOOTH FINISH � 6" FUTURE TOP SOIL FINISH GRASS OR 1 FINISH GRASS OR LANDSCAPE I LANDSCAPE PLANTING BED PLANTING BED o .a Ore 0-°°. . �D�b o,..o O o 0 ' o . • �� /i(\V���� �� /�(\V'��4� 6 4 ■• • I • $ 1 i • • / / /\V / /,c�� SS / /W #3 CONT 1 6" BASE 1 COURSE I NOTE: 1. IF FENCE/MOWING STRIP IS NEXT TO CURB. SET FENCE POST 6" FROM EDGE OF CURB. ADJUST OTHER SIDE TO 1' -0 ". 2. CONCRETE SHALL BE 3000 PSI MAXIMUM. 3. MOWSTRIPS SHALL HAVE EXPANSION JOINTS EVERY 20 LINEAR FEET AND SCORE JOINTS EVERY 5' WITH SMOOTH FINISH. FENCE /MOWING STRIP NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES � 3216 -405 DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL :383498 13231- 410.dgn 5/12/2009 NO.9 GALV NO.9 GALV WIRE CLIP WIRE CLIP SPACE 12" MAX SPACE 24" MAX i BOTTOM TIE %'%- v�� I TO BE 10" MAX % �� �\ ABOVE GROUND LINE POST CONNECTION TOP RAIL CONNECTION TOP RAIL, 2" CHAIN LINK FABRIC, IF SPECIFIED GALVANIZED OR PVC COATED AS SHOWN c. :�: : :;:; ON DRAWINGS LINE POST *Al BRACE . :1;��•,III�• ❖. •,..: :•�•.,. � NOTES: TRUSS ROD .1111 �III 1. BRACE AND TRUSS ___ eill 'I'''''''' ROD REQUIRED AT 9" DIA CONC 1 TENSION b Z a GATES AND SIDE BASE, TYP WIRE NO. 7 N 1 OF ALL CORNER POSTS. PULL POST 16" DIA CONC z 2. FABRIC ATTACHED PULL BASE N TO OUTSIDE OF POSTS. TYPICAL PULL POST 2" CHAIN LINK FABRIC, TOP RAIL, GALVANIZED OR PVC IF SPECIFIED COATED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS • • • • • • • ❖ : ❖ :•iii ❖ :� Oi'i ❖ : ❖i ' CORNER rI STRETCHER •••••••••� *�••• N:❖ :•S w ..., ti NV POST, TYP � 11 . N - BAR, TYP _ I STRETCHER 1!. . w BANDS, TYP N`AII''''•''' Al I1 11__ . -s�. - Il 16" DIA CONC o Z a LINE = CORNER BASE - POST g, 3/8 TRUSS ROD ASSEMBLY N z 10' -0" MAX . 10' -0" TENSION WIRE MAX POST 9" DIA CONY SPACING BASE, TYP TYPICAL CORNER POST CHAIN LINK FENCE NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES ( 3231 -410 DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 i3231- 420.dgn 5/12/2009 PUSH BUTTON LOCK AND TAMPER -PROOF LEVER HANDLE PER SPECIFICATIONS. MOUNT AT HEIGHT REQUIRED BY _ 2 1/4" 2" CHAIN LINK FABRIC, OWNER 1 LATCH CLEAR OR AS SPECIFIED , . , . , . , . , . 11::::::::::::::* �� .,. STRETCHER `�' � • °,° � . , . , BAR BANDS riw BRACE, TYP C GATE • STRETCHER BAR POST, TYP •'- .iiik N is..:. • FINISH GRADE .: ..-. N TENSION WIRE N Q o Z 0- N- -J CV 2 I - cn 0 u 16" DIA CONCRETE, TYP�� AS SHOWN N 2 ON DRAWINGS PEDESTRIAN GATE NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES ( 3231-420 ) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL :383498 i3305- 710.dgn 5/12/2009 AS SPECIFIED ri, OR SHOWN FLEXIBLE MANHOLE TOP MANHOLE (3305 -72) CONNECTOR N o PROVIDE JOINT Is ON PIPE WITHIN PRECAST MANHOLE 1' -6" OF OUTSIDE SECTIONS FACE OF MANHOLE _ _ • . GROUT IN E TO VEN o... SLOPE FROM FLOW LINE ` Mira Il 4 FLOW LINE z MI CO , POURED OR PRECAST LESS THAN 2' -0" o' , CONC BASE AT �o o IL � 0. o CONTRACTORS I o , OPTION o . o 6. SLOPE 2" COMPACTED 0a68 IMPORTED PIPE ` • • �1�� %'��� • /,4;;••0 PER 1' -0" BEDDING TO w Z1:). z w UNDISTURBED EARTH, 6" MIN PRECAST BASE CAST-IN-PLACE BASE �� - MANHOLE BASE SECTION - 6" TO 24" PIPE NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY (3305-710 TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 i3305- 720.dgn 5/12/2009 MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER PRECAST CONC 03305 -725 GRADE RINGS FINISH GRADE VARIES AS READ I s GROUT 2" MINIMUM 12" MAXIMUM o i PRECAST 2'-1" z ECCENTRIC CONE • 0 : . g i,n : :° C V PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS �� ..0. ,.0. •b .•b ao iO.b • ;O. ° C 7 14 MANHOLE BASE--... AS SPECIFIED (3305 -710) OR SHOWN I ECCENTRIC MANHOLE TOP SECTION NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES ( 3305-720) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL :383498 13305- 725.dgn 5/12/2009 11 1111 J LETTERING "DRAIN" SOLID COVER MACHINE TO A TRUE 25" 1/8" R Zip 1" 1" ti "/ ' 3/4" 23" • SECTION MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES ( 3305-725) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 i3305- 730.dgn 5/12/2009 EXISTING CONCRETE WALL CORE DRILL HOLE 1-1/2 PIPE DIA, PIPE OD +2 -1/2 "± 18" MAX NEOPRENE CLEAN PRIOR TO GASKET INSTALLING GROUT AND PIPE a : NEW PIPE 0• �0• INVERT ELEVATION SHOWN ON PLAN WET PIPE AND CONCRETE WALL. v THEN SEAL WITH ' 90 ' NON - SHRINK GROUT FLEXIBLE JOINT REQUIRED. PIPE BELL WITH RUBBER INSERT OR PLAIN END WITH APPROVED FLEX COUPLIN PIPE CONNECTIONS NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES ( 3305-730 ) DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 13344- 781.dgn 5/12/2009 B 3" 3'-0" TO - #3 BARS 74_#5@6 JOINTEXPANSION N , TY P N CONCRETE CURB I AND GUTTER, TYP — — — — — 117- IN A NO. 5 N - - -- D BAR _ 1 1/2" PJF, TYP HOOK BAR DETAIL FRAME AND i -....,,, GRATE 4344 -782 N on PLAN - :%. .4,.— CURB AND GUTTER TOP OF N 3/4 "R PAVEMENT `"' . %0 .'o 00 % 1/2" PJF, TYP o 2 5/8" . 0 . 0.411: , o 00o o0 0 o 2 - L v ' o N o. O °o SEE HOOK 0 :0 BAR 15" o ° . . 0 o . 12" o o. DETAIL ° ° °' ° MAX , o ° ABOVE MAX b.'q oo 0'.Oc cn .0 Co 0.00 T 1 °� 6" MIN BASE ° O COURSE ON � ° ._ 0' O. • ° PREPARED • ° .o.a _lot o , - n C ° 0 '4• �. ' if �1 SUBGRADE 6" 1 7/8" 6" A SECTION NTS O SECTION NTS CURB AND GUTTER CATCH BASIN NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES � 3344 -781 DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 i3344- 782.dgn 5/12/2009 1' -10 3/4" 1' -9 3/8" 1 .l i A --1-- Co N — 2 1/2"x 1/2" I I FLAT BAR -- N JL JL ■ 00 _I 2 1/2" EN 3 "x2 1/2"x3/8" TYP 5/8" x 3" BOLTS TYP ANGLE —\ 1 3/4" 2 EACH END 3/4" V 1 V —il SECTION O NTS FRAME PLAN co 1' -9" 2 1/2" E 1 A &!- 'r II Ir II If II If II If II Ir f 1 i . cn 3/8" x 2 1/2" CROSS BARS � I II II II I I I I I I I I I I V FLAT BARS 3/8" ROUND OR m L IIII HIIUUlo! AT 1 7/8" RECTANGULAR 00 o W I IIII HHuu 11uI ON CENTER BAR N ? C..) N O J 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 1 . co 0 III �IIIIII��i 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 v N 111111■1111111I111111 , 4 I 2' TYP BOTH ENDS 3/8" x 2" — OUTER BARS AND B FLAT BAR EVERY SECOND EACH END O SECTION INNER BAR NTS 3/16" GRAT PLAN CATCH BASIN FRAME AND GRATE NTS CLEAN WATER SERVICES (3344-782 DURHAM WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY TIGARD, OREGON CH2MHILL 383498 Pin shown Grout over connecting pin 1 ° x 8 UNC „V 1 clearance . * ° partially (See general note 8) � � o � _, 4%" 4'/e° * 24° min. i . 2 M • in place. I I ° if unsecured _ _ I I 9 /a" dia. loop bar '�• o T �� 9W 1'W x 4" 9 '� ° T / + if unsecured 2W paving ledge 2�e 12° mi T I t I— — 1 - 2 or 2W dia. } p where regd. f �� if se • ed EP 1 — C III I _ C circular washer I 1 ;j - PIN NOTES: ('/e" min. thkn.) N Traffic N z. cw ■�■ T !� I I I I — 1 C) side 1' /z T raffi c _ I 1 1° dia. pin (V N I IIIIL 0 _ _ - _ — - - 1 . Was her shall be forged as integral l 1 [- _ I I part of pin or shall be welded as L ice■ , " finish 1 �um� Finish _. F o - - - .. , n �zt =� 5 /z \ ��_�,_ r a grade - - 41,-,1=_-.7.. i I I IA" chamfer shown. I ∎ R� ■ grade ■,, ��`� • - - I 1 1 - ____ - I — I 1 - - - 1 Bottom 1/2" may be F M ►� 4+/2 1 L L rr 1 - beveled to facilitate — — —1 wail n 'N. m tm mo PL placement PIN DETAI �6 2 dia. hole , 2 •ia. hole C -C ° � ° For details not shown, For details not shown, (When regd.) see End Views A -A and B-B see End Views A -A and B-B (Wh- . regd.) co PIN AND LOOP CONNECTION 2'�0� (NARROW BASE) (WIDE BA y N ** Dimensions marked thus are to the intersection OULDER BARRIER U point of the barrier slopes. Construct the 10° radius (For asse • • y details and dimensions, see median barrier at left) p ° to provide a smooth transition between the slopes. \ 1° '"` i N 9fz� �'? 9� /z° 3 d * : ler used as shoulder barrier and placed in areas where these .n i 1 rad r V '� dimensions cannot be obtained shall be secured to roadway I �1 I 1 /a° rod. — co a �— T■ '/4" chamfer ° 1 I w rod. + 1 rad. °' 0 0 I T _ az=msM 1� / z x 2" slots . 4 t w ∎f, 1W x 2° s lots `) in o P. r ' /e" chamfer L r = #4 bars ` �_ � #4 bars N N h , T 1 /z h + 1' /z" c%. 2° dia. holes (When regd.) GENERAL NOTES FOR ALL DETAILS: � 0 ' g ad' I 10° rod. finish flush with fl __i" dia. pin _ �, it_l _ � ° ° non shnnking grout 1. All reinforcement shall be full len has shown and shall be 2° clear of nearest i --C ? k 1'/z° x 2 ° slots Mtt —�►�� 1 /z x 2 face of conc., unless otherwise shown. * i 4 IM �� slots ALTERNATE PIN DETAIL I i N T i' Mi 4, � ° T 2. Max. chord length for curves with a 1425' radius or less sh be 12.5'. Max. chord length for curves with radii exceeding 1425' shall be 25'. 4 4 I -H 11 �" 1 „ •1 I 40 3. Normal use of precast barrier units is restricted to curvatures with radii greater ~ 24 ° /a chamfer 7///, 24 °_� s /a° chamfer s �I�J' 4° r- than 770'. 1'/2" x uou 5+u continuous I 1 x 5' " �l' " i contin 1, barrier 4. Narrow base shldr. barrier to be used only at locations with backfill behind baer ' ' ke a END VIEW A - keyway END VIEW B -B - I as shown on plans. y 5. Conc. median barrier is an acceptable alternate to wide base shldr. barrier. Unit length 12' -6° (Laying length 12' -7 ") 6. Temp. conc. barrier to be precast conc. median barrier with pin and loop assembly. #4 Stirrup pairs g N 7. When scuppers are not required, plug them with a minimum 2" of grout. 5" 1 0 " 20" nom. 20° nom. 20" nom. 20° nom. 20° nom. 20" nom 10° 5" F 8. Conc. grout for grouting over pins, pinning holes or grouting of scuppers shall be a _ non-shrinking grout, weak in strength and of thick consistency. 2 °y F 18° r --18 "� E � �� I 9. Precast barrier used as permanent median barrier in medians less than 8' in width 1 2° dia. holes (When regd.) I�4' shall be anchored to the rdwy. See Std. Drgs. RD515 & RD516 for details. 1 — I r` 10. See Std. Drg. RD516 for securing concrete barrier to roadway. __ _ _ =_ = �___ = = = � \ STIRRUP "M" STIRRUP "S" 11. All pins, bolts, dowels, loop bars, and connectors shall be hot -dip galvanized after c - r _ _ _ _ - r 0 o-. N 1 (MEDIAN BARRIER) (SHOULDER BARRIER) fabrication. __ — _ -- -- -- = I - #4 Rebar #4 Rebar I -a I I 2 ,� ± ��" CALL. BOOK NO. N/A BASELINE REPORT DATE 02-NOV-2006 2 ' -9 B ( NOTE: All material and workmanship shall be In accordance with A PLA i - � 2 " � i' � -3" - the current Oregon Standard Specifications r - - - _ - - T ___..r - - r — T — _ T _ _ — I I I 3'I OREGON STANDARD DRAWINGS I 20 _ The selection and use of this —------- - -� — _ _ -- - _- -F-- _ TOP VIEW 6 Standard Drawing, while designed T I I I I , dia. loop bar ' I I I N 45 deg in accordance with generally PRECAST CONCRETE BARRIER 1; �-- 5 accepted engineering principles 7) _ - t.,_ _ T I - 3'-3° -i I PIN AND LOOP ASSEMBLY a - - - I - � - -- -- - __ _ _ _ � t -- and practices, is the sole respon- cri ED - #_ =-lam� --- t--- L - - -L - -_L / � -�-� — J sibility of the user and should not 2008 0 ____1 _ _ _ _ _t SIDE VIEW • 3/4" be used without consulting a DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION o ° n ' LOOP BAR /4" DIA. -.14°1.-- 3'-3 --I 12° ELEVATION 3 x 12 4 - 11'-6° #4 Registered Professional Engineer. L A scupper bars each face B _ MEDIAN BARRIER LOOP BAR DETAIL • IVIC I flVVO 'Jr OClaUrilINIU VIVIrRC I C Df1RrRICI'f I V r'lVf1UVVf1T I • I Traffic I . side • I y A \\I ' gli Aik iik A 1 Standard barrier pin j�4 (Modified, omit washer) used as anchor rod (See Std. Drg. RD500) lip o Standard barrier 0 used as anchor •• N . SHOULDER INSTALLATION (See Std. Dr. - D500) p U Secured using anchor rods (Angled) SHOiLDER OR MEDIAN IN ALLATION SH ALDER OR MEDIAN INSTALLATI • Secured using grout Secured by continuous shear key Not allowed in narrow medians, see general note 7 Y Y 1 c; Secured INSTALLATION PRECAST Secured using anchor rods ( Vertica PRECAST CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE BARRIER PRECAST CONCRETE BARRIER CONCRETE BARRIER (See Std. Drg. RD500) CONCRETE BARRIER (See Std. Drg. RD500) (See Std. Drg. RD505) co ' (See Std. Drg. RD500 & RD515) • T • GENERAL NOTES FOR ALL DETAILS: 1. This standard drawing is intended to show acceptable methods of securing concrete . barrier to roadway. 2. Secure concrete barrier to roadway when any of the following conditions exist: a) Barrier deflection requirements per Std. Drg. RD500 cannot be obtained, or b) When required by plans, or c) As directed by the Engineer. • 3. Select one of the securing methods shown. For details not shown, see the standard drawing(s) referenced for the selected method. . - qi . 4. Securing concrete barrier to roadway is in addition to connections between adjacent Traffic concrete barrier sections, bridge rails, retaining walls, and similar existing or side constructed objects. 5. Concrete median barrier s an aceablt. 6. Temporary concrete ar barrier to be precast pt concrete aernate median to wide barr ier with pin and lo assembly. Pr pm less than 8' in width (as measured between nearest fog lines) shall shoulder be secured barrier to op 7. Precast concrete barrier used as concrete median barrier in medians roadway to resist impacts from both sides. le 8. Anchor rods are standard barrier pins, modified for shoulder installation, as shown. \�\ II 111 9. Normal permanent installation of concrete barrier is on top of finish grade, to provide . • ,p' 3° vertical reveal. Modify placement when required by plans, or as directed. Ah... r Alla 10. All pins, bolts, dowels, loop bars, and connectors shall be hot -dip galvanized after , \ t: ndard barrier pin fabrication. 1 j (M • = • ed, omit washer) CALC. BOOK NO. N/ A BASELINE REPORT DATE , 11-JUN-2007 0e used anchor rod • (See St • Drg. RD500). I NOTE: All material and workmanship shall be in accordance with \ • used as an ho barrier • d I the current Oregon Standard Specifications (See Std. Dr•. RD500) OREGON STANDARD DRAWINGS The selection and use of this SHOULDER INSTALLATION Standard Drawing, while designed ecured using anchor rods (Angled) not allowed MEDIAN INSTALLATION SHOULDER OR MEDIAN INSTALLATION in accordance with generall SECURING CONCRETE BARRIER in narrow medians, see general note 7 Secured using anchor rods (Vertical) Secured using grout accepted engineering principles TO ROADWAY 0 a nd practices, is th sole respon- • c PRECAST TALL (42 ") PRECAST TALL (42 ") PRECAST TALL (42 ") sibility of the user and should not 2008 CONCRETE BARRIER CONCRETE BARRIER CONCRETE BARRIER be used without consulting a DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION (See Std. Drg. RD545) (See Std. Drg. RD545 & RD515) (See Std. Drg. RD545) Registered Profess Engineer. • W - " "` 2 for the Type 2 post as sho . • for the Type 1 post 4. Reflective sheeting � ° M 4° wide reflective V 1� { 1 /s° dia. holes - �. (8 req'd•) � / 1 sheeting bands providing 360 deg. reflectance Flexible Barrier marker with reflective 3I I i p ' . T De , - 7 plastic post ❑ o, m sheeting (color of barrier marker A j u - Flange post and reflective sheeting shall be the F.,' w w Wood post I ° (see steel .. • stall) + color of the adjacent edge line) - I - !!! a ,•• ii a >e N N - --- - 2W I Wg °� / _- 1' / - L ♦ 5i ' ° ' I ! Cont. Ranier Groun• Line TAR 3'/e° -- - --2 YeGround Line Wood post - - /-_GroundLine d ia. holes afasten j For ° rn, i with 4 (1/4' x 27 lag screws Ground Line r ____k___ — (Use 2 lag screws, centered, pattern, install — for circular section — _ -Er See drat \ See inst. 2nd target TYPE - 1 TYPE -1 U plastic delineators) detail detail AL ' - NATE 1 ALTERNATE 2 TYPE -4 TYPE -5 N- TYPE - 2 TYPE - 3 STEEL POSTS UARDRAIL AREAS (WITH WOOD POSTS) CONCRETE BARRIER AREAS N co FLEXIBLE PLASTIC POSTS — (When specified, install barrier markers at 50' spacing) cb f 2' norm. NOTES: GENERAL NOTES: - a 6' max. : a m as dir. POST: 1. Spacing shall be measured along the shoulder. c e Galv. s nominal weight Type 1, 2 Ib/R, Bend bracket around .080° Sheet Aluminum. C A Type 1 U, 1.12 lb/ft 2. On roads with less than 500 vehicle ADT, delineators are not to be I- .. .r . . 79. - used except where situations such as sharp horizontal curves, etc. exist. See Standard Drawing TM571 for steel post dimensions 2 '/d2° Dia. Holes . w ° and details. 3. To clear driveways, crossroads etc., or for required adjustments I- (4 Req'd.). v_ - 0 at ramps and at intersections, either: iv g Ground Line (a) vary placement of that post up to 20% tt —i „- 9, TARGET: of spacing shown, or; + I Aluminum sheet, nominal thickness . 050 h aluminum °. Fasten to post f 3 / wit° diluminum blind rivets and washers. (b) eliminate said post if limit of variation _ _ must be exceeded. --W1-21/2"--]— , I I �” For °Y -3° reflector pattern, top target shall overlap bottom 2W-1--2/z° -14._ ® L I Var., dependent on rdwy. sec. 4. Judgement should be exercised in the installation of delineators 8W w -1 target. in cut section, particularly on roads constructed to older _ standards where ditches are narrow and where delineators Steel Post I I REFLECTORS: tend to hamper maintenance operations. N. 3° x 4° reflective sheeting unless otherwise shown. Backside Target ) Sr I • Metal posts, 2' ( 3W x 4° reflective sheeting is an acceptable altemate 5. On horizontal curves place delineators nearly opposite each other. ri plastic posts, variable unless otherwise shown.) ^' dependent upon make of post %° R. at C. wo t L used and anchorage system. Place required number in sequence from top of target. 6. At guard rail locations the delineators are to be installed behind of bracket _ the rail and shall be located adjacent to guard rail posts as shown / HOLES: for Type 4 Delineators. Frontside Target) I NSTALLATIO R ETAI L Dimensions are maximum at time of unit assembly. 7. Install all delineators with reflectors facing adjacent oncoming Note: traffic. (Use a bracket for each mounting hole.) TANGENT HORIZONTAL CURVES 8. Offset delineators 4' in areas of heavy snow removal operations. • -ACING EACH SIDE OF ROADWAY IN FEET 9. Backside Delineators may be used in frequently snow plowed areas BRACKET ASSEMBL OR SPACING EACH SIDE OF ROADWAY DEGRE ON IN ADVANCE OF & BEYOND CURVE where use of snow poles is not justified. When Backside Delineators are specified, substitute °W -1° and °W -2° with °W -1 B° and °W -2B° BACKSIDE REFLECT PATTERN IN FEET CURVE R� FIRST SPACE SECOND SPACE THIRD SPACE respectively, on Type 1 steel posts. Do not install Backside Delineators (Use only with Type 1 and T .. a 4, alternative 2) 400 Lower Than 1 31 : 300 300 300 on one -way sections of roadway, freeways and ramps, or on radius sections. 400 1 260 300 300 300 400 2 160 � 300 300 300 To be accompanied by Drg. No. TM571, TM575, TM576, and /or TM577 as specified. REFLECT° - PATTERN TABLE 400 3 130 Me 300 300 Color Color Of Retie . •r Number Of 400 4 110 : 300 300 CALL. BOOK NO. BASELINE REPORT DATE Color Of Reflector Number Of And Target Or Post Reflectors 400 5 100 200 ■ 300 300 NOTE: At material and workmanship shall be In accordance with Type And Target • - - ost Reflectors On Backside On Backside 400 6 90 180 ` 270 300 the current Oregon Standard Specifications ° W -1 ° • e 1 - 400 7 - 8 80 160 L240 300 °W - 2° • he 2 The selection and use of this 400 9 - 11 70 140 10 300 OREGON STANDARD DRAWINGS Standard "Y ' Yellow 1 400 12 -16 60 120 1 7 300 \e \e 400 17 - 22 50 100 151 300 Standard Drawing, while designed Pattern Y - Yellow 2 No pip \O 14° 400 23 - 34 40 80 120 240 in accordance with generally TRAFFIC DELINEATORS o7 , ° N 400 35 - 53 30 60 90 to 180 accepted engineering principles Red 1 400 54 & Higher 20 40 60 120 and practices, is the sole respon- cn Backsi.: °W White 1 White 2 sibility of the user and should not 2008 v Pa : °W -2B° White 2 White 2 (AInstall °W-1" reflective pattern unless otherwise noted. See Standard Drawings TM575 0 ru TM577 be used without consulting a DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION Co for spacing, layout, and reflective pattern of delineators at interchange ramps, channelized intersections, lane reductions, emergency escape ramps and freeway crossove - Registered Professional Engineer. r I IAIATr%Q CDAC_IAIM TART c c1' Q TVDCC 1 111 0 oriel A • ckwosher under nut and go. 0 bolt w/ flotwosher and o 2••x2 "x12 bolt w/ f/afwastrer and "0 iockwosher under nut and General Notes: \ 2 "x2 "x12 go. flotwosher under head each way. Inside PSST flotwasher under head each way. Inside PSST 1 Material grade for base hardware connection shall be according to the 0 2 go. O \ manufacturer's recommendation and based on crash testing. -„i OP Da . I! 0 • rde PSST ' Q oils 3 :: 1 Ii 2. Anchor steel shall be hot dipped galvanized or approved equal. N N 3. Footing concrete shall be Commercial Grade Concrete /fc = 3000 psi) per 7•,m 0 0 Specification 00440. The CGC mixture may be accepted at the site of / i; // \ z a; placement according to 00440.14. E `D O F $ E I, 0 4. The estimated concrete volume is .09 cubic yards. Q. e- .. . I' O Q . D. 4 o a O D R II y� o �; � I o 0 o rn .a 21/4"x21/4"x12 go. \ o o, • Middle PSST I I 2 go. N / I I ""' N l i 4 S , � . D I\ ") N I I 0 . Outside Tube II 5 55 co o N o lii i l` �� o. • . ° ,I\ Q \ \ \ \ to _ W7#J _ _ ` , _ _ _ _ _ �I N I I co Well comp- fed Well compacted E gronul• material 1 ' - 0" `1 granular material r' - 0" Perforated Steel D Square Tube Sign . • 2" ANCHOR DETAIL 2" OPTIONAL ANCHOR DETAIL Support Bolt shall be Anchor % No scale No scale 1 perpendicular to major or critical traffic flow. D uiI � � D '0 bolt w/ flotwosher and . ` _, ickwosher under nut and 2/2 "x2 /2 "x12 go. . flatwasher under head each way. ` O Inside PSST • • • Sign •Fore p ilk _ _ II a D N 0 o Q �o ' e �� 6 O • e o0 .. e. Is � � 4 O D . 4 Q.:*- cl y ` ° o O '� • • o. PLAN \ I b o "obi I\ ` O D � No scale I I , 3 "x3 "x7 go. "I ` I I 4 . • ' Outside Tube I _� a• \ 16 CAW. BOOK NO. 'BASELINE REPORT DATE ACCOMPANIED BY DINGS. SHEET 5752 I TM681, TM688 l 2 of 3 I I p • I NOTE: the current Oregon Standard S Specificatio accordance with r . a ► ° . OREGON STANDARD DRAWINGS Th s d of this ' ', \ The selection standa�Drawing, an use ie designed PERFORATED STEEL in ta li. � SQUARE TUBE (PSST) —I 22.=///= // / — — _ accepted engineering principles ANCHOR FOUNDATION M W compacted and practices, is the sole respon- 0) • (muter material 1' - 0" sibility of the user and should not 2008 00 V be used without consulting a DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION 2%2" ANCHOR DETAIL Registered Professional Engineer. No scale EXISTING DRIVEWAY — MATCH WIDTH & GRADE A R/W LINE t SEE NOTE 4 VARIES f — a N N . t SEE NOTE 3 �� SEE 5 MIN 2% NOTE 3 SEE NOTE 2 2% SIDEWALK 1 6' I I A 6' 30' MAX 6' 10' MIN PLAN 3/4" 6" R/W STREET 7 I _..--_- - __ _ ° a • v //���,'�� ' "// ; ... • .•..' . __ —,. _ _ I e � r _ I a: oo.�e °oo 6 . a _ • a _ — _ — —_ — I I I—I I III „1 I I 1 I— • 0 o o • • : ' El I I III — III III -III I — 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 �0 000° ° °o°oo°°prA ° 11=111-111 =iii — 2” OF AGGREGATE 00 0 0 ,1 - 11 111 = I II -If iii- 2111 11�_ 0 0 0 0 —11111=111=111--.E111=1117 i= (3/4 " -0 ") COMPACTED SECTION A -A SEE X NOTE NOA4 ESH NOTES: 1. CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH SHALL BE A MINUMUM OF 3300 PSI AFTER 28 DAYS. 2. CURB JOINT SHALL BE TROWELED WITH A MIN 1/2" RADIUS ALONG BACK OF CURB. 3. EXPANSION & CONTRACTION JOINTS SHALL BE 1/2" PREMOLDED ASPHALT IMPREGNATED MATERIAL OR EQUAL - EXTENDING FROM SUBGRADE TO FINISH GRADE. 4. 6" X 6" 10 GA MESH REQUIRED FOR COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAYS ONLY. DATE REVISION NO SCALE 03 -10-03 CONC STRENGTH 3000 TO 3300 ENGINEERING DEPARTMEN STANDARD DRIVEWAY DWG. NO. : ijiiiI ii t i c' 13125 HALL 8WD. -!� S .W. S. 839 w /CURB -TIGHT SIDEWALK 142 CITY OF 11GARD re RN 684 -7297 OREM FOR CURB INFORMATION SEE CURB DETAIL R /V1I ROAD __ 2% D . 0 I 0 SECTION A -A J m m ENLARGED R/W OR EASEMENT 0- AREA TO CONTAIN WHEELCHAIR CONCRETE APRON 1 RAMP AS REQUIRED STRUCTURAL SECTION TO CONFORM WITH COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY Nr# DETAIL (SEE DWG. NO. 142) -\ ° I ' ° ° A i , , ° '' i a e A DRIVEWAY WII H o a 1/2 d a 1 EXPOSURE ` � t 25' MIN. RADIUS (TYP.) FOR RAMP INFORMATION SEE WHEELCHAIR RAMP DETAIL (NO. 128) FOR SIDEWALK INFORMATION SEE SIDEWALK DETAIL (NO. 120) R/W APPROVED BY: NO SCALE AGUSTIN P. DUENAS ALTERNATE DWG. NO. ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT a,,,,dp, n pp l \ 13125 S.W. HALL BLVD. MY ENGINEER - - �'5503 3 OREGON 9 -7� MARCH 1998 COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY 1 62 any OF TIGARD FAX 684-7297 Mal APPROVAL DATE